Home
Rupali Bank Ltd. - Rupali Bank Limited
Contents
1. Z I Elsie JE aie 8 EIS e Sle e 3 oJ le IZ Recovery System Recovery The system MUST be recovered up to the minute without any loss of data in the event of Power Failure A Machine Failure A Disk Crash Database Corruption File should be locked until all necessary rollbacks are completed The system MUST support a smooth transition to a backup machine with minimum disruption to branch operations Please indicate how the roll back of transactions is performed in the following cases Message received at host but database not updated due to host system failure Message received at host database updates but response not sent to Branch due to host or network failure Message received at host database updated response sent but not acknowledged by branch within time out period Message sent by branch after which branch times out on the response and sends duplicate message Are time outs for transactions configurable Can they be defined on a per transaction or per branch basis Client Server Architecture System MUST act as a server to the Branch Automation and other future Satellite systems Support Message Based Client Server communication Software should be a browser based thin client as standard The Browser client is a GUI thin client accessed through IE 6 or above a
2. Requirement 2 ap s Bs e Bile IS EIS e g Sle e 3 oJ Iz end of year number of days processed last date processed next date to be processed statement cycles interest application schedule standing instructions service charge cycles etc Parameter driven setting for the following Interest behavior and nature per account type Creating and maintaining Product Group Type definition Service Charges Fees Commissions interest Incidental charge Excise Duty Closing charge and other charges etc without code level change Nature Behavior of Accounts System settings Bank and Branch codes Name etc User settings table Menu and system Security Levels Parameterized to change Rate of Rules of product calculation of interest without code level change Functionality Software must be 100 function able of Rupali Bank Ltd and is compatible with the Instruction Manual and prevailing rules of Rupali Bank Ltd Product Handling The application system MUST be able to define and handle new products with minimal application software customization or reprogramming with no modifications to core software ensuring that the Bank s futures upgrade path and the software Customizations can be done through parameters The application software should expedite processing of all product types or services that the bank will c
3. 1 Phase Sl Fir No Division Branch LAN IP Solution No of No Structure Antivirus No of No of No Of IP No Of IP User LAN Port Node Telephony Telephony Executive Basic 1 1 MIS 10 5 2 3 10 2 GM Marketing Secretariat 2 2 1 1 2 3 GM Business Development Secretariat 2 2 1 1 2 4 Help Center 5 5 1 4 5 Sub Total 19 14 05 09 19 5 ls Board Secretariat 6 6 2 4 6 6 ay Managing Director Secretariat 5 5 2 3 5 7 oF DMD Operation Secretariat 2 2 1 1 2 8 ah DMD Marketing amp Business Dev 2 2 1 1 2 Secretariat 9 2 GM HR Secretariat 2 2 1 1 2 10 z7 GM Operation 2 Secretariat 2 2 1 1 2 Sub Total 19 19 8 11 19 11 3 Law Division 5 5 3 2 5 12 Recovery Division 10 6 3 3 10 13 General Loan amp SME Division 10 7 3 4 10 14 Data Center 39 05 02 03 39 Sub Total 64 23 11 12 64 14 4 Admin amp HR Division 16 10 3 7 16 15 Discipline amp Appeal Division 8 6 2 4 8 16 4 amp 7 Industrial Credit Division 15 6 3 3 15 Sub Total 39 22 8 14 39 17 6 International amp Foreign Exchange Division 40 19 4 10 40 18 Remittance Division 07 4 2 2 7 19 Marketing Planning amp Research Div 10 6 3 3 10 20 Public Relation 05 4 2 2 5 Sub Total 62 33 11 17 62 21 7 GBD 05 4 2 2 5 22 Establishment amp DSR 15 14 04 6 15 23 Engineering Division 10 7 2 5 10 Sub Total 30 25 8 13 30 24 8 CAD 35 12 5 7 35 25 Money Laundering Division 05 5 1 4 5 Sub Total 40 17 6
4. Warranty At least 3 years on site with full labour parts and replacement b Dot Matrix Printer 59 Brand EPSON International reputed brand Model Updated Model To be mentioned Country of Origin To be mentioned Country of Assembling To be mentioned Head Pin 24 Pin Paper Feed Front Rear and Back Printable Column 136 Print Speed 480 cps at 10 CPI Operating System Windows XP Professional with SP2 or higher version Warranty 1 One Years full warranty with parts amp labor all Components c Laser Printer 64 Brand International reputed brand Hp Epson Samsung or equivalent Model Update Model Country of Origin To be mentioned Country of Assembling To be mentioned Printing Speed 30 ppm letter Memory Minimum 32MB Paper Size Maximum 8 5 X 14 Paper weight Minimum 63 g m to 163 g m Print Processor Speed 266 MHz Duty Cycle 25000 Pages minimum Resolution 1200 X 1200 dpi minimum Warranty Price should be offered for 1 one Year and 3 Three years full warranty with parts and labor all Components d Off Line UPS 30 minute Backup 249 Brand Renowned Brand To be mentioned by the bidder Model Update Model To be mentioned by the bidder Country of Origin To be mentioned by the bidder Country of Assembling To be mentioned by the bidder Capacity 1KVA Input Voltage 160V to 260V Output Voltage 220V 5 Battery Type Lead Acid Sealed maintenance free Backup Time 30 Thirty minutes at full
5. Requirement w 5 E w om Bis f e a SJE JE EJE A Sle lgls Ole la lz Branch Contact Person Counterparty Deal Date Value Date USD Amount Exchange Rate Taka Amount Underlying Reference Number USD Payment Instructions Taka Payment Instructions Based on inputted exchange rate can the system compute for the Taka amount given the USD Amount and vice versa Given the above inputs can the system provide real time summary information on the day s transactions as follows Total Purchase Transaction Total Sale Transactions Trading Gain Loss on Total Turnover Net Overbought Oversold FX Position Forward Cash Position per Value Date Can the system carryover the end of day s closing position to become the succeeding business day s opening position Can the system maintain a database on counterparties as follows Total Trading Gain Loss per Counterparty per Branch per Value Date based on the actual transaction rate versus the end of day Interbank Market Closing Rate Can the system maintain a database on month to date and year to date Purchases Sales and Trading Gains Losses per Trader Can the system generate Confirmation sheets per transaction Can the system perform on line real time purchase and sale transactions with branches as counterparties Can the system track separately the price used between a Treasury and the Branch and b the Branch and the client Can the system genera
6. No of Item to be supplied S waneottrnetes MaMa ROT DST ase opg nouer Se Sam rae ES printer 0l Local Office Dhaka 2500 15 01 02 15 1 1 1 01 eq 02 Foreign Exchange Corp Branch 3000 15 01 02 15 1 1 1 0l G 03 Motijheel Corporate Branch 500 5 01 01 05 1 1 1 01 04 Ramna Corporate Branch 700 5 01 01 05 1 1 1 01 0S Rupali Sadan Dhaka 500 10 01 01 10 1 1 1 01 06 Purana Paltan Corporate Branch 550 5 01 01 5 1 1 1 01 07 Anderkilla Corp Br Chittagong 300 5 01 01 5 1 1 1 01 08 Agrabad Branch Ctg 500 5 01 01 5 1 1 1 01 09 Gulshan Branch Dhaka 500 5 01 01 5 1 1 1 01 10 Mitford Road Branch Dhaka 300 5 01 01 5 1 1 1 01 11 S K Road Branch Narayangoj 600 5 01 01 5 1 1 1 01 12 Daulatpur Branch Khulna 500 5 01 01 5 1 1 1 01 13 Shams Building Branch Khulna 700 5 01 01 5 1 1 1 01 14 Nayapalton Branch Dhaka 350 03 01 01 03 1 1 1 01 15 Dhanmondi Branch Dhaka 450 03 01 01 03 1 1 1 01 16 Uttara Model Town Br Dhaka 450 03 01 01 03 1 1 1 01 17 T C B Bhabon Branch 250 03 01 01 03 1 1 1 01 18 Mirpur Branch Dhaka 600 03 01 01 03 1 1 1 01 19 Dhaka Cantonment Br Dhaka 700 03 01 01 03 1 1 1 01 20 Jaydebpur Gazipur 400 03 01 01 03 1 1 1 01 21 Manikgonj Branch Manikgonj 300 03 01 01 03 1 1 1 01 222 Johnson Road Branch Dhaka 850 03 01 01 03 1 1 1 01 23 Tanbazar Branch Narayangonj 350 03 01 01 03 1 1 1 01 24 Narsingdi Branch 400 03 01 01 03 1 1 1 01 25 Tangail Branch 500 03 01 01 03 1 1 1 01 26 Chotto Bazar
7. Alarm Devices and Illumination Devices Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc 01 set with other necessary equipment Page no 92 A single detector activated a pre alarm and a second detector activated to generate pre discharge signal and start discharge of agent set at maximum 30 seconds delay The system discharge time shall be not more than 10 seconds Discharge through a resettable solenoid operated device and release the agent through a differential pressure value Storage and input device The system must store in steel storage containers complying with D O T specifications and shall be equipped with differential pressure valves No replacement parts shall be required to refill the containers Provide installed in accordance to international safety codes Provide design layout include description and routing of all the piping flow calculations pipe and nozzle sizes Consider no effect on the ozone layer as does not contain Chlorine nor Bromine in its molecular structure zero GWP amp zero ODP Certification of NFPA UL Under Laboratory FM Factory Mutual ULC ISO 72E Warranty and Maintenance Warranty for 3 years with parts and labour with refill Under warranty and maintenance period the tenderer must be responsible for quarterly maintenance of the total system Quarterly maintenance shall include but not limited to the following Control Panel Detecti
8. Item Description Unit Name Qty Unit price Total price Point of Delivery N Of Item Of units col 4 x 5 And Delivery Period Required Offered Note 1 Note 2 Note 3 and Note 4 05 1 07 1_ Hardware for Pilot Branches add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 Sub Total Total Cost Note 1 EXW means Ex works Ex factory Ex warehouse Ex show room or off the shelf as applicable Note 2 Unit Price EXW shall include all custom duties and taxes as specified in ITT Sub Clause 20 5 a Note 3 Price for inland transportation shall include insurance and other costs as specified in ITT Sub Clause 20 5 c Note 4 VAT and any other taxes payable in Bangladesh shall be included here as specified in ITT Sub Clause 20 5 b Name of Tenderer Signature of Tenderer Date Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 48 05 1 08 PRICE OF REQUIRED RELATED GOODS FOR RDBMS OS AND OTHER RELATED SOFTWARE FOR CORE BANKING SOLUTION FOR DC DRC AND PILOT BRANCHES INCLUDING PROJECTED REST BRANCHES OF RBL TO BE SUPPLIED AND DELIVERY SCHEDULE Item Description Unit Name Qty Unit price Total price Point of Delivery N Of Item Of units col 4 x 5 And Delivery Period Required Offered Note 1 Note 2 Note 3 and Note 4 05 1 08 1 RDBMS OS and other Related Software for Core Banking and other Solution to comply Current Business Dimension amp Future Proje
9. Multiple Pricing Provision to define and setup multiple pricing per fund for different transactions and fees Initial Fee Band Provision to define and setup initial fee bands based on a percentage on a sliding scale Agent Commission Band Provision to define and setup agent commission bands based on a percentage on a sliding scale Fee Deregulation A and B Classification Provision to define and setup different unit holder classifications Back End Fees the system cater for back end fees Trailer Commission Fees the system cater for trailer commission fees Multiple Service Fees the system cater for multiple service fees Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 249 Requirement _ 5 le a allel g le ae s s TERRE cs o ClzlE lz Transaction Fees the system cater for transaction fees Switching Fees the system cater for switching fees Promotions and Discounts the system cater for promotions and discounts on initial charges back end service or transaction fees Transactions List the transaction types that the system caters to Transaction Types Provision to define and setup different transaction types Investment Lump sums the system cater for lump sum investments Payment Method method s that the system cater for effecting transaction payments i e investments
10. Partial Shipment allowed not allowed Transshipment allowed not allowed Deduct Agents commission percentage amount General Approve L C Input Registration number details as per L C application Agents commission percentage amount required mandatory optional clauses etc Terms and conditions clauses attached Allocate L C Number Calculate fees with applicable rate Standard special Generate necessary entries i e liability according to type of L C for total amount i e L C value tolerance if any For mixed L Cs liability to be booked sight and acceptance according to percentage amount Fees on total amount i e L C value tolerance if any recoveries margin customer account etc Update Limit Module CIF on real time basis Print pre advice telex swift where applicable Print L C Mail Telex Swift Print reimbursement authorization Mail Swift telex Fax L C copy to customer along with debit advice Display transaction s pending for approval Approve Amendment Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 221 Requirement Non compliant Compliant Modification 3rd Party Input Amendment Registration Number Allocate amendment number Calculate fees with applicable rate Standard special Generate necessary entries i e liability inclusive of tolerance if any fees recoveries margin
11. amount advice date value date payment narrative Payment originator Updating within other systems The settlement of payment instructions shall be automatically reflected by the system in the Banking Operations Investments Management and Financial Management Systems to record the fact that settlement has been effected Forward dated payment instructions The system should schedule and issue payment instructions to counterparties on the spot date prior to the forward value date this is the two day spot date coinciding with the forward value date Manual override The system should allow a controlled and secure manual facility to issue instructions to pay prior to matching of the deal confirmation so as to overcome potential settlement delay problems Client agreements The system should provide an on line warning for payments to counterparties whose client agreement documents are recorded in the standing data held by the Investment Management System as incomplete Client agreement documentation The system should also provide a daily report of those counterparties where the client agreement documentation is recorded as incomplete Security Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 232 Requi
12. Deal type Produce a daily open and closed position report Money Market Functional requirements On line deal capture to include the following Automatic generation of a unique reference number for each contract Dual entry of fields of key importance Validation of key data fields for format and consistency Test of counterparty currency and country limits Default interest rates allowing for a manual override for special preferential rates Scheduled or specific interest and principal repayments Update of positions and cash flow for currency and counterparty Validation of Dealer s limits Validation Dealers name Validation Dealers limit Deposit certificates CD Ability for the deal to be performed within the back office Transfer between accounts Corrections Debit credit Nostro account Modification of details and conditions to include the following Change of interest rate Change of interest basis Different interest calculation methods to include the following Banded tiered and different Dr Cr rates Based on 365 360 year and 30 day month accrual Interest accrual and posting treatment to include the following Interest posted to the same account Interest posted to a different account Nominal interest calculated and not posted On line inquiries to include the following Positions C
13. Display L C details Seek confirmation to cancel Reject cancellation incase any bill is outstanding Generate necessary entries same as automatic cancellation Update Limit Module C I F Print cancellation advice Fax cancellation advice debit credit advice to opener Fax cancellation advice for Non CIF L C to insurance company indicating unutilized amount Advising of Export L C Input L C number date L C received default beneficiary s name and address Applicant s name Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 223 Requirement Non compliant Compliant Modification 3rd Party expiry and shipment date currency and amount L C type tenor of draft confirmed non confirmed issuing bank s name amp address party to bear charges first advising bank if any reimbursing bank commodity code etc Allocate our reference number Capture details from swift telex message where L C received by swift telex Print pre advice notification to beneficiary where telex swift pre advice received Fax same to beneficiary after approval Print issuing bank s position where L C to be confirmed by us Generate entries for L Cs confirmed by us Update Limits Module Produce swift telex message to issuing bank advising inability to add confirmation Print advice to beneficiary by mail fax Print acknowledgment to issuing bank by
14. Does the system allow the authorized user to define stop loss and management Action trigger MAT per trader per currency per trading desk on forward positions Can the system issue an alert message whenever limits or management action triggers MAT levels are reached breached Can the system allow the authorized user to define transaction levels of approving authority Can the system provide a drop down window of counterparty lines Can the system maintain a database on counterparties and their corresponding credit settlement limits Can the system earmark forward transactions against counterparty limits based on a user defined percentage of the principal amount Can the system monitor outstanding availments including forward positions against counterparty limits and thereby provide real time line availability per counterparty Can the system issue an alert message for every transaction that exceeds counterparty limit Can the system provide the dealer and risk manager warnings signals upon breach of limits controls Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 245 Requirement Compliant s a PIRRE a liSl g Sik S EIES Li ls IS n lZ Can the system provide real time exception report on all limits controls that has been breached and given due override Can the system capture deals automatically from Reuters dealing screen
15. Process documents on approval basis same as negotiated No entry for advance against L C Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 222 Requirement Compliant w 5 2 a lielg e AE Sia 3 Sls i Sant i nliz only Liability to be reversed Generate entries after approval of documents by openers where required Facility to Cancel Drawing Bill Processed Cancel the bill and update LC status Fax cancellation notification to dealing room customer incase negotiation already advised Generate necessary entries Nostro advances against L Cs amp liability Update L C Limit Module CIF Facility to rectify wrong Input such as Negotiation Date Value Date Amount Name of Negotiating Bank etc Goods Arrival Notification to Customer Ability to control steamers arrival and generation of reports lists and advices to customers Input L C No Bill Number where documents already arrived Name of vessel carrier B L No Air Way Bill No Shipment date Shipment value where documents still awaited Produce goods arrival notification Fax to opener Update L C status Documents Settlement Input L C number Bill Number Account number FC KWD as requested by customer Print customer s position if credit approval required and refer to A c Officer electronically for approval Seek reconfirmation of payment before processing P
16. country code Calendars The system should have calendars available for dealing and settlement by country indicating any relevant information such as public holidays Currency The following information should be available for a currency currency identifier REUTERS currency code ISO Currency code other currency name country identifier number of decimal places dollar reciprocity indicator Scale used on cross rate quotes e g per unit 10 1000 etc currency interest days basis Custodian The following information should be available for a counterparty custodian identifier custodian short name custodian name address country identifier telephone numbers fax numbers contact name BANK S manager responsible for custodian Reuters codes Other clearing system numbers SWIFT codes Telex number Counterparty identifier if custodian is also counterparty Interfaces to external systems External Systems The system shall automatically format messages for the following systems in use Swift Alliance Telex Message authentication Authentication facilities The system shall have message authentication facilities Authentication through external systems Alternatively the system shall make use of the authentication facilities afforded by the externa
17. Detail Specification Of Network Management Solution EMS is given in 08 01 vi Antivirus Software Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Brand Name To be mentioned Version To be mentioned License type To be mentioned License User Minimum 3000 User First phase 1000 user and 2 phase 2000 user as per schedule of requirement Feature The antivirus solution should provide enhanced antivirus protection for desktops amp servers of CRIS all the attacks originating from places inside outside of the CRIS network due to virus and or other malicious programming code The antivirus solution should provide enhanced antivirus protection for desktops amp servers of CRIS all the attacks originating from places inside outside of the CRIS network due to virus and or other malicious programming code The antivirus solution Should have a Centralized Management Console The antivirus solution Should Support Multi Platform operating system Windows Linux or other reported O s and the same should be managed from a single Centralized Management console The antivirus solution Should have single Configurable Installation with centralized configuration amp policy management Antivirus should support integration with Active directory for directory structure of computers for better management Automatic update of Antivirus Server from Vendor Site Every 10 Min amp The cl
18. Flat flee charged against the account balance A percentage of transaction amount A factor of a percentage Tiered flat flee Tiered flat percentage with minimum and maximum amount charges Allow the bank to define modify delete or inquire about the service charge rates fees and other additional costs applicable to specific types of transactions Bank Products Supported The proposed application software must be designed to allow creation and definition of banking products to be controlled and affected by the authorized business user Products can be defined or amended in a matter of minutes The application software must be able to support a wide range of account types including but not limited to Current checking Premium checking accounts Savings accounts Call accounts Fixed term deposit accounts Short term loan accounts To reduce service charges an account type may be defined to receive credit which is specified by the user Account flags Automatically activate flags that will identify General Breakdown of single deposit amount to different bills payments and fund transfers Amount transfer between deposit accounts Automatic fund transfer facility Accept Telegraphic Transfer for Non depositor Recipient Bills Payment Petty cash replenishment Automatic debit current accounts for on us checks Return check service
19. Implementation schedule Design Layout of DC amp DRC Documents and brochures pertaining to the Core banking solution that will be deployed in the proposed solution Current installed base of CBS clients with details client wise core banking application deployed number of branches and list of services provided A plan for integrating existing computerization and data migration from infinity solutions used by RBL to the proposed new systems and solutions to established under this contract Any other document of the partner Tenderer s which will support the capacity of prime lead Tenderer ITT 19 1 Alternative offer will not be permitted If alternative offer is submitted the bid offer will be rejected ITT 20 3 amp ITT 42 4 Tenders are being invited for a single Tender ITT 20 4 c The final destination of the goods is Head Office Zonal Office Control Office and branches of Rupali Bank Ltd as defined in schedule of requirement ITT 20 4 d The Tenderer shall price for the following incidental services Installation customisation Data Migration Implementation training commissioning Licensing Certification and test run etc Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 26 ITT 20 6 The prices quoted by the Tenderer shall be fixed for the duration of the Contract A Manufacturer s Authorisation Letter
20. ccccccccceesseesscescceseeesecesecescesseecseesseesseecseeenseeeeeessenesseeneees F Tender Opening and Evaluation ccccccccsscssecesseeseceeceeeeeseceseeeeeeseeneeeseeegs G Award of Contract cccccccccssccsseesseeseeceeeceseeeseesseceseescesereceeseeaecesescecneeeseeseeensees Section 3 General Conditions of Contract eseesesoesssososeososesososssescososescscoscsoseseescsoses 28 Hes DI ETSA E A ATSA A A AAN T E A teadcees 2 Contract DOCUMEMNES seret raa as aa a a aE e a etiese 3 Corrupt Fraudulent Collusive or Coercive Practices ccccccseesseeseetecetesseeneees A Interpretation a ad nie i slate a eles Sik ata ra Rte Mie Series eek 5 Documents Forming the Contract and Priority of Documents eeeeeeeeeeeeees Gs gt Eligibility 24 sccv E AS Oh A cetedac dics dust E AE T Governing Pangua ge m Goei aE E dace ccvoo ehh eases 8 Governing Law a i cdecesccseccaneescevtiedaeccccdehes i E RK A E EK E i 9 Gratuities AGency feesie nrn ean a a a a a e R 10 Joint Venture Consortium or Association JVCA sssseesssssssessesssssessessreseesessee 11 Confidential Information 0 0 ccccccccsseessccseceeeeeeceesesseesseessceeeecseecseeeseeseeeneeaes 12 Communications and Notice Sresi E N 13 Patent and Intellectual Property Rights 2 0 0 0 cccccecscessceeseeeseceneeeeeeeseeeeeeeseessenes H Cope cht ss ss seseees tees th eects peti aden Melet ees a eee ee ee ROR a Bo A ASSIOTIMEM ES
21. Section 5 Tender and Contract Forms Title Tender Forms Tender Submission Sheet Price Schedule Specifications Submission Sheet Tenderer Information Sheet Manufacturer s Authorisation Letter Tender Security Contract Forms Notification of Award Contract Agreement Bank Guarantee for Performance Security Undertaking Letter Forms G7 to G 10 comprise part of the Contract as stated in GCC Clause 5 Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 40 Tender Submission Sheet Form G 1 To be submitted along with Price Bid Invitation for Tender No Date Tender Package No To Name and address of Purchase We the undersigned offer to supply in conformity with the Tender Document the following Goods and Related Services viz The price of our Tender excluding price reduction s 1s 1 Total Price of related goods and services Tk insert value in figures insert value in words 2 Total Price of maintenance cost for 3years after Tk insert value in figures insert value in words 3 years warranty periods Grand Total 1 2 Tk insert value in figures insert value in words If applicable under Instruction to Tenderers ITT Sub Clause 20 3 and in case we are awarded a contract for more than one lot in the package the discounts cross discounts offered and the methodology for its application is We undertake if our Tender is accepted to deliver the goods in weeks mont
22. 149 Phone should support positive device identity through X 509v3 Certificates digitally signed images cryptographically secure provisioning and secure signaling and secure media with AES 128 The phone should also support 802 1X supplicant and supports EAPOL pass through The IP Phone should support the following Support for IEEE 802 3af Support of Extension Mobility 24 user adjustable ring tones DSCP amp IEEE 802 1q p standards Provisioning of network parameters through DHCP IP phones should be available with Software camera to support video telephony Warranty At least 3 years on site with full labour parts amp replacement v Operator Phone Brand To be mentioned by the tenderer Model To be mentioned by the tenderer Country of origin US EU or equivalent Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Country of To be mentioned by the tenderer manufacturer Product part no To be mentioned by the tenderer Features e The IP Phone should provide two programmable backlit line feature buttons and four interactive soft keys that should guide a user through call features and functions and audio controls for high quality duplex speakerphone handset and headset The IP Phone should have a built in headset port and an integrated Ethernet switch IP phone should include a large backlit easy to read display for easy access to communication information timesaving applicatio
23. Except in cases of criminal negligence or wilful misconduct a the Supplier shall not be liable to the Purchaser whether in contract tort or otherwise for any indirect or consequential loss or damage loss of use loss of production or loss of profits or interest costs provided that this exclusion shall not apply to any obligation of the Supplier to pay liquidated damages to the Purchaser and b the aggregate liability of the Supplier to the Purchaser whether under the Contract in tort or otherwise shall not exceed the total Contract Price provided that this limitation shall not apply to the cost of repairing or replacing defective equipment or to any obligation of the supplier to indemnify the Purchaser with respect to patent infringement Unless otherwise specified in the Contract if after the date twenty eight 28 days before the submission of Tenders for the Contract any law regulation ordinance order or bylaw having the force of law is enacted promulgated abrogated or changed in Bangladesh which shall be deemed to include any change in interpretation or application by the competent authorities that subsequently affects the Delivery Date and or the Contract Price then such Delivery Date and or Contract Price shall be correspondingly increased or decreased to the extent that the Supplier has thereby been affected in the performance of any of its obligations under the Contract Notwithstanding the foregoing such add
24. INon compliant Annual closings User defined closings Ability to provide report comparisons by Prior c Quarter d Any previous month in the current year Ability to make adjustments after closing With automatic updating of a current financial data b retained earnings c historical profit and loss d assets amp liabilities Ability to interface to exchange rate information for Foreign Trade revaluation Ability to provide multi currency conversion and consolidation Ability to accept unbalanced entries a with screen warning b with automatic printed report warning c with supervisor override before posting Ability to produce the following financial statements according to user defined formats balance sheet income expenditure summary income expenditure details income expenditure comparatives this year actual versus last year actual budget versus actual this period s actual versus last period s actual statement of changes in financial position summary statement of changes in financial position details Ability to provide a trial balance detailing account number account description beginning of day balance current day movements end of day balance total daily debits credits for each G L foreign currency amounts with local currency equivalents for foreign currency equivalents FX rate utilized for each foreign currency transaction user id for each transaction batch number for each transac
25. Input Customer A c number beneficiary name currency amount and L C type Other Issues Display title of Account name s of authorized signatory s specimen signatures and import license expiry date Allocate Registration number Print acknowledgment advice to customer Print customer position showing reason for referral such as limit expired limit exceeds etc where credit approval required Refer to A c Officer electronically for approval where required Input LC No and Insurance Policy No Up date Lc status Register L C Amendment Request Input L C number amendment requested Display openers name beneficiary s name L C amount and expiry date name s of authorized signatory ies and specimen signature s Print acknowledgement advice to customer Print customer position Facility to override the required approval with appropriate authority Amendments Extend shipment date and LC validity Increase L C value Liability to be raised for increased amount Change shipment terms i e FOB to CNF CIF amp vice versa Change correspondent bank name Change reimbursing bank name Convert sight usance L C into revolving Change beneficiary s name Change consignee s name Third party documents acceptable Curtail L C validity and shipment date Reduce L C value liability to be reduced at request
26. with Panic bar 01 set Tempered Glass Partition Approx 400 Supplying fitting and fixing of Protector Bit Glass Partition work made with anodized sft Silver color Aluminum Protector Bit section silicon gum amp 10mm Tempered glass included edge polish original bronze anodized star gead matching screw etc Complete in all respect as per design drawing and direction Frameless 10 mm Glass Partition Approx 900 Supplying fitting and fixing of Protector Bit Glass Partition work made with anodized sft Silver color Aluminum Protector Bit 16mm X 38mm section silicon gum amp 10mm clear glass included edge polish original bronze anodized star gead matching screw etc Complete in all respect as per design drawing and direction False Ceiling Approx 4000 Supplying fitting amp fixing of 9mm thick design Gypsum board laminated by mechanical sft hot press with a milk white PVC membrane with power coated T bar frame 2 0 X 2 0 ingrid suspended from ceiling by 16 swg double ply G I wire fixed in the ceiling by royal plug screens hooks nails etc Maintaining straight lines and desired finished level Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 90 including making holes in slabs or beams by electric drill and mending good the damages if any execution of work including cost of the materials accessories scaffolding labour for installations screws nails Dry Wall
27. 12 2 12 3 The Supplier and its Sub Contractors shall have the nationality of a country other than those specified in the PCC All Goods and Related Services supplied under the Contract shall have their origin in the countries except those specified in the PCC The Contract as well as all correspondence and documents relating to the Contract exchanged by the Supplier and the Purchaser shall be written in English unless otherwise stated in the PCC Supporting documents and printed literature that are part of the Contract may be in another language provided they are accompanied by an accurate translation of the relevant passages in English in which case for purposes of interpretation of the Contract this translation shall govern The Supplier shall bear all costs of translation to the governing language and all risks of the accuracy of such translation The Contract shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the People s Republic of Bangladesh No fees gratuities rebates gifts commissions or other payments other than those shown in the Tender or the contract shall be given or received in connection with the procurement process or in the contract execution If the Supplier is a joint venture consortium or association all of the parties shall be jointly and severally liable to the Purchaser for the fulfilment of the provisions of the Contract and shall designate one party to act as a leader with authority to bin
28. 408 New Town Patuakhali Patuakhali 409 Patuakhali Patuakhali Rajshahi Zone 410 Baliadanga Chapai Nawabgonj 411 BHOLAHAT Chapai Nawabgonj 412 STATION BAZAR Chapai Nawabgonj 413 NAMASANKAR BATI Chapai Nawabgonj 414 Chapai Nawabgonj Chapai Nawabgonj 415 NATORE Natore 416 NALDANGARHAT Natore 417 ABDULPUR Natore 418 KADIRA BAD CANTT Natore 419 SINGRA BAZAR Natore 420 NICHA BAZAR Natore 421 BADALGACHI Noagoan 422 HOSPITAL ROAD Noagoan 423 Sadar Road Noagoan Noagoan 424 NIAMATPUR Noagoan 425 TANORE Rajshahi 426 Laxmipur Rajshahi Rajshahi 427 Rajshahi University of Engineering amp Technology Br Rajshahi 428 Rajshahi Cantonment Rajshahi 429 K N I Road Rajshahi 430 KAKONHAT Rajshahi 431 Shaheb Bazar Rajshahi Rangpur Zone Annexure 05 432 GAIBANDHA Gaibandha 433 BADIAKHALI Gaibandha 434 DHAPERHAT Gaibandha 435 Kurigram Kurigram 436 LALMONIRHAT Lalmonirhat 437 PATGRAM Lalmonirhat 438 BARAKHATA Lalmonirhat 439 ADITMARI Lalmonirhat 440 KISHORIGONJ Nilphamari 441 NILPHAMARI Nilphamari 442 DALIA TEESTA BARRAGE Nilphamari 443 DIMLA Nilphamari 444 Sayedpur Nilphamari 445 BARAIBARI Nilphamari 446 MAHIGONJ Rangpur 447 HARAGACH Rangpur 448 TARAGONJ Rangpur 449 CENTRAL ROAD Rangpur
29. Ability to handle the amendment of Settlement instructions Accrued interest Interest rate Maturity Value date Interest rate Commission rate Tax indicator Period codes Next interest payment date 8 3 3 7 Trade finance Requirement Compliant Modification 3rd Party Non compliant Functional requirements Support for a range of credits and bills including Letters of credit both Import amp Export Back to Back Letters of Credit Acceptances Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 217 Requirement Non compliant Compliant Modification 3rd Party Guarantees Counter Guarantees Bills Documentary collection Reference Number Allocation Registration of credit details for advised confirmed and issued contracts Automatic allocation of reference numbers Document Creation Document creation with word processing facilities allowing the maintenance of standard clauses document assembly and update Advice generation Automatic generation of advice and confirmations Liability records Generation of contingent liability records Document detail amendment facilities with the production of revised documents and changes to contingent liabilities where necessary Accounting Entries Automatic generation of accounting entries at draw down and
30. Brand To be mentioned Model To Mentioned Country of Origin To be mentioned Country of Assembly to Be mentioned Width 600mm Height 9U Depth 600 and 19 Standard Front door Glass Vented Cooling Fan 2 pes PDU 5 Point Color Black Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 130 07 05 06 Hardware for Office Automation at Data Center DC For RBL automation access control security access control and smooth operation of the Information and Communication system following hardware Server will be necessary to be provided by the Tenderer Tenderer should propose appropriate design and documentation for implementation and successful operation of these equipments Tenderer may propose Server Consolidation Virtualization in their design in that case that should be supported by proper justification 07 05 06 Hardware for Office Automation at Data Center DC a File Server 01 Brand HP DELL IBM or Equivalent Model To be mentioned Country of Origin To be mentioned Country of Assembly To be mentioned Chassis Rack mount with the Rail Kit Number of Processor and Core 1 Processor upgradeable up to 4 Should support 10 or 8 or 6 or 4 Core processor Type of Chipset Intel 7500 Chipset Processor Type of Processor Quad Core Hex Core Intel XEON Processor clock speed minimum 3 0 GHz or higher
31. FM Factory e Access control System Country of Origin 01 set with Country of Assembly other Brand necessary Model equipment Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 93 Planning amp Design of an Integrated Security and Access Control System with a combination of Biometric Security Access Systems and Proximity Card Readers with the following Component Door Controller Contact less Card Reader Contact less Smart Card Keypad Door Sensor EM Lock Break Glass Access Management Software with following features Designer for devices configuration Security manager T O events and access reporting Software license manager User access right operator Database backup and restore Interface for events data transfer Analyzer for system information Verify and rectify cards database Import and export cards and transaction events Time Attendance Management Monitor staff movements access as well as configuration of Time Zone Access Warranty for 3 years with parts and labour CCTV Country of Origin Country of Assembly Brand Model Planning amp Design of an Integrated CCTV System with Digital Video Surveillance System with digital video multiplexer Hard Disk Recording and Remote Video Transmission features Support minimum 16 frames per second up to 64 frames per second Multiple r
32. Facility to specify multiple criteria for marking an account as NPA Whenever any one or more criteria is met system should automatically raise a warning and or generate corresponding pre defined reports statements f Credit line Requirement Compliant Modification INon compliant Provision to create various Credit Lines for a customer and link to each other as a parent or child this should be optional Brd Party It should be possible to link a Credit Line to more than one account The following information has to be stored on the system for Credit lines Name of credit line Limit amount Margin Drawing Power Sanction Power for an authorizer Expiry date Details of accounts under that Credit Line Liability Other Functions A debit credit to a customer account which affects the debit balance should get reflected in real time in the Credit line attached to the account as well as any parent to which that credit line may be attached Facility to add parent to an existing Credit line at any point of time History should be available for the credit line i e outstanding as at a particular date details of accounts attached to the credit line the break up for the outstanding Facility to set up credit line for a group group of companies Industry sector or company Facility to retrieve the credit lines setup and the am
33. Upgrade Facility The software must be upgrade within warranty and maintenance period with new edition version and release with offered cost if necessary ii RDBMS Licence Type and Copy Basic Information Tenderer must proposed the RDBMS to comply their offered CBS Application Server Database Server for smooth operation of branches Control Offices and Divisions as per Current Business Dimension amp Future Projection defined in 2 2 in page no 04 Software Name DB2 or Oracle Enterprise Edition Latest version or equivalent Edition Bidder shall propose Enterprise Edition of their RDBMS product for the Production Failover Standby in Data Centre and Disaster Recovery Site Database Servers Version To mentioned License Type The Licensing of the RDBMS for the Passive Failover node in DC should not be constraint by any duration limitation in event of failover of the Primary Server to Failover Server Stand by Server of the Data Centre or downtime for maintenance Upgrade Facility The software must be upgrade within warranty and maintenance period with new edition version and release with offered cost if necessary Compatible The Core Banking System and the proposed RDBMS should be tested and compatible the latest version of the RDBMS should be supported within 90 Days of its General Availability by the CBS Application iil Web server Licence Type and Copy Basic In
34. Country Code Exchange Rate multiple rates for a currency G L Condition Code G L Parameter Interest Rate for both credit and debit Interest Rate Type Different Category of Loan Type Loan Category Like Demand Loan Continuous Loan Project Loan Small amp Medium Mail Advice Format Security Type Telex SWIFT Advice Format Reference numbers for transactions Borrower type Others Powerful on line enquiry utilities allow different access paths to the information which includes the current loan details as well as the historical information Access to Contract Information Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 203 Requirement Compliant Modification 3rd Party Non compliant Online Credit Evaluation Automatically compute the Amortization schedules Automatic control of credit status active closed delinquent etc and ability to change the credit status by the user according to his authorities Loans register based on loans classification codes as per National Bank of RT requirements Reporting on delinquent credits and interest with automatic penalties charge based on days overdue e g Up to 30 days 30 60 days etc Statutory reporting on non standard Loans Provision report on planned repayments for given periods Credit classification facility based on mortgage type The system should provide reports to Management Track loan status from application to Closure A
35. Debt Service Reserve Account DSRA c ESCROW account d Margin account e Disbursement Collection Account f Margin account etc Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 208 d Term Loans Requirement Compliant Modification 3rd Party INon compliant Term Loans can be for new customers or existing customers Facility to specify different eligibility criteria for availing a Term loan Parameter defined value for maximum time period of the loan Facility to specify any charges as required e g Processing charges Service charges Commitment charges etc Charges can be in slabs fixed rate x of a particular amount etc User definable approval authority levels for different transactions in the term loan life cycle e g term loan sanctioning at different levels depending on the amount of the loan Facility to maintain checklist of pre requisites for sanctioning a loan The checklist can vary for different type of loans Facility to define maintain and refer checklist for appraising the credit worthiness of an applicant System to provide a scoring mechanism for appraisal System should provide on line interface to a spreadsheet package to facilitate the user to carry out any analysis Facility for disbursement and collection through cash cheques pay orders automatic debiting of any other account etc Allow user to define the accounting entries to
36. Does the system automatically generate the next code Title Definition Is it possible to setup and define unit holder title types i e MR MRS MS etc Agent Assignment Is it possible to assign more than one agent to the unit holder investment Fund Assignment Is it possible to assign different unitized funds to a unit holder Payment Methods What transaction payment methods are for unit holders Unit holder Queries Does the system have easy query facilities to access unit holder information If so describe in more detail Commission Fee Structures Is it possible to define and set different commission fees for Fund Type Agents Unique Identification Is each agent uniquely identified by a code Flexible Codes Can the agent code be defined and setup according to client specification Predefined Details Is there a predefined set of agent details that can be captured Agent Details If indicate the agent details Code Surname Forename Initials Address Postal Code Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 251 Requirement _ 5 le a allel g le ea s s TERRE cs o Cle le lz Telephone No Fax No Email address Agent Queries Does the system have easy query facilities to access agent information Agent Levels How many structured agent broker levels does the system cater for Commission Fee Structures Is it possible to define and set different commissio
37. MPLS TE DiffServ Aware TE Inter AS VPNs IP Services QoS Features Classification and Marking Policy based routing IP Precedence DSCP MPLS exp bits Congestion Management WRED Priority queuing Class based weighted fair queuing Traffic Conditioning Committed Access Rate Rate limiting Signalling RS VP Link efficiency mechanisms cRTP LFI MLPPP Per VLAN QoS Time Based Shaping and Policing for QoS Security Features Support for GRE Tunneling NAT L2TP tunneling Firewall IPS amp future support for SSL VPN features Support for customized IPS signatures Support for tunnel less VPNs for very high scalability with support for routing protocols and multicast traffic Support for MD 5 route authentication for RIP OSPF IS IS and BGP Shall support multi level of access Support for SNMPv3 authentication SSHv2 AAA support using Radius and or TACACS Support for PAP and CHAP authentication for P to P links Support for DoS prevention through TCP Intercept amp DDoS protection Multiple privilege level authentications for console and telnet access through Local database or through an external AAA Server Time based amp Dynamic ACLs for controlled forwarding based on time of day for offices IEEE 802 1x support for MAC address authentication Should support features to limit the spread of viruses amp worms on the desktops workstations Multi media support Shall support Voice capabilities Sh
38. Network Devices add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 05 2 05 4 Hardware for Office Automation at DRC add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 Sub Total Note 1 The Tenderer will complete these columns as appropriate following the details specified in Section 6 Schedule of Requirements or the offered Items as per requirement Note 2 VAT and any other taxes payable in Bangladesh shall be included here as specified in ITT Sub Clause 20 5 b Name of Tenderer Signature of Tenderer Date Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 57 05 2 06 HARDWARE FOR CORE BANKING SOLUTION AT PILOT BRANCHES AND CONTROL OFFICES PRICE OF MAINTENANCE SERVICES AFTER THREE YEARS WARRANTY PERIOD ae pee Maintenance Description Qty Total price Warranty Of Related Service Of units Required col 4 x 5 Noel Notel year year yem year Sear yer 05 2 06 0 PILOT BRANCHES AND CONTROL OFFICES B haa eS S SS See SS SS EE Ee a Ss Total add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 Note 1 The Tenderer will complete these columns as appropriate following the d
39. Network Management and Operation ili Core Banking functional training iv Core Banking Technical Training Total No of Participant 35 x 2 70 Implementation and Operation The Tenderer will responsible for training at least 2 Two 874 Team for Branches officers of each Branch The area of Training and total No On site Training of Participant are given below Operation of CBS Simple Trouble Shooting of System and Network 437 Branches x 2 Participant 874 Participants List of Course Information The Tenderer must submit the following Course Information to perform the above training for smooth operation of the project in phase wise Course Title To be Mention No of Batch of the course To be mentioned No of Participants per Batch To mentioned Duration of the Course To mentioned Venue Local Foreign To be mentioned Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 141 7 11 0 IP Telephony and IP Video Telephony System Basic Requirement e The Tenderer may proposed Total No of Nodes approximate 2000 for future projection e Voice Conference Bridge facility with 3 concurrent meeting amp max 20 concurrent user e Phone type distribution Phone type Phase 1 Phase 2 Total Basic 355 709 1066 Executive 214 485 699 Operator 3 1 4 i Voice Gateway 02 Brand To be mentioned by the tenderer Model To be mentioned by the tenderer Country of or
40. Requirement 3rd Party Compliant Modification INon compliant Create and maintain reporting responsibilities identifying the reports and levels of detail that individuals position should receive Interfaced Transactions Lists all transactions received from automated interfaces and any related balancing or exception errors Financial Statements Income Statements and Balance Sheets Creates multiple versions of financial statement reports customized to user specifications with alternative formats across companies and divisions increase and decrease over similar balances to the previous year and also show budget variances General Journal Lists all journal entries including posting date source journal Generate reports such as journals logs audits trails transaction reports and account based reports reference account number debit and credit amount and comments Recurring Journal Lists all recurring journal entries Chart of Accounts Lists all general ledger accounts Budget and History Lists current year actual budget and prior year actual amounts for each accounting period or a selected range of accounts Ability to maintain budgets for any figure on any database An unlimited number of budget types provides the ability to hold budgets for any amount e g budgeted income margin investment etc and for any purpose e g original budget revised budget etc Budgeting may be performed
41. activity journal exception reporting Outstanding transactions by customer currency type etc Statistics on transaction types commission and charges for given time periods Collections Processing And Payment Clean Collections Inward Clean Collections Outward Documentary Collections Inward Documentary Collections Outward Inward Documentary Collections Facilities required Produce tracer at request Notify arrival of documents to drawee through another bank Issue shipping guarantee Arrival Input Customer name and address Air Waybill number and date goods description and arrival date invoice value Allocate reference number Produce goods arrival advice and fax to customer Release Input Reference number Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 225 Requirement Non compliant Compliant Modification 3rd Party Generate entries Debit customer Credit Suspense A c charges etc Documents Arrival Input Name of Remitting Bank Senders their ref amount tenor documents received shipment details special clause if any Allocate our reference Number Print arrival advice fax to drawee Print acknowledgment to sender Documents settlement Input collection number settlement account number refusal of charges deduction of recoveries Nostro bank Payee bank etc
42. as applicable to a particular loan type Facility to store details of various documents accepted generated during the different stages of the product life cycle The details to be captured include Document Name Document date Summary of document details in a free text form Document validity period Signatories of the document Storage location of the document Following is an indicative list of the documents about which information may be stored Security documents Lease Rent agreement and Mortgage agreement Valuation report of the asset mortgaged put as collateral security Demand promissory note Term Loan agreement Deed of sale Certificate Disbursal Mandatory system check for completion of documentation before loan disbursement System to accept phased drawdown schedule and check funds request against balance before disbursal System to check funds request against balance before disbursal Automatic generation of G L entries to safeguard data integrity and consistency of data flowing between the Loans System and other external systems networks Provision to record in the system details regarding regular follow up activities such as site visits latest information regarding borrower s status etc i e Diary system System should support disbursal in phases based on project implementation and generate schedule of payments Facilit
43. authorities and report to the Tenderer as per the Fault severity codes specified below With Tenderer consent RBL can change the severity level from Level 3 to Level 2 and from Level 2 to Level 1 as deemed necessary based on business requirement priorities There are three defined classifications response and resolution times Table 1 Severity Code Basis Severity 1 Severity 2 Severity 3 Severity 4 Business amp financial exposure High Low Insignificant None Availability of Application Critical Moderate Low Insignificant Data Integrity Critical Moderate Low Insignificant Table 2 Severity Level Classification Severity Level Catego 1 Priority High Critical 2 Priority Moderate 3 Priority Low 4 Priority Insignificant Description A problem that critically impacts ability to do business The system or principal business application is totally down or severely degraded A problem that impacts ability to do business the severity of which is significant and may be repetitive in nature A minor problem that negligibly impacts ability to do business Also includes questions and or general consultation Unfriendly behaviour documentation and cosmetic issues Symptom Unrecoverable errors failures device failure application failures Any system is down because of hardware or software problems etc Device or software application failures Maintenance probl
44. corresponding pre defined reports statements Renewal Rescheduling Renewal Rescheduling option for the loan period loan terms or both Provision to record details of Renewal rescheduling of loan and record sanction or rejection from appropriate authority level with or without the possibility of recourse Modification of loan terms could pertain to interest collection interest rate other charges modification or waiver in part full etc Closure Automatic calculation of early settlement amount including loan outstanding amount late charge penalty and handling fee Provision to automatically close loan account and other corresponding accounts if any System should provide checks to ensure a closed account is not included in future batch processes Loan can be against deposits with same branch or another branch Automatic warning to be generated if projected loan outstanding exceeds deposit amount System should support the following options for closure renewal Closure of loan account on customer request discretion of bank after adjusting any outstanding against the deposit amount Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 206 Requirement w 5 s ERE PRIE a 1 EJZ Sle Els Ole IZ On pre closure of deposit loan rat
45. etc regardless of product or service such changes need only to be entered once from a central location and immediately applied to all relevant functions in all the operating systems Maintenance and automatic update from a central location of operating procedures and internal regulations updates should be by batch during the close of business period The central unit of the Bank should be able to define customer statements and advices and modify these as required The form of internal reports should only be able to be modified as required by the central unit Changes to conditions interest rates fees charges etc will be made once and immediately applied to all relevant functions in the systems ARCHIVING AND STATISTICS MANDATORY The system should have the ability to purge and archive data at user defined periods for each transaction type Main Functions History of all unexpired transactions maintained on the system Referenced archiving of historical information removed from the system Historic records of some data e g interest rates and exchange rates will need to be kept for specific periods The length of the period must be parameterized Ability to run reports weekly monthly quarterly annually and as required Reports available on screen to authorized users when required and printed when requested The system should maintain statistics on all transactions handled by Transaction type Customer Customer type Currency O
46. interfaces are included or excluded from the web based report The wizard must allow GUI driven date range selection for the reporting period The system must allow the defined custom reports to be saved indefinitely for future use and allow GUI driven modification at any point in time All custom reports from the long term database must support the ability to be run manually or scheduled to run automatically at user selectable intervals All reports should be generated and displayed directly by the system from a common interface The system must be able to restrict views for defined users to specific routers interfaces and reports The user must be able to generate reports from the long term database based on specific thresholds defined by the user where the threshold can be compared to rate utilization or volume of every monitored interface as a filter for inclusion in the report Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 157 The proposed system must be capable of automatically detecting anomalous behavior such as virus attacks or unauthorized application behavior The system should analyze all NetFlow traffic and alert via SNMP trap and syslog of any suspicious activity on the network The vendor must have reference accounts with a minimum of 5000 interfaces currently monitored and historically stored in a single database through a single web interface using the proposed version of the system Each NetFlow collection device multiple
47. le IZ Input default will be displayed on new account creation screen and can be modified by the user Days notice for notice accounts Rate Maintenance Define Multiple Referential Rate based on currency Identify active base rate for a given currency Define multiple referential rates based on type of account currency rate type Whether Debit Rate or Credit Rate Modify referential rates for a given type of accounts Allows maintenance of special buying and selling rates EOD processing Average daily balance Automatic debit current accounts for on us checks Return check service penalty charges value dating etc Interest and interest adjustment Withholding tax adjustments Report continue or recovery option in case of interrupted printing End of Day rates can be maintained separately for the revaluation process as well as for exchange profit and loss calculations Advices are generated automatically on approved transactions and can be sent directly on screen to an interface file in transmission on Telex Fax etc Reports can be generated automatically on off line according to pre defined criteria and frequencies Added and Lifted hold out reports EOD BOD Processing User Definable fully parameterizable EOD BOD processing Error Logging of EOD BOD errors Fully automated EOD BOD Processing Error Handling User definable action in case of errors Ability to restart EOD BOD from point of failure automatic amp
48. manual Different Processing at Month End Year End and Holidays Holiday Processing Value date computation Please describe the capabilities of your system in this regard Transactions coming via ATM and other EFTPOS networks can be serviced even when the batch processing is in progress 24 hours availability of ATM s future Please indicate the time for which On Line ATM Transactions may be unavailable due to EOD processing etc Batch Processing Simultaneous on line and batch processing Describe how balances are handled during the overlapping of batch on line transactions Support for split day processing which enables any branch which could not close for any reason to operate on an earlier business day What are the typical timings for EOD processing given volumes outlined Batch Recovery Re run Re start of batch process Re run Re start of print process Do the following have restart capabilities from point of failure Batch Processing Report Printing Other Issues Specify Minimum time for an emergency controlled shutdown of the application Support for on line backup What is the extent of Currency of data in such a backup What is the expected backup time with the given volumes Automatic archiving Restoration capabilities with Parameterizable period Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 168 Requirement Compliant Modification 3rd Party Non compliant Support for Increm
49. penalty charges Interest and interest adjustment Withholding tax adjustments Automatically generate Credit Memo Debit Memo request form for approval Minimum Balance SB or Current Define minimum balance to be maintained on each type of account on a daily monthly quarterly etc basis The minimum balance requirement may vary between customer s accounts having checkbook and those not having checkbook Minimum balance may also be based on average balance in the account Calculate average balance for any specified period e g monthly quarterly etc Minimum balance calculation can be of two types Actual or Average In case of default in either of these two calculations system should levy charges Recording of inventory and usage of security documents e g Cashiers Cheques Printing Report continue or recovery option in case of Interrupted Printing Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 183 Requirement I ej S je amp amp Ss 5 Z z e e FIS E s Ole 1M Zz Spooled Printing of Reports No book transactions for passbook savings Automatically print statement and notice when an account is dormant due to no activity for a pre defined period other than crediting of interest Account Opening Maintains proper Customer Relation Manager in every deposit account Requires authorization
50. to render maintenance services by their personnel for at least 3 three years from the date of the expiry of the warranty period of the respective Item as per tender schedule v After expiry of first 3 three years maintenance period if desire by the Bank the Tenderer will have to continue maintenance service for next term 3 years or more vi The Tenderer s must specify the maintenance charges for each item in Form G 2B as per tender schedule vii The charges must be comprehensive under an annual maintenance contract The maintenance charges shall not be paid in advance To ensure sufficient operations of the DC DRC and CBS the Tenderer must keep sufficient competent personnel s to meet emergency situations If the Tenderer fail to provide maintenance within the acceptable period then RBL will deduct the Maintenance Fees as define in Penalty amp Indemnity clause as per Severity Level Classification and response times in Annexure 06 GCC 34 1 The liquidated damage shall be one half of one percent 0 5 of the Contract value per week or part thereof The maximum amount of liquidated damages shall be Ten 10 of the Contract value GCC 39 2 b Arbitration shall take place in Dhaka Rupali Bank Ltd Head office Bangladesh Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 39 Form G 1 G 2 G 3 G 4 G 5 G 6 G 7 G 8 G 9 G 10 Forms G1 to G6 comprise part of the Tender and should be completed as stated in ITT Clause 17
51. 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8 4 9 5 2 5 3 6 1 6 2 6 3 7 1 7 2 7 3 This Invitation for Tenders is open to eligible Tenderers from all countries except for any specified in the TDS A Tenderer may be a physical or juridical individual or body of individuals or company association or any combination of them under agreement in the form of an intended or existing joint venture consortium or association JVCA invited to take part in public procurement or seeking to be so invited or submitting a Tender in response to an Invitation for Tenders All members of the JVCA shall be jointly and severally liable to the Purchaser JVCA is distinct from Supplier Sub supplier arrangement where the entire responsibility for contract execution rests with the Supplier A Government owned enterprise in Bangladesh may also participate in the Tender if it is legally and financially autonomous it operates under commercial law and it is not a dependent agency of the Purchaser The Tenderer shall provide in Section 5 Tender and Contract Forms a statement that the Tenderer including all members of a JVCA is not associated nor has been associated in the past directly or indirectly with a consultant or any other entity that has prepared the specifications and other documents for this Invitation for Tenders The Tenderer shall not be under a declaration of ineligibility for corrupt fraudulent collusive or coercive practices in accordance w
52. 450 ANNADANAGAR Rangpur 451 G L ROY RD Rangpur 452 RAILWAY CROSSING Rangpur 453 TETULTALA Rangpur 454 Ladies Branch Rangpur Rangpur 455 RK ROAD Rangpur 456 BHENDABARI Rangpur Sylhet Zone 457 Chatak Sunamgonj 458 JAGANNATHPUR SUNAMGONJ Sunamgonj 459 Kenabari Bazar Sunamgonj 460 Dolar Bazar Sunamgonj 461 Syedpur Sunamgonj 462 Bhober Bazar Sunamgonj 463 Sunamgonj Sunamgonj 464 Laldighirpar Sylhet Sylhet 465 MADAR BAZAR Sylhet 466 KHALOMUKH Sylhet 467 RAKHALGONJ BAZAR Sylhet 468 Taltola Sylhet 469 Bharthakhola Sylhet 470 DAYAMIR Sylhet 471 Khadimpur Sylhet 472 Kazir Bazar Sylhet 473 BANDAR BAZAR Sylhet 474 Ladies Branch Sylhet Sylhet 475 Kurua Sylhet 476 MIRABAZAR Sylhet 477 REKABI BAZAR Sylhet 478 KURAR BAZAR Sylhet 479 HABRA BAZAR Sylhet 480 DATTARAIL Sylhet 481 Station Road Sylhet Sylhet Annexure 05 482 SULTANPUR Sylhet 483 Islampur Sylhet Sylhet Tangail Zone 484 NATIAPARA Tangai 485 Elenga Bus Stand Tangai 486 PATHRAIL BAZAR Tangai 487 ELASIN Tangai 488 PAKULLA Tangai 489 BALLA BAZAR Tangai 490 KALIHATI Tangai 491 TANGAIL Tangai 492 RATANGONJ BAZAR Tangai Annexure 06 Rupali Bank Ltd Computer Division Head Office Dhaka 1 Severity Level Classification and response times The faults reported by RBL will classify by faults in such manner which will be acceptable by related
53. 5 being invoked and C remain valid for a period of twenty eight 28 days beyond the original validity period of Tenders or beyond any period of extension subsequently requested under ITT Clause 26 2 A Tender not accompanied by a valid Tender Security in accordance with ITT Sub Clause 27 2 shall be rejected by the Purchaser as non responsive Unsuccessful Tenderers Tender Security will be discharged or returned within twenty eight 28 days of the end of the Tender validity period specified in ITT Sub Clause 26 1 and 26 2 The Tender Security of the successful Tenderer will be discharged upon the successful Tenderer s furnishing of the Performance Security pursuant to ITT Clause 51 and signing the Contract Agreement The Tender Security may be forfeited a if a Tenderer withdraws its Tender during the period of Tender validity specified by the Tenderer on the Tender Submission Sheet except as provided in ITT Sub Clause 26 2 or b ifthe successful Tenderer fails to i accept the correction of its Tender Price pursuant to ITT Sub Clause 39 2 or ii furnish a Performance Security in accordance with ITT Clause 50 or iii sign the Contract in accordance with ITT Clause 51 The Tender Security of a JVCA shall be in the name of the JVCA that submits the Tender If the JVCA has not been legally constituted at the time of tendering the Tender Security shall be in the name of all intended JVCA Members as named in the letter
54. ACL VLAN ACL port ACL and IPv6 ACL e 802 1 x user authentication with VLAN assignment and Guest VLAN extensions e GARP VLAN Registration Protocol GVRP to allows automatic learning and dynamic assignment of VLANs e Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP to simplifies the management of large IP networks supports client DHCP Relay enables DHCP operation across subnets e Port Security Dynamic Address Resolution Protocol ARP protection IP source guard e Secure Shell SSH Protocol Should have a console port and single IP address to manage all features of the system e Should have a Software configuration management including local and remote storage Should support Manageability through a common network management software on a per port and per switch basis Should have support for SNMP e Remote Monitoring RMON software agent to support four RMON groups history statistics alarms and events for enhanced traffic management monitoring and analysis e IPv6 management for future proof networking switch should be capable of being managed whether the attached network is running IPv4 or IP v6 supports pingv6 tracertv6 Telnetv6 TFTPv6 DNSv6 syslogv6 FTPv6 SNMPv6 DHCPv6 and RADIUS for IP v6 e Should support ASIC based wire speed network monitoring and accounting with no impact on network performance this allows network operators to gather a variety of sophisticated network statistics and informatio
55. Bank as well as through the Branches on the On Line CBS c All transactions to be effected in the On Line CBS on an on line real time basis for bill payments made by customers either through the branches any other delivery channels offered by the Bank 08 03 1 11 Training amp Technology Transfer Providing necessary classroom and on the job training to Bank s designated personnel on all the supplied Operating systems administration user account and rights management Backup procedure system and network performance and security monitoring etc Providing necessary classroom and on the job training to Bank s designated personnel on the supplied Core Banking system administration customization parameterization adding introducing new products user account and rights management Backup procedure system performance and security monitoring etc Providing necessary elementary classroom training to all the Bank s Computer System users on all the daily operation safety practices security Email usage basic word processing and spreadsheet usage etc Providing necessary classroom and on the job training to all the Bank s Core banking System users on all the daily operation safety practices security etc This training may be different for different division department section depending on the module they will be authorized to use For Advance level Trainings Foreign Training should be arranged In case of Foreign partner in the con
56. Bidder the Bidder shall suggest the most suitable workaround to the Bank The Bidder shall document the suggested workaround and sign off will be obtained from the Bank for the suggested workaround The Bidder will be responsible for development of data entry programs applications with appropriate validations checks that may be required for the purpose of data migration in order to capture data available with obtained by the Bank in non electronic format These programs applications should be made available to the Bank at least 30 days in advance from the date of migration The bidder will be responsible to install the data capture tool at the branches where required and train the users on data entry The Bidder will conduct training for the personnel or any other third party data entry agencies during the time of data entry with their responsibility and cost The Bidder will be responsible for uploading the data entered by the Bank through the manual data entry screens programs applications The Bidder shall ensure that sufficient training is imparted to the data migration team of the Bank with regards to but not limited to On Line CBS data structure field mapping requirements field validations default values and gaps in field mapping reports The Bidder shall develop the data conversion programs to convert banks data to On Line CBS upload format The Bidder shall perform mock data migration tests to validate the conversion programs
57. Bit UNIX Operating System with CD and Manual High availability ECC protected DDR3 memory PC3 10600 Registered memory features Memory double chip spare to overcome two DRAM chip failures Dynamic Processor resilience and deallocation with Operating System Authentication Different parts of the system must be certified with brand company and should have Parts No on each Part Warranty 3 Years 07 05 02 Live Production Environment Application Server Same features as defined in Development and Testing Environment 02 Database server Same features as defined in Development and Testing Environment 02 07 05 03 Storage Area Network SAN i External Storage System 01 Brand Should be internationally reputed Model Should be mentioned Country of Origin Should be mentioned Country of Should be mentioned Manufacturing Operating System The storage array should support industry leading Operating System amp Clustering platforms including Windows Server 2003 Windows 2008 Vmware Sun Support Solaris HP UX IBM AIX and Linux Capacity amp For DC Scalability 1 The Storage Array shall be offered with 30TB Capacity using 600GB 15krpm FC SAS drives and 30TB Capacity using 1TB SATA drives 2 Storage shall be scalable to minimum of 900 number of drives For DRC 1 The Storage Array shall be offered with 20TB Capacity using 600GB 15krpm FC SAS drives and 20TB Capacity using 1TB
58. Brand To be mentioned Model To be mentioned Country of Origin EU USA Canada or equivalent Country of Assembly EU USA Canada or equivalent Microprocessor based closed controlled Redundant Precision Air Conditioning System with De humidification system Required Redundancy N N N 2 Maintain with in minimum and maximum operating temperature amp relative humidity range Heat Removal System Heat Load and other thermal measurement with proper intelligent cooling management system for appropriate cooling with maintaining following environment Sensible Heat Ratio S H R 0 90 Sound Pressure Label dB A 57 Server room shall be air conditioned with under floor discharge type Precision Air conditioning Unit each of 10 0TR 12000 BTUH 35K W Nominal Cooling Capacity for maintaining indoor temperature of 2041 C 50 5 inside RH amp 45 deg C outside ambient temperature amp De humidified air quantity of min 5000 cfm 8500 CMH The room temperature shall be maintained at 20 C 1 Deg C and 50 5 RH and Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc 04 Sets with other necessary equipments Page no 100 outside temperature is 45 C is to be considered for condenser sizing The grille outlet temperature should be less than 18 deg C The air conditioning unit shall be designed specifically for high sensible heat ratio applications The system shall contain Scroll compressor with capacity modulation as per actu
59. C62 11 NEMA LS 1 IEC 61643 1 IEC 61643 12 Listing UL 1449 2nd ed CE Alarm board and Surge counter All equipments at DC must be protected Three years full warranty with parts and labour 01 Set with necessary equipment h EARTHING SYSTEM Planning amp Design the Grounding System for the Data Center UPS Room and other relevant area with a standard of following features J STD 607 standard building earth system to earth ground European equivalents EN50310 amp EN50173 1 IEEE 1100 standard common bonding network CBN including an earthling grid below the raised floor TIA 942 standard earthling of the data racks and equipment to the CBN The server room earthling to be carried out to form an earthling mesh of insulated copper wire below the false flooring and connected to false flooring supports This earthling shall be connected to separate earthling pits dedicated for electronics through insulated copper cables Earth Neutral voltage at the input of UPS lt 1 Volt and at Output of UPS should be 0 Zero Volt As per design consideration of the Tenderer Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 98 Structure Cabling with power Distribution The electrical cabling must covered the following Features and services As per design Total structure design and installation should be certified and guaranteed for at least 20 years consideratio
60. Can the system process data based on the following inputs Transaction type forward purchase or forward sale Currency tickers EURO INR JPY DEM GBP CHF FRF AUD etc Booking unit branch Booking type contingent Contact person Counterparty client s name third currency inter bank desk FCDU Deal date transaction date Value date today tomorrow spot default value date can be configured Third currency amount Forward exchange rate USD amount Settlement mode Underlying reference rate if any Can the system process transactions with different forward maturity dates and track them separately Can the system process provide default entries into certain fields i e deal date value date etc Can the system provide auto dating on all its dealings and report including time stamp Can the system maintain a database of all forward purchase and sale transactions with their respective volumes and transactions details which can be viewed on line printed or do a search query for a particular period requested or at a particular point in time Can the system provide a drop down window of currency tickers and maintain a database of all transactions per currency Can the system maintain a database of all forward transactions per booking unit branch for a particular period of time Can the system maintain a database on counterparty info
61. Diverted to Number Diverting Number Original Called Name amp Number Original Diversion Reason Redirecting Name Redundancy and automated failover on call processing failure Call preservation on call processing failure Station through trunk Media Gateway Control Protocol MGCP gateways QLNNLNLNLLRRK Page no 145 Java Telephony API JTAPI and Telephony API TAPI applications enabled with automated failover and automatic update Trunk groups Security Device authentication Embedded X 509v3 certificate in new model phones CAPF used to install locally significant certificate in phones Data Integrity TLS cipher NULL SHA supported Messages appended with SHA1 hash of the message to ensure that the message is not altered on the wire and can be trusted Privacy CallServer supports encryption of signaling and media Secure HTTP support for Call Server Administration Serviceability User Pages and Call Detail Record Analysis and Reporting Tool Secure Sockets Layer SSL for directory USB eToken containing a rooted X 509v3 Certificate is used to generate a Certificate Trust List CTL file for the phones as well as configuring the security mode of the cluster Phone Security TFTP files configuration and firmware loads are signed with the self signed certificate of the TFTP server The CallServer system admin will be able to disable http and telnet on the IP phones SIP trunk RFC 3261
62. Environmental Monitoring Solution a Fire Prevention Detection and Suppression System with 01 set with necessary necessary Equipments Same features as defined in DC equipments b Water leak detection Same features as defined in DC 01 set with necessary equipments c Smoke Detection Same features as defined in DC 01 set with necessary equipments d Particle detection Same features as defined in DC 01 set with necessary equipments e Access control System Same features as defined in DC 01 set with necessary equipments g CCTV Same features as defined in DC 01 set with necessary equipments 7 02 04 Power Cooling and Lighting System a Sub Station for DRC Considering same features as define in DC 01 set with necessary with capacity 400 KVA and functional load 350 KVA equipments b Power load permission from PDB or Related Power Distribution Authorities c Generator for DRC Considering same features and specification 01 set with necessary as define in DC with capacity 300 KVA equipments d UPS amp Power Condition System Considering same features and 03 set with necessary specification as define in DC with capacity 60 KVA equipments e AVR Considering same features and specification as define in DC 01 set with necessary with capacity 200 KVA equipments f Automatic Transfer Switch ATS As required Transient Voltage Surge Suppression TVSS Same features as
63. Function at any Level Access to special customers Staff VIP etc can be restricted to specific users Data Integrity Controls to detect the Loss of Data or the Non Processing of data Controls to assure the complete and accurate processing of data Data in the file is accurate and complete Access rights to the system are suspended after three invalid attempts Reactivating of a suspended access to the system requires a supervisor authorization Access rights to the system must have an expiry date Password Passwords may be changed by the user at anytime but a force change of password must be imposed at regular intervals monthly Passwords must include a flexible number of alpha numeric characters with a minimum of 6 characters Passwords will have an expiry date Re use of same password for consecutive two terms must be prohibited A Maintenance Log report must be provided User ID and password control Control can be set up down to transaction level or down to different combinations of the transactions Facility to define end users who under no circumstances will be able to go to the command prompt or operate directly on the operating system The end users must always be linked to either a menu or an application after they are signed on The Proposed application software must record all changes to the parameters and master files This maintenance log contain
64. Goods and Related Services to the Tender Document the Tenderer shall furnish as part of its Tender the documentary evidence that the goods conform to Section 7 Technical Specifications The documentary evidence may be in the form of literature drawings or data and shall consist of a detailed item by item description of the essential technical and performance characteristics of the Goods and Related Services demonstrating the substantial responsiveness of the Goods and Related Services to those requirements of Section 7 Technical Specifications and if applicable a statement of deviations and exceptions The Tenderer shall note that standards for workmanship material and Page no 15 equipment as well as references to brand names or catalogue numbers designated by the Purchaser in its Technical Specifications are intended to be descriptive only and not restrictive The Tenderer may substitute alternative standards brand names etc in its tender provided that it demonstrates to the Purchaser s satisfaction that substitutions ensure substantial equivalence The Tenderer shall also furnish a list giving full particulars including available sources and current prices of spare parts special tools etc necessary for the proper and continuing functioning of the goods for a period to be specified in the TDS following commencement of the use of the goods by the Purchaser Tenderers shall submit documentary evidence to meet the qualificati
65. ID Tax Identification Number Segment Bank Segment Basel Credit Rating Limits by product type Collateral type and amount Collateral Value Basel Guarantor Name Registration number or ID number Credit Rating Nature of Guarantee and amount Subsidiaries h Functional Features Corporate Loans Requirement s l 2 3 gt SSE REIRI BERERE Ole la Z System must allow user defined parameterized Loan Products Term allowed for loan product Minimum term Max Term Mode of disbursement one disbursal phased Repayment Methods allowed for Loan product Repayment Frequency Interest Repayment Holiday Period Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 211 Requirement Compliant 2 S JE al f amp le 2 lils a Sls l Som inlzZ Pre payment Penalty Calculation for late payment Multi currency loans Interest rates Base for Interest Calculation Actual Scheduled amp Fixed Interest Accrual Frequency Daily Monthly Quarterly Charging Frequency Daily Monthly Quarterly Interest Compounding Frequency Interest on past due loans Secured Unsecured Types of Security accepted Margin required Guarantor required or not Insurance required or not Revolving Non revolving Rollover allowed or not Rollover Frequency Brokerage Service Charges Fees Commissions for product Loan Maintenance System should support linking of GL accounts to specific functions interest
66. Itanium or equivalent or better Processor s with highest clock speed Memory RAM 128 GB Registered PC3 10600 DDR3 1 333 MHz ECC DIMMs memory Minimum with Expandability option minimum 512GB DDR3 RAM Cache Memory 24MB L3 Cache Minimum per processor System Memory Should be mentioned Bandwidth GB s System I O Should be mentioned Bandwidth GB s Internal Hard 4X 300GB 10 000 RPM Minimum Disk FC SAS SCSI Disk Drive with Mirroring for Operating System T O Slots Five 5 Slots or more Ethernet Port 4X 10Gb Ethernet NIC Fiber Channel Three 3 Dual Port Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter 8Gbps to connect Adapter the External SAN Storage amp Tape Library DVD ROM DVD ROM or equivalent any device attached by which the requirement will be fulfilled Power supply Redundant Hot Swap plug Power Supply Benchmark Please submit the Benchmark TPC or SPEC Int amp FP or Oracle Information on proposed model of the server Operating System Pre installed 64 Bit UNIX Operating System with CD and Manual Cluster Software Please include require Cluster Software tool of the quoted operating system for 2 node cluster High availability ECC protected DDR3 memory PC3 10600 Registered memory features Memory double chip spare to overcome two DRAM chip failures Dynamic Processor resilience and deallocation with Operating System Authentication Different parts of the system must be certified with brand company and should have Parts No on e
67. Menu Screen field level security management system M Network Security Secure transmission between Branch Division Control Offices and the existing host Please describe security features offered by your system to avoid unauthorized access over the network Blocking display during entry as well as during display Inquiry Log record for network access both authorized and unauthorized attempt M Security Reports Reports on unauthorized Log in attempts and Control for application migration from development to production and other violation reports Facility to Print View Reports on line M Software Product Information General Original date and authorship of the product Date and version number of last major rewrite or revision Major enhancements made to the system in the past 2 years Major developments planned for the next 2 years Number of existing users world wide Number of current implementations in progress Position in World Ranking of the proposed On Line BAS M Software Maintenance Bug fixes carried out process Vendor provides tailored programming services with their charges included in the offer New releases provided to the clients free of cost Licensing and Customization cost Mention the down time to Implement the new release Bidder must provide all types of support and maintenance to the bank on the basis of 24x7x 52 Facility Management function at the 1 level support to be carried out
68. Modification 3rd Party Non compliant Ability to allow interfaces with other systems e g current account saving time deposits and other in order to cover the loan payments Ability to support security levels for the approval of new loans credit to the customer s account renewals with or without payment modification to the original terms of approval term interests guarantees With regard to extraordinary payments the ability to Receive the payment of an extraordinary installment and eliminate future collections Receive the extraordinary installment and shorten the term of the obligation Receive the extraordinary payment and reduce the amount of the installment agreed Supported Facilities system wide Ability to allow Verify and tag the transactions that exceed the authorized limits individually and Ability to set and match allowances for bad debts Ability to provide for the monitoring of the outstanding debt against the value of the security Limits different types of limits Different groups of limits Sub limits Different types of collateral s control and comparison structure within 1 2 and 3 Limits in different currencies Ability to follow up and report loans X days before maturity X days before the end of obligation period which is an officially set date and must be kept on the loan record
69. Page no 150 e 24 user adjustable ring tones DSCP amp IEEE 802 1q p standards e Provisioning of network parameters through DHCP IP phones should be available with Software camera to support video telephony Calling Features Multi line appearance six extensions speed dials Calling name and number display Call waiting Call forward Call transfer Three way calling conference Pre dialing before sending Redial Call hold resume Call mute Call park Call pick up group pick up You Have Voice Mail message on display Video Calls Other Features Comfort noise generation CNG voice activity detection VAD adaptive jitter buffer and echo cancellation Local phone book and server based directory information Time date display 24 user adjustable ring tones G 71la G 71lu G 729a G 729ab G 722 iLBC audio compression codecs and wideband audio should be supported e Should have 2 lines configuration to IP PBX Should also have additional 12 lines appearance with expansion module e An IP address assignment DHCP client or statically configured e Should have full duplex speakerphone with acoustic echo cancellation e Integrated Ethernet switch e Inline Power and IEEE 802 3af class POE e Should supports differentiated services code point DSCP and 802 1Q p standards e Should have two port Ethernet switch allows for a direct connection to a 10 100BASE T Ethernet network and
70. Performance Security the time within which the Performance Security shall be submitted and the time within which the Contract shall be signed Within fourteen 14 days of the receipt of Notification of Award from the Purchaser the successful Tenderer shall furnish Performance Security for the due performance of the Contract in the amount specified in the TDS using for that purpose the Performance Security Form Form G 8 furnished in Section 5 Tender and Contract Forms The Performance Security shall be valid until a date twenty eight 28 days after the date of completion of the Supplier s performance obligations under the Contract including any warranty obligations The proceeds of the Performance Security shall be payable to the Purchaser unconditionally upon first written demand as compensation for any loss resulting from the Supplier s failure to complete its obligations under the Contract At the same time as the Purchaser issues the Notification of Award the Purchaser shall send the Contract Agreement and all documents forming the Contract to the successful Tenderer Within twenty one 21 days of receipt of the Contract Agreement the successful Tenderer shall sign date and return it to the Purchaser Failure of the successful Tenderer to submit the Performance Security pursuant to ITT Clause 51 or sign the Contract pursuant to ITT Sub Clause 52 2 shall constitute sufficient grounds for the annulment of the award and forfeiture o
71. Pressure in duct max 2 000 Pa Air flow max 12 m s e Warranty 20 years n Emergency Exit Stair Ground to 3 floor Rod with steel plate having both side railing 01 set 0 p Substation and Generator Room Grounding floor height must be out of flood range The Ol set sufficient Exhausting fan must be installed for sufficient air flow 7 01 02 FURNITURE FOR DC All furniture items will be supplied as per design and direction of bank authorities a Computer Table for NOC 6 DOC 8 SMC 24 Testing Room 4 Staging 1 43 set Brand OTOBI or Equivalent Top Size Length x Width 3 three x 2 5 two and half feet Colour Wooden Black Material min 25 mm thick laminated particle board Process Wood Side Drawer with lock and key b Secretariat Table for Project Manager 01 set Brand OTOBI or Equivalent Length 4 5 Four and half Feet Width 3 Three Feet Height Standard Colour Wooden Blcak Material Process Wood Side Drawer with lock and key Full size glass on the top c PM Chair 01 set Supplying fitting amp fixing at site high back with intimate contact lumber support high lilting back seat with hydraulic lift upon base on 5 castor wheels etc d Revolving Chair 46 set Brand OTOBI or Equivalent Size Standard Colour Wooden Blcak Material Rod Frame with Foam and Fabrics Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 91 Long Tea Table for Waiting and Recreation room Brand OTOBI or E
72. Purchaser s Responsibilities Scope of Supply 13 2 13 4 13 5 14 1 15 1 16 1 16 2 17 1 18 1 19 1 19 2 The Supplier shall subject to the Purchaser s compliance with GCC Sub Clause 13 2 indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser and its employees and officers from and against any and all suits actions or administrative proceedings claims demands losses damages costs and expenses of any nature including attorney s fees and expenses which the Purchaser may suffer as a result of any infringement or alleged infringement of any patent utility model registered design trademark copyright or other intellectual property rights registered or otherwise existing at the date of the Contract by reason of a the installation of the Goods by the Supplier or the use of the Goods in Bangladesh and b the sale in any country of the products produced by the Goods Such indemnity shall not cover any use of the Goods or any part thereof other than for the purpose indicated by or to be reasonably inferred from the Contract neither any infringement resulting from the use of the Goods or any part thereof or any products produced thereby in association or combination with any other equipment plant or materials not supplied by the Supplier pursuant to the Contract If any proceedings are brought or any claim is made against the Purchaser arising out of the matters referred to in GCC Sub Clause 13 1 the Purchaser shall p
73. RBL can minimize the human error as well as down time due to critical faults Modular components are recommended to reduce the deployment time as well as the re deployment time in case forced to change the DC and DRC location due to any kind of natural calamities iv Availability All the components of the data center must provide adequate redundancy to ensure high availability to all RBL projects and other DC and DRC services Designing for availability assumes that systems will fail and therefore the systems are configured to mask and recover from component or server failures with minimum application outage The bidder shall make the provision for high availability for all the services of the DC and DRC All the critical components used in the physical architecture shall provide multiple level of redundancy to reduce the MTTR Mean time to repair amp to provide the maximum uptime to the DC and DRC Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 87 v Manageability The DC and DRC shall be designed in an efficient way to ensure an easy maintenance It must facilitate ease of configuration ongoing health monitoring and failure detection of all components supporting DC and DRC The design must be able to match the growth of the environment A centralized physical infrastructure monitoring system which shall capable to record historical data events and sent event details through email shall been provided to monitor amp maintain the maximum u
74. Seer TL aes 05 1 05 04 Network Devices _ __ __ __ _ _ _ T T add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 SSS SS EE 27a Lo Hardware for Office Automation at Data gt add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in S E eT Note 1 EXW means Ex works Ex factory Ex warehouse Ex show room or off the shelf as applicable Note 2 Unit Price EXW shall include all custom duties and taxes as specified in ITT Sub Clause 20 5 a Note 3 Price for inland transportation shall include insurance and other costs as specified in ITT Sub Clause 20 5 c Note 4 VAT and any other taxes payable in Bangladesh shall be included here as specified in ITT Sub Clause 20 5 b Name of Tenderer Signature of Tenderer Date Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 46 05 1 06 PRICE OF REQUIRED RELATED GOODS HARDWARE FOR CORE BANKING SOLUTION AT DATA RECOVERY CENTER DRC TO BE SUPPLIED AND DELIVERY SCHEDULE 1 2 3 4 5 6 07 Item Description Unit Name Qty Of units Unit price Total price Point of Delivery And Delivery N Of Item Required col 4 x 5 Period Offered Note 1 Note 2 Note 3 ee Note 4 05 1 06 1 Live Production Environment add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in secti
75. Support for IGMP filtering gt Link Aggregation Protocol LACP gt Support for Detection of Unidirectional Links in case of fiber cut and to disable them to avoid problems such as spanning tree loops gt The Switch should be able to discover the neighboring device giving the details about the platform IP Address Link connected through etc thus helping in troubleshooting connectivity problems gt Per port broadcast multicast and storm control to prevent faulty end stations from degrading overall systems performance gt Local Proxy Address Resolution Protocol ARP to work in conjunction with Private VLAN Edge to minimize broadcasts and maximize available bandwidth gt Support for Multicast VLAN registration MVR to continuously send multicast streams in a multicast VLAN while isolating the streams from subscriber VLANs for bandwidth and security reasons Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 124 Network Security features gt Support for mechanisms to improve the network s ability to automatically identify prevent and respond to security threats and also to enable the switches to collaborate with third party solutions for security policy compliance and enforcement before a host is permitted to access the network Thus preventing the spread of Viruses amp worms gt Support for IEEE 802 1x to allow dynamic port based security providing user authentication gt Port base
76. Tenders The request for clarification and the response shall be in writing and any changes in the prices or substance of the Tender shall not be sought offered or permitted except to confirm the correction of arithmetical errors discovered by the Purchaser in the evaluation of the Tenders in accordance with ITT Clause 39 Following the opening of the Tenders and until the Contract is signed no Tenderer shall make any unsolicited communication to the Purchaser or try in any way to influence the Purchaser s examination and evaluation of the Tenders Any effort by a Tenderer to influence the Purchaser in its decisions on the examination evaluation comparison and post qualification of the Tenders or Contract award may result in the rejection of its Tender Notwithstanding ITT Sub Clause 36 1 from the time of Tender opening to the time of Contract award if any Tenderer wishes to contact the Purchaser on any matter related to the tendering process it should do so in writing The Purchaser s determination of a Tender s responsiveness is to be based on the contents of the Tender itself without recourse to extrinsic evidence A substantially responsive Tender is one that conforms in all respects to the requirements of the Tender Document without material deviation reservation or omission A material deviation reservation or omission is one that a affects in any substantial way the scope quality or performance of the Goods and Related Serv
77. The switch should support Integrated Routing and Bridging Required Protocol and Standards support gt IEEE 802 1Q 802 1p 802 1D 802 3x 802 3ad 802 1w 802 1s gt IEEE 802 3u 100BASE TX specification gt IEEE 802 3ab 1000BASE T specification gt IEEE 802 3z 1000BASE X specification gt 1000BASE X SFP 1000BASE SX 1000BASE LX LH 1000BASE ZX gt RMON I and II standards gt SNMPv1 SNMPv2c SNMPv3 gt IGMP v1 v2 v3 gt IGMP Snooping gt RIP vl v2 gt Should be upgradeable to BGP v4 OSPF gt IPv6 in Hardware gt QoS Should support SRR Shaped Round Robin gt QoS Should support control plane policing gt Should support auto configuration of POE IEEE 802 3af enabled endpoint devices gt 802 1x Should support 802 1x for guest VLAN as well Dynamic VLAN assignment gt Should support dynamic routing protocols like RIP OSPF BGP and multicast technologies like PIM SM PIM DM Should support IGMP v1 v2 and v3 Required Security features gt IPv6 routing in hardware with MAC address notification amp MAC address Locking gt DHCP interface tracker Security wizard Access control lists Private VLAN edge gt Port security SNMPv3 SSH VLAN ACLs VACLs and Port based ACLs PACLs gt Switched Port Analyzer SPAN with 802 1x Port based network access control gt IEEE 802 1x with VLAN assignment allows a dynamic VLAN assignment for a specific user regardless
78. To be mentioned Country of origin To be mentioned Country of Assemble To be mentioned Form factor Tower Processor Core i5 2 5GHz core Speed Minimum 2 93 GHz or higher Memory RAM Standard 2GB expandable to minimum 4GB Cache Memory Integrated 3MB L2 System Bus speed 1066MHz or Higher Chipset Intel G45 Express Chipset or higher HDD 250 GB SATA HDD 7200rpm Optical Drive DVD R W Monitor 17 Viewable LCD Colour Keyboard amp Mouse 104 or more Keys enhanced USB keyboard USB Mouse amp pad Expansion slots Minimum 3 PCI slots Expansion Bays Minimum 4 bays NIC Integrated Ethernet Gigabit NIC T O Ports Interface Parallel Serial Mouse Keyboard Graphics RJ 45 USB etc Operating System Pre installed Windows XP Professional Windows7 Home Edition with recovery CD and Original License Warranty At least 3 years on site with full labour parts and replacement I Laser Printer for project Manager Room 01 Brand International reputed brand Hp Epson Samsung or equivalent Model Update Model Country of Origin To be mentioned Country of Assembling To be mentioned Printing Speed 30 ppm letter Memory Minimum 32MB Paper Size Maximum 8 5 X 14 Paper weight Minimum 63 g m to 163 g m Print Processor Speed 266 MHz Duty Cycle 25000 Pages minimum Resolution 1200 X 1200 dpi minimum Warranty Price should be offered for 1 one Year and 3 Three years full warranty with parts and labor all Components Rupali On
79. Utilization loading capacity 1 This specification describes the operation and functionality of a continuous duty three phase sol on line double conversion static Uninterruptible Power System UPS hereafter referred to as the The UPS shall utilize a Rack mounted N 1 redundant scalable array architecture The UPS shall be true on line double conversion UPS system using IGBT based technology i e the IGBT based Rectifier of the UPS system converts the input AC power to DC and then the IGBT based inverter converts the DC into clean AC power The UPS system shall be made up of 2 identical self redundant scalable UPS units operating in on line mode Each bank should cater to each power path till the Datacenter In case of Failure of any UPS in a particular bank the other UPS should take over the load In case of any bank fails the other bank to take over the total load UPS shall be utility friendly with minimum 6 input Total Current Harmonics while providing conditioned power to the critical load bus and charging the batteries under steady state operating conditions This shall be true while supporting loads of both a linear or non linear type This shall be accomplished with no additional filters magnetic devices or other components Input Power factor better than 0 99 shall be best in Class which shall helps to reduce cost of Ownership by reducing Electricity Bill and lower rated distribution components e UPS shall have the highest degr
80. Value is Tk 50 fifty Core D Tender Preparation ITT 16 1 The Tender as well as all correspondence and documents relating to the Tender shall be written in English or Bangla language ITT 17 1 The Tenderer shall submit with its Tender the following mandatory documents i A Valid Trade License ii Certificate of Incorporation iii Up to date Income Tax Clearance Certificate iv VAT Registration Certificate v Copies of annual report and audited balance sheet for the last three years ending 30 June 2008 30 June 2009 and 30 June 2010 for the prime lead Tenderer vi Copy of agreements legal documents including agreement with other partners with whom the Prime lead Tenderer will work in the consortium to provide the proposed solution vii Valid Agency ship distributor reseller Certificate from the Manufacturer viii ABC License for substation and other electrical work ix BTRC License with up to date renewal certificate from Link Provider x Catalogue of the offer items to be supplied xi An undertaking to execute annual maintenance contract before expiry of warranty period xii Undertaking letter notarised relating to source code ref ITT 24 5 xiii Authorization Letter for Tender submission xiv Submit the technical specification of each item as per schedule of requirement including followings Technical Specification of Core banking Solution Technical Specification of Proposed RDMS and Operation System
81. With the advancements in information and communication technology the customers particularly the high net worth individuals and blue chip corporate are becoming technology aware day by day They increasingly expect for better service better value for time effective fund management tools This necessitates that bank look towards innovative solutions for retaining the existing and attracting fresh high net worth individuals and blue chip corporate To retain customers and to allure new customers bank now intends to purchase REAL TIME ON LINE BANKING APPLICATIONM SYSTEM 08 03 1 3 Real Time On Line Banking Application System The bidder must submit the details of the core banking application as per its own style and form to describe how best its product service would fulfill the bank s functional and non functional requirements The On Line CBS should be capable enough to scale both horizontally and vertically in order to grow with the increase number of customer as well as with the addition of new delivery channels It should be highly parameterized so that all the rules can easily be applied for different banking products and services and also posses the flexibility of modifying the screen and report content without modifying the source code having in built security features in multiple levels However the bidder must provide its additional response to the bank s requirements in terms of General amp Technical Requirements with required statu
82. Z Post dated Check monitoring Automatic monitoring of Post Dated cheques is enabled A cheque number once paid should not be allowed to be presented again for payment Already existing in Cheque Validation Check floats settings per area Selective downdating per area Provide facility to automatically store and make available on inquiry information such as when and where cheque is presented and cleared whether cleared or stopped payment to which bank etc Therefore the system should support individual cheque information access facility for successful and returned cheques Generation of auto referral to manager in case of insufficient funds limit access approval by manager only Generation of consolidated bank wise statement Debit to customers accounts in case of valid cheques Facility to maintain database of reasons for cheque return Voucher format can be user definable Automatic charging of accounts in case cheques are returned at discretion of bank Generation of bank wise list of cheques to be returned Able to determine the number of days flow for each collection item before the amount is automatically credited and made available to customer Able to single out collection items and make funds available to specified account The following dates states to be supported Clearing date or entered date The date on which cheque is deposited in the bank The dat
83. action The Bidder will assist the Bank in deciding when to discontinue the parallel run The Bidder will be responsible for implementing the delivery channels and ensure that the customers of the branch being converted to the On Line CBS are able to utilize the delivery channels Branch Division and Control Office pilot implementation phase will be deemed complete once the Bidder has obtained a sign off for implementation at all the pilot branches offices from the Bank The branch offices will need to live run successfully for a period of at least 15 working days before signing off on pilot implementation In the event of any deviations discrepancies errors observed at the pilot branches the sign off will only be given by the Bank once the deviations discrepancies errors reported by the branch have been successfully rectified by the Bidder The Bidder shall depute relevant personnel to attend and resolve the branch problems immediately 08 03 1 10 Introduction of New Products Electronic Bill Presentment amp Payment a The On Line CBS should have the capability to directly interface with BACH BEFTN and ATM the utility companies registered with the Bank and upload the data received from these companies on a periodic basis for bill details and payments to be made Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 162 b Facility to provide for bill presentment and payment through various delivery channels being offered by the
84. applying user selected entries to the Banking Operations System Investments Management System Financial Management System Clear outstanding messages It shall also be possible to clear outstanding messages by transferring these to the message history archive without further action on such messages Failed authentication Incoming messages failing authentication shall be reported and highlighted in the audit trail but no further processing will be allowed on such messages pending management authorization Outgoing messages controls Duplicate instructions The system shall identify possible duplicate outgoing instructions by comparing the instruction details to be sent with those already sent and queued to be sent Matching In matching such instructions a user defined combination of the following details for each instruction type shall be compared Sending of duplicate needs to initiated manually correspondent details counterparty details ordering party details beneficiary details currencies exchange rates amounts Value dates Audit trails The system shall warn management of possible duplicate emissions for outgoing messages and shall highlight these in the audit trails produced Authorization Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 230 Requirement Compliant ae a EIRE a
85. as on the date of notice inviting this Tender Related document must be submitted as part of the proposal with special reference to Banking clients The Minimum average annual turnover or credit facilities or Asset Value of the Prime Lead Tenderer not less than 50 crore in proceeding three financial years The Prime lead Tenderer should have a positive net worth and made profits for the last three years The Prime Lead Tenderer must certify that they have successfully completed a project of supplying similar goods with minimum value of Tk 10 Ten crore under a single contract in the last 3 three years The Consortium Partnership must have strong presence and support office in Dhaka City Bangladesh with well equipped service cell manned by adequately qualified technical personnel for maintenance and support of the proposed DC DRC and Core Banking Solution The Tenderer must demonstrate clearly that they will be able to utilize the existing investments made by bank through the use of infinity solutions and computerization in RBL Head Office Zonal office Control Offices and branches during the last few years A plan in this regard should be included as a component of the technical plans The Tenderer Prime Lead and or consortium member should have demonstrated satisfactory capability of having designed implemented and maintained a Wide Area Network WAN that connects branches of at least two Private Public Sector Banks as Rupali Bank Ltd in the
86. at least 100 professionals for ensuring the implementation of the system beyond the project period e To provide standard operating procedure for the entire solution based on the BS7799 ISO 27001 e Primary Level support should be available locally by 24x7 and secondary or tertiary level support can be managed by outside the country through remote support The complete resolution time line is 8 hours for severity 1 cases e Respective OEM support should be included in the product during warranty period and AMC period as well KEY CONSIDERATIONS The Tenderer Lead and or support partner must follow the guidelines as described in Section 2 Instruction to Tenderer Failing to comply with these guidelines will disqualify the proposal All the products should be quoted with minimum 3 Three years warranty The warranty start date would be from the date of acceptance and signoff of the system The Tenderer shall furnish the following documentary evidence a A profile of the firm Details experience in System Integration Consolidation and Migration Client list with contact details Financials for the last three years Proof of similar assignments carried out by the firm in the last 3 years with case studies moae s Reference client list for site visit by RBL management The Tenderers should provide an undertaking from the OEM that all the products Hardware and Software being supplied as a part of the bid will not be declared end of sale
87. be made for any transaction e Reporting Features Requirement Compliant Modification 3rd Party Non compliant The system should provide a full set of operational audit trail and MIS reports which include Daily Activities Report Outstanding Report Due Date Analysis Report Overdue Report Exception reports Classification of Assets Assets written off Closed accounts Reports can be separated according to different processing branches The reports to be generated can include the following Disbursal of Advances Flash reports on Priority sector advances Basic Statistical Returns Loans outstanding at the end of given period Report on insurance policies expiring in the next X days On line Enquiry On line enquiry capabilities for each loan record to include Currently active outstanding records The penal interest to be charges should be user definable and can vary for different types of defaults Principal only Interest only combination of both Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 209 Requirement Compliant Modification 3rd Party Non compliant Provision to specify different action to be taken for different periods of continued defaults Corresponding advice reminder to be automatically generated by the system Provision to record required details on follow up activities undertaken
88. branches Divisions and control Office as listed in Annexure 3 and provide Visio drawings of HS MS LAN and proposed as per drawing No of Node Port for pilot project to be estimated as per Annexure 3 Structured Cabling Cable type CAT 6a Cable Brand to be mentioned Country of Origin of the cable to be mentioned Fiber Optic cable for backbone and vertical wiring All horizontal wiring must be terminated in patch panels located in the rack at the main interconnect device All vertical and horizontal wire management and wire identification must be installed All wire must have plastic cover with structure channel to hide patch cords Set up necessary equipment and power line for PC Printer Scanner and LAN device etc Warranty Warranty for structure cabling and rack must be 20 years with maintenance Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 137 7 8 0 RDBMS OS and other Related Software for Core Banking Solution for DC and DRC i Operating system Licence Type and Copy Basic Information Tenderer must proposed the operating system to comply their offered CBS and Application Server for smooth operation of branches Control Offices and Divisions as per Current Business Dimension amp Future Projection defined in 2 2 in page no 04 Software Name To mentioned Edition To mentioned Version To mentioned License Type To mentioned
89. coupons f revaluation date g revaluation method h return rate i nominal value j cost k location Ability to handle operations related with Mutual Funds a buying selling transactions of Fund shares in branches from teller terminals with cash total update if cash involved updating custody records if custody involved by producing system generated customer G L accounting for branch and Mutual Fund Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 248 Requirement Compliant I 2 gs 2 e Siz j a o kz a HAE aie b comparative statistical reporting of branch activity total shares sold to customers total shares bought from customers total shares in circulation adjustment entries may be necessary requiring the system to recalculate update and report daily average shares in circulation other user defined c buying selling of securities for on behalf of Mutual Funds as an entity special accounting may be required for each mutual fund d inventory revaluation for Mutual Fund security portfolios e pricing of Fund shares f on line inquiry for the location of Fund shares which are not in circulation g Separate reporting and G L account Code set index for Mutual Funds being an entity Ability to provide reconciliation procedures for all operations Ability to introduce different product types and determine the pro
90. customer account etc Update Limit Module CIF Print and fax debit advice Print Amendment Mail Telex Swift Print reimbursement authorization amendment Swift where applicable Fax Non CIF L C Amendment copy to Insurance Co at request Fax L C Amendment copy to customer along with debit credit advices For L Cs opened against margin debit margin amount to customer s a c for increased L C value and credit to margin A c Update customer L C outstanding when amending revolving L C from automatic to non automatic and vice versa Facility to issue Shipping Guarantee Input L C No name of carrying vessel B L No and date port of loading port of discharge details of goods shipping marks and amount Generate necessary entries i e Dr customer Cr L C margin commission postages Sight L C Dr customer Cr commission postage Acceptance L C Print Shipping Guarantee Facility to cancel the guarantee Other Functions Capture information such as L C number negotiation date currency amount value date and reimbursing bank Allocate Transit Bill number Diarize to follow up with negotiating bank for non receipt of documents Produce tracer by swift telex to negotiating bank on diarized date Fax negotiation advice to customer at option Flag LC to avoid duplication towards updating cash flow upon arrival of documents Document
91. deadline as extended Any Tender received by the Purchaser after the deadline for submission of Tenders in accordance with ITT Clause 31 shall be declared late will be rejected and returned unopened to the Tenderer A Tenderer may modify substitute or withdraw its Tender after it has been submitted by sending a written notice duly signed by the same authorised representative and shall include a copy of the authorisation in accordance with ITT Sub Clause 28 2 except that no copies of the withdrawal notice are required The corresponding substitution or modification of the Tender must accompany the respective written notice The written notice must be a submitted in accordance with ITT Clauses 28 and 29 except that withdrawal notices do not require copies and in addition the respective envelopes shall be clearly marked MODIFICATION SUBSTITUTION OR WITHDRAWAL and b received by the Purchaser prior to the deadline prescribed for submission of Tenders in accordance with ITT Clause 30 Tenders requested to be withdrawn in accordance with ITT Sub Clause 32 1 shall be returned unopened to the Tenderers only after the Tender opening No Tender shall be modified substituted or withdrawn after the deadline for submission of Tenders specified in ITT Clause 30 F Tender Opening and Evaluation a The Purchaser shall open the Technical Proposal only in public including modifications or substitutions made pursua
92. design and requirements for the specified systems and development of specifications for the Technology Architecture required for the implementation of these systems Development and defining a new set of functional processes information flows procedures transaction types and associated documents and forms and related structures required to set up the new systems Developing a full functional design for the computer systems required including the specification of the major databases and data entities the outputs reports the input formats transaction documents input screen designs processing and controls for the systems required at various nodes of the information flow network the interfaces and data flows between these nodes and with external systems Reassuring and developing specifications for additional hardware required to implement these systems Key deliverables Functional design document and technology architecture for the information systems Complete set of transaction documents reporting formats descriptions of procedures and associated manuals required for the implementation of the systems and Application systems design Provisions for Application software on the basis of the functional analysis which could include Investigation and ascertaining one or more off the shelf software packages to meet the functional requirements of one or more of the systems to be implemented The results of the application software package ev
93. during 24 months from the date of submission of bid The Tenderers should provide an undertaking from the OEM that all the products Hardware and Software being supplied as a part of the bid will not be declared end of life during project period The Tenderers should provide an undertaking from the OEM that all the products Hardware and Software being supplied as a part of the bid will be supported for a period of 6 years from the date of acceptance and signoff of the system The Tenderer should provide an undertaking from the OEM that during the product warranty and AMC period the Tenderer should agree to provide all new releases versions any type of updates patch and or bug fixes for the software or firmware as applicable and in accordance with the standard policies at no additional cost The Tenderers should be a direct reseller distributor of the major IT equipments like Server Storage Networking and Enterprise Management Software and should provide an undertaking from the OEM for the same Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc _ Page no 9 3 9 3 10 3 11 3 12 3 13 3 14 3 15 3 16 3 17 3 18 3 19 3 20 3 21 3 22 3 23 3 24 3 25 3 26 The Tenderer should have the experience of successfully implementing and supporting the products being quoted in the bid and should be able to provide such an undertaking from the OEM and from the Client The Tenderer has to provide an undertaking from the OE
94. expiry of warranty period Suppliers and Sub contractors from the following countries are not eligible srael Goods and Related Services from the following countries are not eligible srael Routine correspondence between the parties may be in English or Bangla GCC 12 1 For notices the Purchaser s contact details shall be Attention General Manager Address Computer Division 2 Floor Rupali Bank Ltd Head Office 34 Dilkusha C A Dhaka 1000 Phone 880 2 9567093 FAX 880 2 9564148 E mail it rupalibank org For notices the Supplier s contact details shall be Attention Address Telephone Facsimile number Electronic mail address GCC 21 2 GCC 22 2 A complete packing list indicating the content of each package shall be enclosed in a water proof envelope and shall be secured to the outside of the packing case In addition each package shall be marked with indelible ink paint in bold letters as follows Contract Number Name and address of Purchaser Country of origin Gross weight Net weight Package number of total number of packages Brief description of the content Upright markings where appropriate shall be placed on all four vertical sides of the package All materials used for packing shall be environmentally neutral If the above formats does not consistent with the supply mention N A The documents to be provided are as follows a copies of Supplier s invoice showing goods descrip
95. fees arrears insurance etc System should support linking of loans to special funds pool to identify and track the cost of funds and income from the funds pool Auto Maintenance of limits for loan types by customer and customer group Allow unlimited number of installments Re schedule Loan on request of the customer and approved by the bank repackage the loan repayment terms e g by extending the remaining repayment cycles in order to reduce the installment amount Allow auto roll over of loans overnight with option to capitalize interest Pre approval should be obtained prior to the roll over process System should permit movement of loans from staff to non staff and non staff to staff loans Restructuring of loan Automatically set the Loan account to Delinquent Non performing status if a user defined number of installments are overdue Allow removal of the Delinquent Non performing Status from a Loan account System should support identification of loans officer to loan One or more guarantor for a loan with fixed amount liability Change of guarantors addition deletion Support for offset drawdown account linked to the loan Support for recovery of past due installments by polling the offset accounts at parameterisable intervals Different status of loan like non performing loans legal action and government freeze to be supported Linking with collateral deposits Financial securities other securities insurance po
96. fle SIRJE ele s i lv g lalz The possible duplicate instructions shall require management authorization to be released to counterparties Multi staged accounting Multi staged posting The system shall automatically post financial transactions to the Financial Management System to reflect the stage at which a complete deal business process is at User defined operational processes The stages that shall be accounted for shall be user defined for each transaction message type A typical process may be in the form of On deal DR DEAL AWAITING CONFIRMATION CR LIABILITY IN SUSPENSE On confirmation DR CONFIRMED DEAL CR DEAL AWAITING CONFIRMATION On settlement value date DR INVESTMENT ACCOUNT CR CONFIRMED DEAL ACCOUNT DR LIABILITY IN SUSPENSE CR NOSTRO ACCOUNT Suspense accounts The suspense accounts showing deals settlement in progress should relate to the correspondent counterparty instrument in the same manner that the final transactions would be accounted for Pre settlement business confirmation Confirmation of business details The system shall enable the user to confirm business details with counterparty prior to settlement The requirement shall apply to all investment deals foreign exchange business banking and trade finance business Confirmation prior to settlement The system should produce conf
97. gt At least 47 mpps forwarding rate gt Configurable up to 8000 MAC addresses Layer 3 features gt Basic IP unicast routing protocols static RIPv1 and RIPv2 should be supported gt Future support for IPv6 unicast routing capability static RIP and OSPF protocols with IPv6 traffic through configured interfaces gt Future support for advanced IP unicast routing protocols OSPF and Border Gateway Protocol Version 4 BGPv4 for load balancing and constructing scalable LANs gt Future support for policy Based Routing gt Inter VLAN IP routing should be supported for Layer 3 routing between two or more VLANs gt Future support for protocol Independent Multicast PIM for IP Multicast routing including PIM sparse mode PIM SM PIM dense mode PIM DM and PIM sparse dense mode Layer 2 features gt IEEE 802 1Q VLAN encapsulation Up to 1000 VLANs should be supported Support for 4000 VLAN IDs gt Support for Voice VLAN which will simplify telephony installations by keeping voice traffic on a separate VLAN for easier administration and troubleshooting gt Centralized VLAN Management VLANs created on the Core Switches should be propagated automatically gt Spanning tree Enhancements for fast convergence gt TEEE 802 1d 802 1s 802 1w 802 3ad gt Spanning tree feature to prevent other edge switches becoming the root bridge gt Future Support for IGMP snooping Support for up to 1000 IGMP Groups
98. identifier counterparty group short name counterparty group name country identifier Clearing account information This represents the details of BANK S own correspondents and cash nostro clearing accounts as well as the counterparties clearing accounts Details should include Holder counterparty BANK S currency country correspondent bank branch telephone numbers fax numbers email address contact name BANK S manager responsible for counterparty SWIFT codes Telex number Bank account number including the identification of bank accounts held by the BANK S as a correspondent bank in its own right for local counterparties Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 228 Requirement Compliant w 5 a fle 2 i j s a lv g Sant ln lZ maximum holding limit minimum holding limit interest payable receivable on account should support interest tiers settlement details required to clear payments through this account Financial accounting details such as for general ledger control account The software system should have the Clearing House settlement facility of the branches under On line and Off line Country The following information should be available for a country country identifier country short name country name
99. individual a gratuity in any form an employment or any other thing or service of value as an inducement with respect to an act or decision of or method followed by a Procuring Entity in connection with the procurement proceeding b fraudulent practice means a misrepresentation or omission of facts in order to influence a procurement proceeding or the execution of a contract to the detriment of the Purchaser c collusive practice means a scheme or arrangement among two or more Tenderers with or without the knowledge of the Purchaser prior to or after Tender submission designed to establish Tender prices at artificial non competitive levels and to deprive the Purchaser of the benefits of free open and genuine competition and d coercive practice means harming or threatening to harm directly or indirectly persons or their property to influence the procurement proceedings or affect the execution of a contract The Tenderer shall be aware of the provisions on fraud and corruption stated in GCC Clause 3 and GCC Sub Clause 38 1 c The Government requires that the Purchaser s personnel have an equal obligation not to solicit ask for and or use coercive methods to obtain personal benefits in connection with the said proceedings Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 11 4 Eligible Tenderers 5 Eligible Goods and Related Services 6 Site Visit 7 Tender Document Sections 4 2 4 3 4
100. interface The proposed solution must keep historical rate and protocol data for a minimum of 30 days most recent in its short term operating database All data in that database must have a maximum 1 minute window granularity A user must be able to select any 1 minute window over the last 30 days and display unique utilization and protocol data for every monitored interface The proposed solution must be able to monitor and report on a minimum of 15000 unique protocols per day and display utilization data for each protocol individually This capability must be available for each monitored interface uniquely The proposed solution must keep and report on a minimum 25000 unique hosts per day for each monitored interface The proposed solution must keep and report on a minimum 25000 unique conversations per day for each monitored interface ix The system must support wizard driven customized report creation from the long term database The wizard driven system must support the ability to report on traffic based on the IP ToS field using a bit pattern matching method that will allow reporting on any variation of usage within this 8 bit field including but not exclusive to DSCP and IP Precedence The system must maintain this custom ToS based information for each interface for at least 12 months at a minimum 15 minute granularity The wizard must support the ability to specify which hosts conversations IP ports custom ToS matches and
101. is required for all the items listed in Section 6 ITT 22 2 Schedule of Requirements ITT 24 5 The Tenderers should agree to share the Source Code of the Core banking Solution based on the ESCROW Agreement defined by the Bank This has to be in an undertaking letter submitted with the Tenderers Proposal Form G 10 ITT 26 1 The tender validity period shall be 20 one hundred twenty days ITT 27 1 The amount of the tender security shall be Tk O one crore ITT 28 1 In addition to the original of the Tender 6 six copy shall be submitted E Tender Submission ITT 29 2 b For tender submission_purposes only the Purchaser s address is Attention Deputy General Manager Address Establishment Division g Floor Rupali Bank Ltd Head Office 34 Dilkusha C A Dhaka 1000 The deadline for submission of Tenders is 2 30 P M on 29 06 2011 ITT 29 2 c The inner and outer envelope shall bear the following additional identification marks The name of the tender is Tender for 1 Data Center 2 DRC 3 Core Banking Solution and 4 and Capacity building of RBL The Tender Number is 13 2011 Ref No HO COM 372 F Tender Opening and Evaluation ITT 33 1 The tender opening shall take place at Address Establishment Division eis Floor Rupali Bank Ltd Head Office 34 Dilkusha C A Dhaka 1000 Date amp Time 29 06 2011 at 3 00 PM ITT 42 4 The applicable economic factors for evaluation will include a the work plan and delivery schedule offered in
102. latest technology to achieve operational efficiency proper security in place redundancy in all possible area and finally high availability To fulfill the current and future requirements as projected in Table 1 the Bank is looking for world class business solutions that will help the Bank to be more efficient dynamic and resilient The solution should include IT optimization data center optimization virtualization security business continuity disaster recovery and Data Communication solutions 2 3 The deliverables of this project includes the following e Data Center e Disaster Recovery Center e Point to point Dark Fiber network between DC amp DRC e Network amp Communication Infrastructure e Email solution e IP Telephony e Windows Domain with active directory or similar security access control mechanism for network shared resources through other OS e Security solution including network email web etc covering end to end security solution to protect the network from inside and outside e Core Banking Solution e Migration of existing system hardware software and data to the new solution e OEM Certification e Developing and training a core group of RBL staffs for running an uninterrupted system beyond the project period e Developing a functional monitoring and evaluation system for quality assurance and troubleshooting e System Software testing facility environment e Design and implement a
103. lighting arrester set 01 Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 81 h Earthling set As required i Structure Cabling with power distribution set As required j Lighting with Emergency Light unit 04 k Precision Air Cooler PAC set 02 l Comfort Air Cooler CAC set 2 ton 02 set 1 ton 02 set m De Humidifier set ol n Wall display for NOC monitoring facility set 01 o Environment Monitoring System EMS set 01 p Others item if necessary set As required 06 03 0 DATA COMMUNICATION INFRASTRUCTURE SOLUTION a Point To Point Dark Fiber Network Between DC meter As required Min 15 12 mth from amp DRC Kilometre the 7th b Redundant Point To Point Dark Fiber Network meter from Head month of the Between DC amp DRC Office DC date of Signing 06 04 0 LAN Infrastructure Of Head Office a Structure Cabling from DC to Each Floor Meter do Head 24 mth from Total Number of Floor 09 nine Office the 7th b Wall Mounted RAC Set 09 Building month of the Manageable Switch 24 port Set 48 Port 05 set date of 24 Port 08 set Signing d Network cabling with channel from each floor Meter As required switches to end user PC Total No of PC 400 as per Annexure 4 e Power point Face plate connectors Unit As required 06 05 0 Hardware for Core B
104. no 13 14 Tender Only One 15 Tender Preparation Costs 16 Tender Language 17 Tender Contents of Tender 18 Tender Submission Sheet Price Schedules and Specifications Submission Sheet 19 Tender Alternatives Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc 14 1 15 1 16 1 16 2 17 1 18 1 18 2 18 3 18 4 19 1 D Tender Preparation A Tenderer shall submit the Tender either individually or as a Member in a JVCA A Tenderer Lead Prime who submits or participates in more than one 1 Tender will be rejected The Tenderer shall bear all costs associated with the preparation and submission of its Tender and the Purchaser shall not be responsible or liable for those costs regardless of the conduct or outcome of the Tendering process The Tender as well as all correspondence and documents relating to the Tender shall be written in the English or Bangla language unless specified otherwise in the TDS Supporting documents and printed literature furnished by the Tenderer may be in another language provided they are accompanied by an accurate translation of the relevant passages into the English or Bangla language in which case for purposes of interpretation of the Tender such translation shall govern The Tenderer shall bear all costs of translation to the governing language and all risks of the accuracy of such translation The Tender prepared by the Tenderer shall comprise the following a Th
105. not acceptable to the CUSTOMER the CUSTOMER can deduct the Maintenance Fees in the following rate 1 1 1 If delay in reporting is more than two 2 hours but less than four 4 hours and or delay in replacement repairing service is more than six 6 hours but less than twelve 12 hours 10 of the Maintenance Fees of that particular month of that particular system will be deducted from the invoice In case of warranty period 01 of the construction cost for the particular system will be deducted from the invoice If delay in reporting is more than six 6 hours and or delay in replacement repairing service is more than 48 hours 20 of the Maintenance Fees of that particular month s of that particular system will be deducted from the invoice Annexure 07 Internet Router nternet Zone Internet Router Internet Zone FW Contant Security Internet Zone FW Content Security Switch Core Server Farm Firewall Switch Core Router Core Router Primary Link Primaty Link a MA Router 64 128 Kbps 2 Mbps 1 Gbps L2 Switch 40 100 Me ERR Branch Office Rupali Bank Ltd Computer Division A Present Branch Banking System Information Name of Branch Banking System Database Operating System Development Language Reporting Tools No of Branches Location of Branches B Interface to the following Application ATM POS switching software for Debit card Credit card Master card
106. of Delivery N Of Item Of units col 4 x 5 And Delivery Period Required Offered Note 1 Note 2 Note 3 and Note 4 05 1 03 1 Point To Point Dark Fiber Network Between DC amp DRC add as many rows Meter Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in Offered by the section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 tenderer Sub Total 05 1 03 2 Redundant Point To Point Dark Fiber Network Between DC amp DRC add as many rows Meter Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in Offered by the section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 tenderer Sub Total 05 1 03 3 SERVICE CHARGE FOR POINT TO POINT DARK FIBER NETWORK BETWEEN DC amp DRC o SV gt S 3s ST g Me _ 1 Item Description Monthly Charge VAT and other Total Monthly Yearly Charge VAT and other taxes Total Yearly Charge Total Charges for 6 Years N Of Item taxes payable Charge payable 05 1 03 3 1 Point To Point Dark Fiber Network Between DC amp DRC 05 1 03 3 2 Redundant Point To Point Dark Fiber Network Between DC amp DRC Name of Tenderer Signature of Tenderer Date Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 44 05 1 04 0 PRICE OF REALED GOODS OF LAN INFRASTRUCTURE OF HEAD OFFICE TO BE INSTALLED AND DELIVERY SCHEDULE Item Description Unit Name Qt
107. of filtering air to 95 down down to 5 micron efficiency and shall be replaceable from the top of the unit 1 9 Air cooled condensers There shall be one Air cooled condenser for each Precision AC unit Condenser shall be the low profile weather proof type incorporating high efficiency direct drive external rotor motors with axial blade fans The high efficiency condensers shall be factory matched to provide an operating range from 0 C to 45 C Condenser shall be suitable for 24 hours operation and be capable of providing vertical or horizontal discharge The condenser fan motor shall be speed controlled to ensure stable operating conditions at variable ambient temperature by a factory fitted direct acting pressure actuated fan speed controller 1 10 Humidification The humidification system shall be infra red type 1 11 De Humidification De humidification cycle shall be of energy efficient heater less type with EC variable speed fan or Solenoid Operated Split Coil type 1 12 Controls Rupali Online Tens Standard controls shall be of microprocessor based programmable PID logic controller that monitors displays and operates the precision cooling units so that the environment is held within desired specifications Page no 101 The controls shall have separate indications for e Various modes of operation cooling heating humidifying and de humidifying Alarm conditions temperature high wet floor and loss of air flow Gr
108. of intent mentioned in ITT Sub Clause 22 1 The Tenderer must submit the bids in original sealed and six copy duly marking the envelope as ORIGINAL and COPIES Also a soft copy of the proposal should placed in a separate CD Financial and Technical proposals should be placed in two separate envelops and then placed all originals in a large ORIGINAL envelop and all copies in a large COPIES envelop The original and each copy of the Tender shall be typed or written in indelible ink and shall be signed by a person duly authorised to sign on behalf of the Tenderer This authorisation shall consist of a written authorisation and shall be attached to the Tenderer Information Sheet Form G 4 The name and position held by each person signing the authorisation must be typed or printed below the signature All pages of the original and of each copy of the Tender except for un amended printed literature shall be numbered sequentially and signed or initialled by the person signing the Tender Any interlineations erasures or overwriting shall be valid only if they are signed or initialled by the person s signing the Tender E Tender Submission The Tenderer shall enclose the original in one 1 envelope and all the copies of the Tender in another envelope duly marking the envelopes as ORIGINAL and COPY The two 2 envelopes shall then be enclosed and sealed in one 1 single outer envelope The inner an
109. of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 Sub Total add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 E ee ee ee ee ee eee eee eee 05 2 02 4 Power Cooling and LightingforDC_ T T T T T T add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 SS S E a SS SS SS ES SSS eS eS cI pe ne te tll fc reek Ue he oe I OW le Total Note 1 The Tenderer will complete these columns as appropriate following the details specified in Section 6 Schedule of Requirements or the offered Items as per requirement Note 2 VAT and any other taxes payable in Bangladesh shall be included here as specified in ITT Sub Clause 20 5 b Name of Tenderer Signature of Tenderer Date Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 54 05 2 03 0 LAN INFRASTRUCTURE OF HEAD OFFICE PRICE OF MAINTENANCE SERVICES AFTER THREE YEARS WARRANTY PERIOD Doo 2 S o eT aa s T y7 dT ege Tod oo f u ao Description Qty Total price Warranty Maintenance Of Related Service Of units Required col 4 x 5 rr a S LAN INFRASTRUCTURE OF HEAD OFFICE add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 Sub T
110. of the proof material cover and griper Tenderer Power socket Origin As per design Brand consideration Type of the Features International reported brand with BDTI approved 3 point socket with earthling Tenderer point 220 to 250v AC operating temperature 5 degree to 55 degree centigrade with fire proof material cover and griper with switch Power switch Origin As per design Brand consideration Type of the Features International reported brand with BDTI approved 3 point switch with earthling Tenderer point 220 to 250v AC operating temperature 5 degree to 55 degree centigrade with fire proof material cover with Flush mounting and face plate Circuit Breaker Origin As per Brand design Type consideration Features International reported brand with BDTI approved with appropriate power of the calculation Tenderer Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 99 MDB Origin Brand Type Features Supplying fitting and fixing factory fitted MDB with Bus Bar according to proper power calculation As per design consideration of the Tenderer SDB Origin Brand Type Features Supplying fitting and fixing factory fitted SDB with Bus Bar according to proper power calculation Other Accessories Tenderer must proposed other related item and accessories if necessary for fitting and fixing and installation As per design consideration of the Tenderer D Lighting with Emergen
111. of where the user is connected gt Bridge Protocol Data Unit BPDU and Spanning Tree Root Guard STRG gt VLAN Membership Policy Server VMPS amp 1000 access control entries ACEs gt Support for Terminal Access Controller Access Control System Plus TACACS and gt Remote Authentication Dial In User Service RADIUS gt Rate limiting Committed Information Rate CIR function Through CIR bandwidth should be guaranteed in increments as low as 8 kbps Bandwidth should be allocated based on several criteria including MAC source address MAC destination address IP source address IP destination address and TCP or UDP port number Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 121 Required gt Support Web View Telnet SNMP Console RMON CLI Remote Management Switch Port Analyzer RSPAN Remote Monitoring RMON with 4 features RMON groups history statistics alarms and events gt IEEE 802 1s IEEE 802 1w IEEE 802 1x IEEE 802 3ad IEEE 802 3x full duplex on 1OBASE T 100BASE TX and 1000BASE T ports gt IEEE 802 1D Spanning Tree Protocol IEEE 802 1p CoS Prioritization gt IEEE 802 1Q VLAN and IEEE 802 3 10BASE T specification gt Free Web based Network Management Software Warranty At least 3 years on site with full labour parts amp replacement iv Core Firewall 02 Brand CISCO Ju
112. party Termination for Convenience a The Purchaser by notice sent to the Supplier may terminate the Contract in whole or in part at any time for its convenience The notice of termination shall specify that termination is for the Purchaser s convenience the extent to which performance of the Supplier under the Contract is terminated and the date upon which such termination becomes effective b The Goods that are complete and ready for shipment within twenty eight 28 days after the Supplier s receipt of notice of termination shall be accepted by the Purchaser at the Contract terms and prices For the remaining Goods the Purchaser may elect i to have any portion completed and delivered at the Contract terms and prices and or ii to cancel the remainder and pay to the Supplier an agreed amount for partially completed Goods and Related Services and for materials and parts previously procured by the Supplier 39 1 Amicable Settlement 39 Settlement of Disputes a The Purchaser and the Supplier shall use their best efforts to settle amicably all disputes arising out of or in connection with this Contract or its interpretation 39 2 Arbitration a b If the Parties are unable to reach a settlement as per GCC Clause 39 1 a within twenty eight 28 days of the first written correspondence on the matter of disagreement then either Party may give notice to the other party of its intention to comm
113. payment of installment s or partial redemption Loan Processing Loan Provision Written off accounts should continue to indicate original balances on inquiries from teller terminals Repayment should be acceptable from written off accounts History of interest held in suspense account Loan Processing Refinance Discounting System should support tracking of refinance against loans System should support discounting of the loans with central bank and other agencies Loan Processing Statement amp Advice Generation Periodic statements of loan accounts Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 213 Requirement Compliant Modification 3rd Party Non compliant Ad hoc statements of loan accounts Installment payment with interest details Charges Interest rate changes and revised repayment schedule Miscellaneous Maintaining loan history System should support classification of loans for purpose of measuring capital adequacy of the Bank Loan classification as per sector status of loan Central Bank reporting Loan Reports Information required by Product Type Outstanding balance Utilization Approved Limits Unutilized amounts Average and Aggregate volume Weighted average lending rate including highest and lowest rate Profitability Income Interest and Non Interest Income Contribution of Product by Branches Region Bank Information required by Industry Sector and Lo
114. per industry standard Support for TCP IP Support Symmetric multi processing Support Multi Company Multi Book and Multi Currency Multi Location Multy Country Capability to be deployed over a high latency network Specify latency tolerance Support for distributed computing Ability to interface with 3 party software like card management system transaction switching system IVR and other delivery channel management system using ISO 8583 messaging Ability to monitor server process and automatically bring up the replacement Support for 24x7x52 operations for all delivery channel like ATM POS Internet x Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 163 banking IVR Remote monitoring and administration of application servers The System must have Multi Server Processing Processing Load Balancing Capability Thin client must be able to support 4 6 users on a low bandwidth 64kbps connection Parallel processing as a way to minimize response time for a transaction M Product Security Support for industry standard protocols such as https SSL RC4 Ability to plug in third party algorithms for security Provide for ensuring that unauthorized users be denied system access Robust applications level security and access control Support for purging of data Audit trail functionality provided by the product Archiving method employed for audit trail logs Online alerts for security breaches
115. phase Supply Install and customize of CBS lot 01 DC DRC 12 according to technical specification as specified in month section 07 to comply Current Business from the Dimension amp Future Projection of Rupali Bank date of Ltd defined in Table 01 Page 08 signing contract 06 09 02 1 phase phase Data Migration Set Branches 55 Pilot locations 12 Implementation and Training of CBS Division 03 defined in month Control Off 1 Annexure 03 from the Total 59 date of signing contract 06 09 03 2 4 phase Data migration implementation and do Branches 437 Location of 24 Training of CBS Control off 34 Branches month Total 471 Division and from the Control are date of given in completi Annexure 05 on 1 phase 06 09 04 2 4 phase Integration and implementation of do Provision 208 Define in later With in mini branches as when as required by the bank mini Br project period 06 10 00 Capacity Building of RBL 1 Phase Person Head Office 18 month e Core Team for Training amp Technology 100 and Pilot from the Transfer Project date of e Implementation and Operation Team for 120 mentioned in signing Pilot Project Annexure 03 contract Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 84 2 phase Person Rest 36 month e Support Team for Control Offices 70 Branches from the e Implementation and Operation Team for 874 and Control date of Branches
116. provide LAN connectivity for both the phone and a collocated PC e Software upgrade supported using a Trivial File Transfer Protocol TFTP server e Layer 2 Discovery Protocol for power negotiation as per the IEEE class e Automatic IEEE 802 1q Virtual LAN VLAN configuration e Built in headset port e Should support X 509v3 Certificates digitally signed images cryptographically secure provisioning and secure signaling and secure media with AES 128 e The phone also contains an 802 1X supplicant and supports EAPOL pass through e The phone should support an expansion module for the provision of speed dial keys Protocols e Skinny Client Control Protocol SCCP protocol Supported e SIP RFC 2543 Warranty At least 3 years on site with full labour parts amp replacement vi Voice Conference Brand CISCO Juniper or equivalent Model To be mentioned by the tenderer Country of origin US EU or equivalent Country of To be mentioned by the tenderer manufacturer Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 151 Product part no To be mentioned by the tenderer General Features The conferencing system should meet the following general specifications The system should provide audio conferencing solution Should provide at least 40 ports so that 40 simultaneous users can use a single system at a time for audio conferencing e g 5 simultaneous conferences while each of
117. region to the Data Centre and Disaster Recovery Centre of the service provider with guaranteed uptime and response time ITT 12 1 a The Tenderer shall have IT Projects for at least 3 Three years as on the date of Notice inviting this Tender Related document must be submitted as part of the proposal with special reference to Banking clients Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 25 ITT 12 1 b The Tenderer Lead Prime and or Consortium Member shall have a minimum of 3 Three years of specific experience in the supply of their respective goods and related services If the Tenderer is formed as consortium then each consortium member must have minimum of 3 three years of specific experience in the supply of their respective goods and services according to the responsibility of the consortium partnership agreement ITT 12 1 The Tenderers should agree to share the Source Code of the Core Banking Solution based on the ESCROW Agreement defined by the Bank This has to be in an undertaking letter submitted with the Tenderers Proposal Form G 10 The minimum production capacity or availability of equipment is are None ITT 13 1 a The Prime Lead Tenderer must have minimum supply value of goods under a single contract in the last five years is Tk 10 ten Core ITT 13 1 b The Prime Lead Tenderer must have minimum amount of liquid asset or working capital or credit facility or Assets
118. repurchases commission Transaction Methods Provision to effect transactions in units amount or percentage i e Switch X or X units currency Investment Savings Provision to define a monthly debit order investment savings plan Repurchase Withdrawals Provision to define a monthly repurchase withdrawal plan Monthly Switch Provision to define a monthly switch transaction Switch Differences the system automatically calculate the difference in initial fees when units are switched between funds Transfers the system cater for transfer of units in the same fund between different unit holders Combination Plans Provision to define combinations of saving and withdrawal plans Automatic Plans the system cater for automatic processing of the defined saving and withdrawal plans Effective Date Provision to effect the defined saving withdrawal plan on any day of the month Escalation Provision to define and set an annual investment escalation percentage Linked Fee Structures Provision to have different transaction types linked to different fee structures Linked Bank Details Provision to have different unit holder bank details linked to different transaction types Transaction Amendments Transaction Cancellations the system cater for transaction cancellations Transaction Changes the system cater for transaction changes Transaction Overri
119. required must support a minimum of 5 million flows per minute and be capable of storing gathered information in a common database where all long term reporting information is held The proposed system must be capable of providing an overview page showing the following immediately upon login first page displayed after unique login e Top utilized links inbound and outbound based on utilization of every link being monitored by every collection device e Top protocols by volume based on utilization of every link being monitored by every collection device e Top host by volume based on utilization of every link being monitored by every collection device e A listing of interfaces exceeding either of 2 configurable utilization thresholds and a configurable percentage of time over threshold value This listing must not be limited in number or scope The system must check all interfaces it monitors for inclusion in this listing The overview page must provide drill down capability by mouse click on the displayed items listed for each of the displayed items above Graphs displayed in the overview page must also provide additional information using mouse over functions or similar methods that provide details of that item w o mouse click or navigation away from the current page The overview page must include an email function that provides a GUI driven method for emailing the page in graphical format as well as for scheduling the email of this page
120. requirement in section Offered by the 06 and technical Specification in section 07 tenderer Sub Total 05 1 02 2 Furniture for DRC add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 Sub Total 05 1 02 3 Security and Environmental Monitoring Solution add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 Sub Total 05 1 02 4 Power Cooling and Lighting add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 Sub Total Total Cost Note 1 EXW means Ex works Ex factory Ex warehouse Ex show room or off the shelf as applicable Note 2 Unit Price EXW shall include all custom duties and taxes as specified in ITT Sub Clause 20 5 a Note 3 Price for inland transportation shall include insurance and other costs as specified in ITT Sub Clause 20 5 c Note 4 VAT and any other taxes payable in Bangladesh shall be included here as specified in ITT Sub Clause 20 5 b Name of Tenderer Signature of Tenderer Date Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 43 05 1 03 0 PRICE OF DATA COMMUNICATION INFRASTRUCTURE SOLUTION OF DC amp DR TO BE INSTALLED AND DELIVERY SCHEDULE 1 2 3 4 5 6 07 Item Description Unit Name Qty Unit price Total price Point
121. secondary source account other than the primary source amount Multi currency transfer of funds Sweep instruction that can be changed deleted Authorizations Transaction Validation Process Menu and system Security Levels Override security levels by disbursement limit and transaction type This can be done by authorization by a superior level user only Local amp Remote Override with Queuing facility Debit on savings account not to be allowed without Manager approval i e facility for auto referrals Facility to put specific accounts if needed on auto referral If an account is inoperative for a pre defined period such account to be made Inoperative Dormant Feasibility of restricting the viewing of signature for dormant and inoperative accounts is restricted to certain authorized personnel Cheque Transactions Foreign Currency Cash Purchase and Issue in cash Cheque deposit for a cheque drawn on another customer of same branch Cheque deposit for a cheque drawn on another customer of same bank but different branch Cheque deposit for a cheque drawn on another customer of another bank in the same city different cities Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 194 Requirement w 5 5 E BS E E Bele 8 1 S A e Sitie O la Z Cheque deposit to have interface with the clearing module Provide the fle
122. secure LAN in the Head Office Building The Tenderer are encouraged to add any other item for RBL consideration which may be considered essential for ensuring the quality of products and services Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc _Page no 8 2 4 Other deliverables 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 e An inception report with a detailed work plan in consultation with the stakeholders within three months of signing the contract e To provide suitable program management and training support to ensure successful implementation and roll out of the project e To provide documentation including user system and operation manuals as well as wiring diagrams and design drawings for every piece of the environmental equipment e Provide a detailed Data Migration Test and Implementation strategy for the banking solution deployment e To provide acceptance checklist for the project e To propose additional items with price that deem necessary but not mentioned in this tender with logic supporting necessity of the items e Schedule of training on regular administration amp troubleshooting of the new system at the Contractor s premises using the Contractor s training facilities In case if appropriate training is not available locally the Contractor should arrange training outside Bangladesh Training cost including participants costs transportation etc should be included in the quoted price e Developing a core team of
123. settlement Automatic Credit Update Automatic update of credit facility utilization records Commissions And Charges Automatic calculation and application of commissions and charges and the associated entries Maintenance of commission and charge rate structures Settlement Instructions Generation of settlement instructions Document transmittal Interface to Telex SWIFT for delivery of outgoing L C messages confirmations statements and advice Interpretation and automatic capture of incoming messages Enquiries Range of on line enquiries to support status enquiries and enquiries on commitment history Reversal facility For deleting L Cs and reverse customer statistics and liability records Audit trail Maintenance of full audit trail of data updates Automatic production of required documentation in the following form for import transactions Letter Telex SWIFT format for export transactions Letter Telex SWIFT format SWIFT Support Automatic transfer of SWIFT messages to and from ST 400 Incoming Outgoing Tenor amp Credit Limit Control Based on the following Customer Product Application interaction Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 218 Requirement Compliant Modification 3rd Party Non compliant Applications for L Cs L C details re
124. settlement of business in this instrument type Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 227 Requirement Compliant Modification 3rd Party Non compliant default commission payable chargeable rates default charges payable chargeable rates Whether short positions are allowed on this instrument type Counterparty The following information should be available for a counterparty counterparty identifier counterparty short name counterparty name address country identifier IR tax number whether withholding tax is normally charged withholding tax rate telephone numbers fax numbers e mail address contact name BANK S manager responsible for counterparty Reuters codes SWIFT codes Telex number Bank account numbers including BANK S bank account number for local counterparties counterparty authentication keys counterparty category e g professional semi professional and retail counterparty credit rating credit approved limit counterparty group to which the counterparty belongs portfolio account number trade blocking suspension flags credit monitoring flags Date of last management review for counterparty Counterparty group The following information should be available for a counterparty group counterparty group
125. several criteria including MAC source address IP souce address IP destination address and TCP or UDP port number Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 117 Required Management Features Support Web View Telnet SNMP Console RMON CLI Remote Monitoring RMON with 4 RMON groups history statistics alarms and events IEEE 802 1s IEEE 802 1w IEEE 802 1x IEEE 802 3ad IEEE 802 3x full duplex on 1 OBASE T 100BASE TX and 1000BASE T ports IEEE 802 1D Spanning Tree Protocol IEEE 802 1Q VLAN Should have to support Out of band management through Console and an external modem for remote management Event and System logging Event and system history logging functions shall be available The Router shall generate system alarms on events Facility to put selective logging of events onto a separate hardware here the analysis of log shall be available Pre planned scheduled Reboot Facility The Router shall support the preplanned timed reboot to upgrade their hardware to a new software feature and plan the rebooting as an off peak time Performance Shall support performance of minimum 1000 kbps for 64 Byte packets Shall support variety of interfaces like V 35 Sync Serial 64Kbps 2 Mbps G 703 Ch E1for future uplink purposes Ethernet Interfaces 1Gbps 10 100 Mbps 802 3af ISDN PRI BRI ATM Digital Analog dialup and remote access modules Shall support DSL connectivity using ADSL G SHDSL
126. shall observe the highest standard of ethics during the implementation of procurement proceedings and the execution of contracts In pursuance of this requirement the Purchaser shall exclude the Tenderer from participation in the procurement proceedings concerned or reject a proposal for award and declare a Tenderer ineligible either indefinitely or for a stated period of time from participation in procurement proceedings under Bank s funds if it at any time determines that the Tenderer has engaged in corrupt fraudulent collusive or coercive practices in competing for or in executing a contract under Bank s funds Should any corrupt fraudulent collusive or coercive practice of any kind come to the knowledge of the Purchaser it shall in the first place allow the Tenderer to provide an explanation and shall take actions only when a satisfactory explanation is not received Such exclusion and the reasons thereof shall be recorded in the record of the procurement proceedings and promptly communicated to the Tenderer concerned Any communications between the Tenderer and the Purchaser related to matters of alleged fraud or corruption shall be in writing The Government defines for the purposes of this provision the terms set forth below as follows a corrupt practice means offering giving or promising to give directly or indirectly to any officer or employee of a Procuring Entity or other governmental private authority or
127. should be able to monitor QoS parameters configured to provide traffic classification and prioritization for reliable VoIP transport The proposed solution should discover and model configured QoS classes policies and behaviors The proposed solution should provide the ability to discover map amp monitor multicast sources amp participating routers wherein the system should be able visualize the distribution tree in the topology map vii Net Flow Based Reporting The vendor must provide a solution for collecting NetFlow data from multiple devices simultaneously across the network for performance reporting The solution must provide the following NetFlow based metrics e Rate e Utilization e Byte Count e Flow Count e IP hosts with automatic DNS resolution e IP conversation pairs with automatic DNS resolution e Router interface with automatic SNMP name resolution e Protocol breakdown by host link ToS or conversation e Utilization by bit pattern matching of the TCP ToS field e AS number e BGP next hop address e IPv6 addresses viii Solution Database Definition e The proposed solution must keep historical rate and protocol data for a minimum of 12 months most recent in its current long term operating database All data in that database must have a maximum 15 minute window granularity A user must be able to select any 15 minute window over the last 12 months and display unique utilization and protocol data for every monitored
128. solution in any project as a turnkey basis for any large environment 1 The Tenderer encouraged partners member organization exclusive non exclusive in a group and at least one membe is to form consortium partnership not more than three organization of the consortium should be a Bangladesh registered organization Bangladesh registered organizations are free to participate in one or more bids as non exclusive partner However if a Bangladesh registered organization participates in the bid as the lead bidder they will be considered as the exclusive partner The prime lead partner should not be non exclusive partner in one or more bids Among the key personnel in the bid either the Team Leade or Deputy Team Leader should be a Bangladesh Citizen In case of other professionals to be involved in the project preference will be given to local Bangladeshi consultants and experts supported by short term international experts The prime lead Tenderer will be fully responsible for contractual obligations including financial and management In case of consortium legal documentation on partner role and responsibility should be included as an attachment to the management plan of the bid proposal The Tenderer prime lead and or support partner must have experience of design supply delivery install test commission and maintenance of such a state of the art turnkey solution fo large corporate of at least five organizations of which at least
129. specified in the PCC for placing the order and opening the letter of credit The Contract Price including any Advance Payments if applicable shall be paid in the manner as specified in the PCC The Supplier s request for payment shall be made to the Purchaser in writing accompanied by an invoice describing as appropriate the Goods delivered and Related Services performed and accompanied by the documents pursuant to GCC Clause 22 and upon fulfilment of any other obligations stipulated in the Contract Payments shall be made promptly by the Purchaser no later than the dates indicated in the PCC In the event that the Purchaser fails to pay the Supplier any payment by its respective due date or within the period set forth in the PCC the Purchaser shall pay to the Supplier interest on the amount of such delayed payment at the rate shown in the PCC for the period of delay until payment has been made in full whether before or after judgment or arbitration award Unless otherwise specified in the PCC the Goods supplied under the Contract shall be fully insured against loss or damage incidental to manufacture or acquisition transportation storage and delivery in the manner specified in the PCC The Supplier shall be entirely responsible for all taxes duties license fees and other such levies imposed or incurred until delivery of the contracted goods to the Purchaser In the case of Goods having warranty obligations the Performan
130. specified number or endpoint and join the Web meeting v Dial out from Phone View Users with supported IP phones can find the meeting or specify the meeting ID to have the system call their IP phone Security Conference System should offer the following security features Dedicated on net system Segmented meeting access Access authentication Integrated authentication e Encryption Warranty At least 3 years on site with full labour parts amp replacement 08 01 Detail Specification OF Enterprise Management Solution EMS It should have a centralized Enterprise Management solution for all the IT assets spread across various offices throughout different locations across the state The offered solution is recommended to be from a single vendor product family so as to ensure the integration and high level of data exchange between various layers and based on an internationally recognized industry standard Enterprise Management Solution EMS and shall be required to have full capabilities to provide unified Fault Performance and Service level management and reporting The proposed solution is expected to have the following functionality e The Solution has modular architecture e The Solution is expected to be based on SNMP and TCP IP standards permitting Network layer level Management of alarm and events on the same platform e The Solution is scalable customizable module wise to suit the growing or changing need
131. swift telex and claim charges if charges for opener s account Produce Swift Telex message advice to opening bank at option Diarize for charges claimed follow up Export LC Amendment Input L C number our reference amendment details etc Capture amendment details from swift Display L C details Print bank s position where our confirmation required to be added Generate entries for L Cs confirmed by us Update Limit Module Produce amendment advice and mail fax to beneficiary Produce swift telex amendment acknowledgment to issuing bank and claim charges where charges for opener s account Produce swift telex message to opening bank at request advise our inability to add confirmation Diarize for charges claimed follow up Export LC Negotiation of Documents Input L C number our reference amount of drawing details of documents discrepancy ies observed confirmation added not added etc Update cash flow in Treasury System where Nostro account involved Regular Documents Produce covering schedule Produce and transmit swift telex reimbursement claim stating where funds are to be credited Facility to select banks name with whom we maintain account Validation must be available to cross verify the bank selected by the user Irregular Documents Produce advice showing discrepancies Fax to beneficiary Transmit swift telex me
132. terminal inactive Terminal Number workstation Number of unsuccessful sign on attempts Journal of all error messages and reversals e Reports must be available on user actions as log on attempts data removals additions changes e On line real time maintenance of static data changes should have a defined strict security control all modifications are to be included in the end of day audit trail with reference to the terminal user date and time of any amendments Data Security within the Application The host computer must operate without interruption in case of failure of a single multiple disk There must be a backup recovery solution assured for the system data The total data recovery for the host computer must be possible in less than 6 hours A failure of a single data storage medium e g tape disk of the multiple tape archived backup or transaction log type data may not cause problem limitation of data recovery There should be a possibility to restore the state of data back to a defined moment in time There must be a mechanism for controlling internally the integrity of databases Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 257 Annexure 01 gt E So a i tf 7 Dm ats fe eo Poo Lavatory oct jf needs ad u a z re F CEIS imr 40 403 402 i wd poean a E OFFICE MALL 140I AT ia TOA Ae ep 4993 wat OLA hr tee oy 7 Qe de
133. the Final sign off At start of the day facility for teller to authorize the Opening cash position and the breakdown by denominations Reconciliation of cash as per system with cash in hand Difference to be automatically sent to appropriate authority for approval Teller Support Facilities There should be function keys for frequently used functions Hot keys Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 195 Requirement Compliant Modification 3rd Party Non compliant The teller must be able to scan at any time his journal on the terminal to view transaction log amount account number code etc or to trace errors System should provide a basic calculator function as a stand alone facility or as an integral part of input transaction which can assist in tasks such as Summing a list of values Calculating interest Converting currencies Calculating percentages Calculating averages Facility to record the denominations of currency used in any cash in or cash out transactions 1 e a cash analysis facility to divide the deposit and withdrawal into various denominations System to provide Teller functions in Taka and Foreign currency Number and type of Foreign currency to be user definable System should support exchange of currency denomination wise between two or more tellers and between customer and tellers System should also support tendering of change to customer d
134. the administrative review the Tenderer may complain to the Review Panel pursuant to Regulation 53 of the PPR 53 Tenderer Right to Complain Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 23 Section 2 Tender Data Sheet ITT Clause Amendments of and Supplements to Clauses in the Instruction to Tenderers Reference A General ITT 1 1 The Purchaser Rupali bank Ltd Computer Division Head office Dhaka The identification of the Tender is Tender for 1 Data Center 2 DRC 3 Core Banking Solution and 4 Capacity building of RBL The number and identification of contracts comprising this Tender are HO COM ITT 2 1 The source of public fund is Bank s Own Fund ITT 4 1 Tenderers from the following countries are not eligible Israel ITT 5 1 Goods and Related Services from the following counties are not eligible Israel B Tender Document ITT 7 2 Authorized agents of the Purchaser for the purpose of providing tender documents 1 Computer Division 9 Floor Rupali Bank Ltd Head Office 34 Dilkusha C A Dhaka 1000 2 Establishment Division 7 Floor Rupali Bank Ltd Head Office 34 Dilkusha C A Dhaka 1000 3 Interested Tenderers may view the documents at the website of the Bank Website www rupalibank org ITT 8 1 For clarification of tender purposes only the Purchaser s address General Manager Computer Rupali Bank Limited Qo floor Head Office 34 Dilkusha C A Dhaka 100
135. the following information to the bank Exchange rate exposure Interest rate exposure Maturity ladder Liquidity position Daily report given the closing balances and account activity for Nostro Vostro Report on deposits accepted and placed for fixed notice or call as Mis match report Maturity date report on deposit placement due Total outstanding deposits placements by account in each currency Name of party Principal Maturity date Interest rate Interest payable receivable Transaction profit loss report for Dealer Transaction Currency Other functions Currency position report showing long short net for each currency by maturity bucket and an aggregate of the net short position Report generator capability Maturity profile report listing the main balance sheet elements for treasury and liquidity management monitoring This report to show both legal and reprising maturity profiles Can the system process transactions with different forward value dates and track them separately per value date Can the system process data based on inputs as follows Transaction Reference Number Transaction Type Purchase or Sale Booking Unit Branch Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 243
136. the last 3 three years The Prime Lead or Consortium Member must have strong presence and support office in Dhak City Bangladesh with well equipped service cell manned by adequately qualified technical personnel for maintenance and support of the proposed DC DRC and Core Banking Solution 5 Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc _Page no 5 Rupali Bank Ltd Head Office Computer Division 09 Price of Tender Document Tk 10 000 Non refundable through PO DD in favor of Rupali Bank Ltd The purchased original tender document must be submitted with the offer 10 Amount of Tender Security Tk 1 00 One Crore through PO SDR in the name of Rupali Bank Ltd 11 IName and address of the Office s Selling Tender Document 1 Computer Division 9 Floor Rupali Bank Ltd Head Office 34 Dilkusha C A Dhaka 1000 2 Establishment Division 7 Floor Rupali Bank Ltd Head Office 34 Dilkusha C A Dhaka 1000 Interested Tenderers may view the documents at the website of the Bank Website www rupalibank org 12 IName and address of the Office s Receiving Tenders Establishment Division 7 Floor Rupali Bank Ltd Head Office 34 Dilkusha C A Dhaka 1000 13 Name and address of the Office Opening Tenders Establishment Division 7 Floor Rupali Bank Ltd Head Office 34Dilkusha C A Dhaka 1000 14 Last Date and Time for Selling Tender Document 26 06 2011 wit
137. the set of displayed devices in the topology views by flexible rules based on the attribute contents stored with each device e The system must also support manual modeling adjustments to allow administrators to customize the structure the layout and relationship between modeled elements e The system must provide visualization tools to display network topology and device to device connectivity The system must also be able to document connectivity changes that were discovered since the last update e The topology view shall provide a real time optically distinguished indication of the overall status up and running critical alarm major alarm minor alarm for each displayed device including an alarm roll up feature to propagate the status to higher levels of the managed infrastructure e The system must leverage vendor specific protocols to ensure network discovery and mapping are performed with high accuracy speed and efficiency e The system must support scheduled discovery to ensure that the relationship between elements are maintained and up to date e The system must provide user configurable discovery control to manage the frequency and scope network discovery configured using a graphical user interface e The system should be able to update router configuration changes like re indexing of ports addition deletion of ports on Network Map with each polling cycle without rediscovery of complete network individual device e The system must pro
138. the supply of goods and related services The Tenderer should ensure that the Purchaser is informed of the visit in adequate time to allow it to make appropriate arrangements The costs of visiting the Site shall be at the Tenderer s own expense B Tender Document The Sections comprising the Tender Document are listed below and should be read in conjunction with any Amendment issued in accordance with ITT Clause 10 e Section 1 Instructions to Tenderers ITT Section 2 Tender Data Sheet TDS Section 3 General Conditions of Contract GCC Section 4 Particular Conditions of Contract PCC Section 5 Tender and Contract Forms Section 6 Schedule of Requirements Section 7 Technical Specifications Section 8 Drawings The Purchaser will reject any Tender submission if the Tender Document was not purchased directly from the Purchaser or through its agent as stated in the TDS The Tenderer is expected to examine all instructions forms terms and specifications in the Tender Document as well as in Tender Amendments if any Failure to furnish all information or documentation required by the Tender Document may result in the rejection of the Tender Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 12 8 Tender Document 3 1 Clarification 8 2 8 3 9 Tender 9 1 Document Pre Tender Meeting 9 2 9 3 9 4 10 Tender 10 1 Document Amendment 10 2 10 3 11 General Criteria 11 1 11 2 12 Experience 12 1 Criteria 13 Financial
139. to Layer 4 traffic filtering supports global ACL VLAN ACL port ACL and IPv6 ACL e 802 1 x user authentication with VLAN assignment and Guest VLAN extensions e GARP VLAN Registration Protocol GVRP to allows automatic learning and dynamic assignment of VLANs e Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP to simplifies the management of large IP networks supports client DHCP Relay enables DHCP operation across subnets e Port Security Dynamic Address Resolution Protocol ARP protection IP source guard e Secure Shell SSH Protocol e Should have a console port and single IP address to manage all features of the system e Should have a Software configuration management including local and remote storage e Should support Manageability through a common network management software on a per port and per switch basis e Should have support for SNMP e Remote Monitoring RMON software agent to support four RMON groups history statistics alarms and events for enhanced traffic management monitoring and analysis e IPv6 management for future proof networking switch should be capable of being managed whether the attached network is running IPv4 or IP v6 supports pingv6 tracertv6 Telnetv6 TFTPv6 DNSv6 syslogv6 FTPv6 SNMPv6 DHCPv6 and RADIUS for IP v6 e Should support ASIC based wire speed network monitoring and accounting with no impact on network performance this allow
140. to the sum of G L accounts B C and D s balance Double entry accounting Validation of equal debits amp credits On line update amp display of a c balances Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 180 Requirement w a ge a S Sis Q ma 9 ols a 6 Q BeA Add modify delete accounts Journal entries on line or in batch ermit only balanced journal entries eparate accounts for each branch with facility to obtain bank wise consolidation Generation of Profit Loss report at any point of time with facility to incorporate the interest accrued but not actually booked up to date Statement of any account between any two dates ystem generated unique transaction number assigned to each transactions Facility to enter a code at the time of transaction input to enable segregation of transactions for MIS reports Default transaction codes be specified for different types of transactions with ability for user to override during input Does the system provide a facility to continue processing at end of day should validation errors occur by transferring invalid transactions to a user designated suspense account Consolidate the specified account balances of a group of branches Comprehensive audit trail which enables tracing of transactions to input terminal creator date and time of input authorizer Facility to download information
141. trunk enhancements for external applications such as conferencing and presence e Third party SIP devices supporting RFC 3261 e SIP line side RFCs RFCs 3261 3262 3264 3265 3311 3515 and 3842 e SIP trunk RFC support RFCs 2833 2976 3261 3262 3264 3265 3311 3323 3325 3515 3842 3856 and 3891 e QSIG SIP H 323 Remote e Should provide automatic survivability service to all types of IP Survivability phones in the local site in the event of no service being available System from the call control system to the phones The survivability system should be capable of providing fall back telephony system on its own in case of no network availability e In the event when service from the call control system becomes unavailable the phones should register themselves automatically to the survivability system e No existing internal calls e should drop while the switch over is happening as mentioned in the previous point e The survivability system should be able to facilitate voice calls between phones in the same site Page no 147 Once the service from the call control system is back to the phones the phones should automatically switch over from the survivability system to the call control system without any manual intervention or system interruption No internal existing calls should drop while the switch over is happening as mentioned in the previous point Should provide the following basic c
142. turnkey solution for large corporate of at least five organizations of which at least two in the banking industry Brief case studies should be added in this regard with documentary evidence 3 The prime lead Tenderer preferably should have an office in Dhaka Bangladesh However if the local presence is not there the prime lead Tenderer must give an undertaking for establishment of an office within six months of award of the contract 4 The Tenderer should submit valid letter from OEM s confirming the following e Authorization for Tenderer e Confirm that the products quoted are not end of life products e Undertake that the support including spares patches for the quoted products shall be available for next 6 six years Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 24 The Tenderer and OEM should have at least one of the following accreditations certifications ISO 27001 ISO 9001 SEI CMM Level 5 The Tenderer must furnish valid certificate copies Prime lead Tenderer should have the capability to implement the proposed solution and provide post implementation support including up time and response time guarantees pertaining to all components of the proposed solution Lead Partner Tenderer should demonstrate that they will have presence in Bangladesh beyond the project period at least after three years to provide post implementation support based on project needs The successful Bidder shall be the Contractor for all the pr
143. two in the banking industry Brie case studies should be added in this regard with documentary evidence The prime lead Tenderer preferably should have an office in Dhaka Bangladesh However if the local presence is not there the prime lead Tenderer must give an undertaking for establishment o an office within six months of award of the contract Tenderer prime lead or consortium member who wish to participate should meet the following eligibility criteria e The Tenderer may be a national or international organization government organization Public sector unit Limited Company Private Limited Company or a combination o registered organizations Relevant documents of the same have to be submitted The Tenderer Prime Lead or consortium member have been in existence for and must be engaged in the business of integration of IT Projects for at least 3 Three years as on the date of notice inviting this Tender Related document must be submitted as part of the proposal with special reference to Banking clients The Minimum average annual turnover or credit facilities or Asset Value of the prime lead Tenderer not less than 50 Crore in proceeding three financial years The prime lead Tenderer should have a positive net worth and made profits for the last three years The prime lead Tenderer must certify that they have successfully completed a project o supplying similar goods with minimum value Tk 10 Ten Crore under a single contract in
144. using any or all of the above information Settlements processes audit ability Audit trails Audit trails shall be maintained for all changes to the information held by the system Changes to standing data Audit trails shall be detailed highlighting changes made to standing information such as user authorities message routing tables etc Archive The system shall also maintain a history archive of all messages passing through the system The archive shall maintain and report Incoming and outgoing message details including date time and external system Incoming message routing details Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 236 Requirement Compliant Modification 3rd Party Non compliant Incoming message clearing details showing all financial banking ledger entries resulting from such messages Non authenticated incoming messages Outgoing message sender and authorization details Settlement instructions that are incomplete Unmatched confirmations User permissions The system shall enable management to clearly specify individual users allowed to post specific transaction types within value bands groups of users allowed to post specific transaction types within value bands individual users having access to specific system functions Groups of users having access to specific system functions Transact
145. 0 Phone 880 2 9567093 FAX 880 2 9564148 ITT 9 1 No a pre bid meeting will be held C Qualification Criteria ITT 11 1 amp 11 2 1 The Tenderer is encouraged to form consortium partnership not more than three partners member organization exclusive non exclusive in a group and at least one member organization of the consortium should be a Bangladesh registered organization Bangladesh registered organizations are free to participate in one or more bids as non exclusive partner However if a Bangladesh registered organization participates in the bid as the lead bidder they will be considered as the exclusive partner The prime lead partner should not be non exclusive partner in one or more bids Among the key personnel in the bid either the Team Leader or Deputy Team Leader should be a Bangladesh Citizen In case of other professionals to be involved in the project preference will be given to local Bangladeshi consultants and experts supported by short term international experts The prime lead Tenderer will be fully responsible for contractual obligations including financial and management In case of consortium legal documentation on partner role and responsibility should be included as an attachment to the management plan of the bid proposal 2 The Tenderer prime lead and or support partner must have experience of design supply delivery install test commission and maintenance of such a state of the art
146. 009 for the Goods and related Services under the terms and conditions outlined below and detailed in the Tender Document 01 IProcuring Entity Name Rupali Bank Limited Head Office Dhaka 02 Source of Fund Rupali Bank Limited s own fund 03 Invitation for tenders Ref and Date Tender No 13 2011 Ref No HO COM 372 Dated 24 05 2011 04 Tender Name Tender for 1 Data Center 2 DRC 3 Core Banking Solution and 4 Capacity building of RBL 05 Tender Method Open Tendering Single Stage two envelops Method Design and establish civil work for Data Center DC Disaster Recovery Center DRC Core Banking wae Solution and Capacity Building including all necessary equipments at Rupali Bank Ltd for Supply 06 Brief Description of Goods andy stallation Customization of hardware system software RDBMS amp networking equipment including Services parameterization and implementation of Core Banking Solution with facilities management for 3 years with training to Bank s designated personnel on turn key basis 07 Time for Completion of Delivery 36 thirty six months from the date of signing of the contract agreement However it is expected that Datal Center DC Disaster Recovery Center DRC and Core Banking Solution will be functional in selected key locations by the first 12 Twelve months 08 Eligibility of Tenderers Tenderers must have proven track record in providing such
147. 01 set with necessary g defined in DC equipments h 01 set with necessary Surge Protection For Lighting Arrester Same features as defined in DC equipments i EARTHING SYSTEM Same features as defined in DC As per design consideration of the Tenderer j Structure Cabling with power Distribution Same features as defined in DC As per design consideration of the Tenderer k Lighting with Emergency Light Same features as defined in DC 04 1 Precision Air Conditioning System with De humidification System 02 in Server amp Network room m Comport Air Conditioning System 2 ton 02 set 1 ton 02 set De Humidifier Same features as defined in DC 01 sets with necessary equipments n Wall display for NOC monitoring facility Same features as defined in DC 01 sets o ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING SYSTEM Same features 01 as defined in DC Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 105 7 03 Data Communication Infrastructure Solution for DC and DRC a Overview We would like to establish a new network amp communication infrastructure between DC and DRC which will have proper redundancy in all possible level of the solution to ensure high availability scalability to accommodate our business growth also enhanced end to end security feature to protect our network from inside and outside threat RBL already have WAN communication Network established under BACH and ELDORADO Under the BACH project RBL Head office is connected to
148. 1 Offered Storage shall have support to make the snapshot and full copy Copy Clone on the thin volumes if original volume is created on thick or vice versa 2 The storage array should have support for controller based snapshots functionality for pointer based snapshots Storage Array Vendor shall provide Storage Array configuration and Management Configuration amp software Management Software Remote 1 The storage array should support hardware based data replication at the Replication array controller level across all models of the offered family Remote The storage array should be configured with storage based data replication Replication at the array controller level across all models of the offered family The replication should be storage based and should not be using servers to perform the task The license should be configured for asynchronous replication mode for the entire supported capacity on the storage The storage based replication should support one to one one to many many to one cascading types of relationships Warranty 3 Years ii Storage Area Network Switch 02 Brand Should be internationally reputed Model Should be mentioned Country of Origin Should be mentioned Country of Should be mentioned Manufacturing Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 114 Form Factor 19 nineteen inch rack mountable please specify rack unit Number of ports Minimum Forty 48 4Gbps SW SFP Transceive
149. 11 40 26 g Computer amp Alternate Banking Division 45 22 7 8 45 27 Company Affairs amp Share Division 06 4 2 02 6 28 Reconciliation 15 13 3 10 15 Sub Total 66 39 12 20 66 29 RBTI ICC 06 3 2 1 6 30 R B T I 10 5 2 3 10 31 Audit amp Inspection Division 10 3 3 2 10 32 Rural Loan 06 4 2 2 6 Sub Total 32 17 09 08 32 33 Miscell Treasury 10 5 2 3 10 34 aneous Entrepreneur Support Cell 05 4 2 2 5 35 Islamic Banking 10 5 2 3 10 Sub Total 25 14 6 8 25 Head Office Division Total 396 223 84 123 396 Annexure 04 SI Pilot Branches LAN Structure IP Solution No of No Antiviru No of LAN No of No of IP No of IP s User Port Node Telephony Telephony As per No of Executive Basic PC define in Annexure 1 1 Local Office 50 36 06 30 50 2 Foreign Exchange Corp Branch 30 18 03 15 30 3 Corporate Branch 11 10 11 110 88 3 11 33 5 11 55 110 4 Other Branches 42 7 42 294 210 2 42 84 3 42 126 294 5 Zonal Office Control Office Dhaka Central Zone 05 05 02 03 05 6 DRC 05 05 02 03 05 Sub Total 494 362 130 232 494 Grand Total 1 Phase 890 569 214 355 890 2 Phase 200 Branches 5 200 1000 600 1 200 200 2 200 400 1000 237 Branches 4 237 948 474 1 237 237 1 237 237 948 Rest of Zonal Office Control Office 5 24 120 5 24 2 24 48 3 24 72 120 120 Sub Total 2068 1194 485 709 2068 Grand Total 1 Phase 2 Phase 2958 1779 699 1064 2958 Approx 3000 Addit
150. 6 04 Hardware for Office Automation at Data Recovery Center DRC a File amp Print Server 01 b Mail Server 01 c Antivirus Server 01 d Directory Server 01 e Personal Computer for NOC 04 07 7 0 Hardware for Core Banking Solution at Pilot Branches 07 07 0 Hardware for Core Banking Solution at Pilot Branches a Personal Computer 249 Brand IBM DELL HP or equivalent Model Should be mentioned Country of origin Should be mentioned Country of Assemble Should be mentioned Form factor Tower Processor Core i5 or better Speed Minimum 2 93 GHz or higher Memory RAM Standard 2GB expandable to minimum 4GB Cache Memory Integrated 3MB L2 System Bus speed 1333 MHz or Higher Chipset Intel G45 Express Chipset or higher HDD 250 GB SATA HDD 7200rpm Optical Drive DVD R W Monitor Min 17 Viewable LCD Colour Keyboard amp Mouse 104 or more Keys enhanced USB keyboard USB Mouse amp pad Expansion slots Minimum 3 PCI slots Expansion Bays Minimum 4 bays Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 134 NIC Integrated Ethernet Gigabit NIC T O Ports Interface Parallel Serial Mouse Keyboard Graphics RJ 45 USB etc Operating System Pre installed Windows XP Professional Windows7 Home Edition with recovery CD and Original License
151. A BAZAR Comilla 132 Bipuleshwar Comilla Dhaka Central Zone 133 Captan Bazar Dhaka 134 Rampura Dhaka 135 Rajar Bagh Dhaka 136 Malibagh Dhaka 137 Malibagh Chowdhury Para Dhaka 138 Mugda Dhaka 139 Bangshal Road Dhaka 140 Dhaka Ladies Dhaka 141 Elephant Road Dhaka 142 Ferdousi Plaza Dhaka Annexure 05 143 Naya Paltan Dhaka 144 Mahmud Mansion Dhaka 145 Nayatola Dhaka 146 Nawabpur Road Dhaka 147 New Market Dhaka 148 North South Road Dhaka 149 Hatkhola Dhaka 150 Postogola Dhaka 151 Fakira Pool Bazar Dhaka 152 Banga Bandhu Avenue Dhaka 153 Mogh Bazar Dhaka Dhaka North Zone 154 Shyamoli Dhaka 155 Mohammadpur Dhaka 156 Firmgate Dhaka 157 Dhaka Cantonment Dhaka 158 Dhanmondi Dhaka 159 Gulshan Dhaka 160 Gabtali Hat Dhaka 161 Indira Road Dhaka 162 Mohakhali Dhaka 163 Savar Bus Stand Dhaka 164 Mohammadpur Ladies Dhaka 165 Mirpur Dhaka 166 Pallabi Dhaka 167 T C B Bhabon Dhaka 168 Savar Cantonment Dhaka 169 Uttara Model Town Dhaka 170 Tongi Gazipur 171 Joydebpur Gazipur 172 Dhankura Manikgong 173 Saturia Manikgong 174 Jhitka Bazar Manikgong 175 Baira Bazar Manikgong 176 Manikgonj Manikgong 177 Kushura Manikgonj Dhaka South Zone 178 Islampur Road Dhaka 179 Nawab Gonj Dhaka 180 Shyam Ba
152. AT DATA CENTER DC SI No Required Item and Specification defined by the Bank 05 3 05 1 Development and Testing Environment add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 05 3 05 2 Live Production Environment Tenders s Offered Item with Specification Brand Model Qty I Country of Origin ii Country of Assembly To be To be mentioned mentioned a ee ee S se E ee _O _ To be mentioned add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 05 3 05 3 Storage Area Network SAN add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 Ao A S ee E E E S 05 3 05 4 Network Devices Aoo S S ee D E E T add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 05 3 05 5 Hardware of Office Automation at DC add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 Ao A S es E a E E Name of Tenderer Signature of Tenderer Date Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 66 05 3 06 0 HARDWARE
153. Adjustable input volume gain of each participant Entry and exit notification beep plus name beep or silent Recording voice and playback MP3 Automatic extension of meetings if capacity is available End of meeting warning Meeting Setup and Attendance Features Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Easy voice conference setup Users can quickly and easily schedule and reschedule voice meetings in a single step from Microsoft Outlook and a variety of Web browsers Meeting types Support for the following meeting types Scheduled Recurring Continuous Reservation less E mail invitations Using standard SMTP e mail invitations can be sent to meeting invitees in either HTML or text format Flexible attendance options Users should have numerous options available when attending meetings v Dial in Users have a couple of options to dial into a meeting v Dial directly into the voice meeting using the dial in number and when using a recognized phone the user is automatically logged into the system and directed to her meeting VY Click to attend link Users can click a URL in Outlook and in e mail invitations that takes them to a Webpage providing an option to attend the voice Web and video meetings simultaneously Page no 152 v Join from the Web Users can go to the system Website and either find the meeting or specify the meeting ID to reach a Webpage providing options to dial out to a
154. Approx 700 Supplying fitting amp fixing of 1 5 thick Gypsum board suspended from wall by GI frame sft fixed in the wall by insulation royal plug screen hooks nails etc Maintaining straight lines and desired finished level including making holes in slabs or beams by electric drill and mending good the damages if any execution of work including cost of all materials accessories scaffolding labor for installation screws nails including doccu painting all complete as per drawing design and direction k Raised floor for Server and communication room Approx 500 Features sft e HPL Panel FS 800 Breadth Size 600mm x600 mm Panel Thickness 35 mm e Finished Floor Height FFH 300mm e Pedestal Stringer and fasteners and other materials will be in accordance to match for the above e Systematically anti static Fire proof Damp proof e Support heavy load easy to install disassembly and interchange e Difficult to be dirty Easy to clean decorative appearance and durable using time e Warranty 20 years Panel Lifter Double cup suction type no 02 Insulation e General Standard of TD pre insulated panel for insulation duct e Fire safety fire retardant B1 Size 4m L x 1 2 m W pieces Thickness of panel 20mm Density of polyure 52kg m3 Compressive strength 200 N mm2 e Thermal Conductivity 0 021W m c Flame retardant B1 Friction coefficient 0 0135 e Weight 1 46 kg m2 Working temperature 60 to 80c Humidity 0 to100
155. Bangladesh Bank through a pair of redundant links provided by Telnet and Brac BDMail and to 58 RBL branches through single links provided by Bangla Phone Under the ELDORADO project RBL Head office is connected to Brac Bank Ltd through a pair of redundant links provided by MetroNet and Link 3 and to 103 RBL branches through single links provided by BDCOM RBL has Cisco Routers Cisco 3945 SEC K9 and Cisco Firewall ASA 5510 AIP10SP K9 installed for these WAN links The Tenderer s offered design should be done considering the existing WAN links and communication hardware RBL would like to have an industry standard network design for the data center in terms of security manageability operability reliability availability and upgradeability The following aspects are to be considered at the time of designing the network A sample networking design is given to Annexure 07 The network will be divided into various hierarchal areas like Core Distribution Access etc Core network will be the aggregation point for this network and distribution block will comprise with high performance switching technology Device level redundancy at all vital levels which could become single point of failure for the whole system like Core layer distribution layer firewall and others possible areas is required The redundant devices should be in parallel operation all the time enhancing performance and should preferably participate in load balancing In case of fail
156. Bank Limited Annexure 03 Head Office Dhaka 52 Vola Branch Vola 500 03 01 01 03 1 1 1 01 ae 53 Sadar Road Branch Barisal 600 03 01 01 03 1 1 1 01 X 54 Putiakhali Branch Barisal 500 03 01 01 03 1 1 1 01 55 Chowmuhana Br Moulavi 500 03 01 01 03 1 1 1 01 gt Bazar 56 Dhaka Central Zone 0 03 01 01 03 1 1 1 01 X ST Central Accounts Division 3500 10 01 02 10 1 0 0 00 be 58 General Banking Division 200 05 01 02 05 1 0 0 00 59 International Division 1000 15 01 02 15 1 0 0 00 j Total 36725 249 59 64 249 59 56 56 56 59 2 Phase No of Item to be supplied SL F PC Dot i LAN No Name of Branches No of Max Matrix Laser UPS Router Swit Scanne Rac Setup Trn Per day Printer ch T k printer 1 200 Branches 400 200 N A N A N A N A N A N A N A N A N A 80 000 2 231 Branches 350 231 N A N A N A N A N A N A N A N A N A 80 850 3 Rest of Zonal Office Control N A N A N A N A N A N A N A N A N A N A Office Sub Total 1 60 850 N A N A N A N A N A N A N A N A N A Grand Total 1 2 Phase 1 97 575 249 59 59 249 59 56 56 56 59 Approximat e 2 00 000 Note N A Not Applicable for bidding Annexure 04 LAN Infrastructure of H O IP Telephony solution amp Antivirus Users
157. Chaitanyagali Chittagong 89 Sagurika Road Chittagong 90 LADIES BRANCH Chittagong 91 ISHAN MISTRY HAT Chittagong 92 CHAWK BAZAR Chittagong Annexure 05 93 Bibirhat Chittagong 94 Omar Ali Market Chittagong 95 PANCHLAISH Chittagong 96 JAHAN BUILDING Chittagong 97 AGRABAD Chittagong 98 JUBILEE ROAD Chittagong 99 STATION ROAD Chittagong 100 STRAND ROAD Chittagong 101 Dhanialapara Chittagong 102 Sadarghat Chittagong 103 Raujan Br Chittagong 104 H S S Road Branch Chittagong 105 COMMERCIAL AREA Chittagong 106 PAHARTALI Chittagong 107 Tabalchari Bazar Chittagong Hill Tracts 108 BANARUPA Chittagong Hill Tracts 109 Rangamati Chittagong Hill Tracts Comilla Zone 110 BRAHMANBARIA Brahmonbaria 111 Mohamaya Bazar Chandpur 112 PURAN BAZAR Chandpur 113 Monohargonj Chandpur 114 HAJIGONJ Chandpur 115 Chitoshi Bazar Chandpur 116 Natun Bazar Chandpur 117 Nazirapara Chandpur 118 Shahatali Bazar Chandpur 119 Rampura Bazar Chandpur 120 COMILLA CANTONMENT Comilla 121 BARERA BAZAR Comilla 122 BAGMARA BAZAR Comilla 123 GANGCHAR TIMBER MARKET Comilla 124 Madhaiya Bazar Comilla 125 Bhuschi Bazar Comilla 126 MAINAMATI BAZAR Comilla 127 Kapuria Patty Comilla 128 Monoharpur Comilla 129 MUDAFFARGONJ Comilla 130 DAULATGONJ BAZAR Comilla 131 CHOWAR
158. Criteria 13 1 Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc A prospective Tenderer requiring any clarification of the Tender Document shall contact the Purchaser in writing at the Purchaser s address indicated in the TDS The Purchaser will respond in writing to any request for clarification received no later than seven 7 days prior to the deadline for submission of Tenders The Purchaser shall forward copies of its response to all those who have purchased the Tender Document including a description of the enquiry but without identifying its source Should the Purchaser deem it necessary to amend the Tender Document as a result of a clarification it shall do so following the procedure under ITT Clause 10 and ITT Sub Clause 30 3 To clarify issues and to answer questions on any matter arising in the Tender Document the Purchaser may if stated in the TDS invite prospective Tenderers to a Pre Tender Meeting at the place date and time as specified in the TDS Tenderers are encouraged to attend the meeting if it is held The Tenderer is requested to submit any questions in writing so as to reach the Purchaser not later than five 5 days prior to the date of the meeting Minutes of the pre Tender meeting including the text of the questions raised and the responses given together with any responses prepared after the meeting will be transmitted within seven 7 days to all those who purchased the Tender Document Any modification to the Tender D
159. Display bill details Display customer s position and specimen signature s of authorized signatory Generate related financial entries Credit Nostro Debit customer Credit Comm Postage telex on line Produce debit advice and fax to drawee at request Produce swift remittance payment advice Remove tracer and update status of bill paid Update cash flow in Treasury system Tracer Print first tracer to drawee for bills not paid not accepted after 30 days of arrival advice Print second tracer to drawee for bills not paid not accepted after 15 days of first tracer Produce swift mail notification to sender stating unpaid unaccepted bill will be returned after 7 days of the date of the tracer Return Unsettled Unaccepted Collections Input bill number any charges recoveries etc Display bill details Produce letter swift to sender advising return of documents and copy to drawee Keep track for 20 days for charges recoveries Produce swift mail reminder for unpaid charges Process Charges Recoveries Received Input bill number currency and amount received Nostro A c number Display bill details Generate financial entries Remove track Outward Clean Documentary Collections Processing Input Collecting bank currency amount payment method and charges Allocate Bill number Print covering schedule Indicate mode of di
160. Ds as collaterals Interface to loan module to avail loan against the deposit Facility to define eligibility criteria for availing the loan and amount available for loan Facility to mark lien against deposit for loan availed Facility to put limit on loan account Facility to stop closure of deposit account if loan is outstanding User definable alert or override support Facility to define interest chargeable on the loan This rate could be variable fixed tiered or x over fixed deposit rate Facility to attach fixed deposits to other loans by the account manager at any time during loan period or deposit period Printing Deposit Receipt printing to be available on opening and rollover Support for user definable layout of Deposit Receipt Printing of maturity letters thank you letters welcome letters Facility to maintain passbook or statements instead of FDR End of Period Reports for control purposes c Foreign Currency Accounts ee ee a EAT A e E A Requirement System should support account opening in Foreign Currency The exchange rate may vary on a daily basis or remain constant over a period of time It may also change number of times in a day Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc 3rd Party Compliant Modification Non compliant Page no 192 Requirement w 5 S w s FERE TIZAS Eu ae E a 6 oe am ac 4 A
161. FOR CORE BANKING SOLUTION AT DATA RECOVERY CENTER DRC SI No Required Item and Specification defined by the Qty Tenders s Offered Item with Brand Model I Country of Origin Bank Specification ii Country of Assembly To be To be To be mentioned mentioned mentioned 05 3 06 1 Live Environment add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 05 3 06 3 Network Devices add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 05 3 06 4 Hardware for Office Automation at DRC add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 Name of Tenderer Signature of Tenderer Date Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 67 05 3 07 0 HARDWARE FOR CORE BANKING SOLUTION AT PILOT BRANCHES AND CONTROL OFFICES SI No Required Item and Specification defined by the Bank 05 3 06 1 HARDWARE FOR PILOT BRANCHES AND CONTROL OFFICES Tenderer s offered Tenders s Offered Item Brand with Specification To be mentioned Model I Country of Origin ii Count
162. Final doc e Join across lines e Service URL single button access to IP Phone Service e Single button barge e Single directory number multiple phones Bridged line appearances e User configured speed dial and call forward through Web access e Video SIP and H 323 e Web services access from phone e Web dialer Click to dial Summary of e AXL Simple Object Access Protocol SOAP Application Administrative Programming Interface with performance and real time Features information e CDR Analysis and Reporting Tool CAR e Configurable and default ringer WAV files per phone e Dialed Number Analyzer DNA e Dialed number translation table inbound and outbound translation e Dialed number identification service DNIS e Enhanced 911 service e JTAPI 2 0 computer telephony interface e MGCP signaling and control to selected VoIP gateways e QoS statistics recorded per call e Single CDR per cluster e TAPI 2 1 computer telephony interface e Extended Markup Language XML API into IP phones e IP Security IPsec and certificate management e Real time trace monitoring e Syslog to SNMP trap MIB e Enhanced AXL SOAP API to modify the database Trunk and Endpoint e Native support of SIP devices Support e CTI for Internet service provider ISP phones e Presence information for SIP devices including support for PUBLISH e Fault configuration accounting performance and security FCAPS enhancements to support SIP e SIP
163. HAMRAR BAZAR Moulavibazar 321 Chowmohana Moulavibazar 322 Natun Bazar Sreemongal Moulavibazar 323 KERAMATNAGAR Moulavibazar 324 MARKET Moulavibazar Mymensingh Zone 325 Kishoregonj Kishoregonj 326 Bhairab Bazar Kishoregonj 327 NILGONJ Kishoregonj 328 Balipara Mymensingh 329 Thana Ghat Mymensingh 330 FATEMA NAGAR Mymensingh 331 Mallickbari Mymensingh 332 DAPUNIA BAZAR Mymensingh 333 KHAGDAHAR BAZAR Mymensingh 334 Trishal Mymensingh 335 Shawdeshi Bazar Mymensingh 336 UCHAKHILA BAZAR Mymensingh Annexure 05 337 Chotto Bazar Mymensingh 338 Purabari Mymensingh 339 DHARA BAZAR Mymensingh 340 MUKTAGACHA Mymensingh 341 Rayer Bazar Netrokana Netrokona 342 Shyamgonj Netrokona 343 Netrokona Netrokona 344 KENDUA Netrokona Narayangonj Zone 345 Mirkadim Munshigonj 346 Munshigonj Munshigonj 347 Lohajong Munshigonj 348 Benodpur Munshigonj 349 Tanbazar Narayangonj 350 Bangabandhu Road Narayangonj 351 S K Road Narayangonj 352 KANAINAGAR Narayangonj 353 Bangla Bazar Narayangonj 354 R K Das Road Narayangonj 355 Fatullah Narayangonj 356 Narsingdi Narsingdi 357 Baburhat Narsinghdi Noakhali Zone 358 Dattapara Lakshmipur 359 DALTA BAZAR Lakshmipur 360 LAKSHMIPUR Lakshmipur 361 MANDARIBAZAR Lakshm
164. Load 750 wt bulb test Transfer Time lt 2ms Battery Type Protection Lead Acid Sealed maintenance free Battery Type lightning amp Surge Blackouts Brownouts Overload under amp over Voltage Battery Low amp Battery over Charge Warranty 1 One year full warranty with all Parts and labor e Scanner 55 Brand International reputed brand Hp Epson Samsung or equivalent Model Update Model Country of Origin To be mentioned Country of Assembling To be mentioned Regulation 1200x1200 dpi Pixel Density 48 bit Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 135 Document Size Letter A4 Type Color Flatbed Single Pass CCD Scanning Speed 10 Sec OS Compatibility Compatible with offered Operation Interface USB Parallel Router 59 Brand CISCO Juniper or equivalent Model To be mentioned by the tenderer Country of origin US EU or equivalent Country of manufacturer To be mentioned by the tenderer Form Factor Rack Mountable Switch port 10 100 Minimum 04 Built in routing Minimum 02 or Higher 10 100 1000 port Memory Flash 512 MB 256 MB updatable 1 GB Interface Support FE GE Serial ADSL G SHDSL E1 T1 Wireless access support 3G WAN Access Point support Forwarding Performance up to 280 Kbps Switching Rate 150 Mbps Encryption Method DES 3DES Service Module slot 01 or integrated Encryption Option Built in hardwa
165. Locker and Locker Account maintenance Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 198 Requirement Compliant Modification 3rd Party Non compliant Cash Management Requirement Existence of Individual Teller s Cash Proof Sheet Existence of Reserve Cash Sheet Head Teller s Cash Distribution Record Cash In and Cash Out Register Cash in Vault Position Vault Management Register Cash Register In Local Currency Cash Register In Foreign Currency TC Register Prize Bond Register Evening Banking Register Utility Bill Register Electricity WASA Telephone Mobile Secondary Data Facility MIS Closing CIB CL SBS 1 SBS 2 3 Reconciliation for CIBTA Reconciliation for IBFETA Foreign Transaction Weakly Position Sector wise Deposit Cash Transaction and Suspicious Transaction Any other reports as per requirement of Bangladesh Bank Audit Menu for all type Auditor Operating Systems Database System Auditing the Network Auditing The Application System 8 3 3 4 Remittance Local amp Foreign Requirement Compliant Modification 3rd Party Non compliant Remittance is to handle the following transactions involving funds transfer Demand draft also covers pay orders Demand draft in Taka and Foreign Currency Th
166. M that incase of any dissatisfaction or default on part of the Tenderer in providing the level of support desired by RBL the OEM agrees to extend the support required to meet the warranty terms for the remaining period RBL may arrange clarification demonstration meeting with Tenderer s The Tenderers experts will attend in such meeting for which no allowance fee will be provided by RBL If the Tenderer fails to respond to such meeting their bid will be treated as non responsive The Tenderer shall quote unit price and total price in figure and words and there should not be any cutting erasing overwriting Emphasis will be given to the quality and technical specification of the item s So RBL is not bound to accept the lowest bid RBL reserves the right to accept or reject any or all the quotations without arising any reasons whatsoever Tenderers must submit description of their support team with the profile of experts of the items and services along with certifications RBL reserves the right to reduce or increase the quantity RBL shall not accept the work if not supplied as per specification or approved sample The bid will be automatically cancelled if the requisite terms amp conditions are not fulfilled Unsuccessful Tenderers will be notified within two weeks from the date of awarding the successful Tenderer No price will be given to these Tenderer s for preparing their proposals All work including Project manag
167. Mymensingh 450 03 01 01 03 1 1 1 0l 27 Kishorgonj Branch Kishorgonj 500 03 01 01 03 1 1 1 01 28 H S S Road Branch Chittagong 500 03 01 01 03 1 1 1 01 29 Bibirhat Chittagong 600 03 01 Ol 03 1 1 1 01 30 Station Road Chittagong 550 03 01 01 03 1 1 1 0l 31 Eshan Mistri Hat Br Chittagong 400 03 01 01 03 1 1 1 01 32 Rupali Sadan Br Chittagong 750 03 01 01 03 1 1 1 01 East 33 Rupali Sadan Br Cox s Bazar 400 03 01 01 03 1 1 1 01 Chittagong 34 Amir Market Br Chittagong 450 03 01 01 03 1 1 1 01 East 35 Terri Bazaar Branch Chittagong 300 03 01 01 03 1 1 1 01 36 Chadgawn Branch Chittagong 600 03 01 01 03 1 1 1 01 37 Comilla Cantonment Br 550 03 01 01 03 1 1 01 Comilla 38 Brahamanbaria 500 03 01 01 03 1 1 1 01 39 Monohorpur 450 03 01 01 03 1 1 1 01 40 Thana Road Br 550 03 01 01 03 1 1 1 01 41 GL Ray Road Rongpur 500 03 01 01 03 1 1 1 01 42 Hazi Mohd Danesh Science amp 500 03 01 01 03 1 1 1 01 Technology University Br 43 Shaheb Bazar Br Rajshahi 525 03 01 01 03 1 1 1 01 44 Faridpur Branch 500 03 01 01 03 1 1 1 01 45 Laldighirpar Branch Sylhet 500 03 01 01 03 1 1 1 01 46 Mirabazar Br Sylhet 450 03 01 01 03 1 1 1 01 47 Islampur Br Sylhet 450 03 01 01 03 1 1 1 01 48 Magura Branch Jessore 500 03 01 01 03 1 1 1 01 49 Narail Branch Jessore 550 03 01 01 03 1 1 1 01 50 MK Road Branch Jessore 600 03 01 01 03 1 1 1 01 51 Feni Branch Feni 550 03 01 01 03 1 1 1 01 Rupali
168. Rajbari 228 POURASHAVA MARKET Rajbari 229 RAJBARI Rajbari 230 BHANIBAHA BAZAR Rajshahi 231 GOSHAIRHAT Sariatpur 232 SHARIATPUR Sariatpur Feni Zone 233 SANTIRHAT Chittagong 234 Abu Torab Bazar Chittagong 235 Karaiya Bazar Feni 236 Krishna Mazumderhat Feni 237 Amiruddin Munshirhat Feni 238 FENI Feni 239 FAZILPUR Feni 240 NEW RANIRHAT Feni Annexure 05 241 Motigonj Feni 242 Kutharhat Feni 243 Sharshadi Bazar Feni 244 DHALIA BAZAR Feni 245 ISLAMPUR ROAD Feni 246 Ramgarh Khagrachari 247 Bashur Hat Noakhali 248 Bangla Bazar Companigonj Noakhali 249 TAL MOHAMMAD HAT Noakhali Jamalpur Zone 250 Melandah Bazar Jamalpur 251 Dharmakura Bazar Jamalpur 252 Koyra Bazar Jamalpur 253 BOIRA BAZAR Jamalpur 254 Sherpur Town Jamalpur 255 SARISHABARI Jamalpur 256 JAMALPUR Jamalpur 257 Jamuna Shar Karkhana Comp Jamalpur 258 Durmut Bazar Jamalpur Jessore Zone 259 Raipur Bazar Jessore 260 Navaron Jessore 261 MISTRIKHANA ROAD Jessore 262 H M M ROAD Jessore 263 KHAJURA Jessore 264 MONIRAMPUR Jessore 265 PAJIA BAZAR Jessore 266 JHINAIDAH Jhinaidah 267 HATKHALISHPUR Jhinaidah 268 SAFDERPUR Jhinaidah 269 KOTCHANDPUR Jhinaidah 270 CHAULIA BUS STAND Magura 271 MAGURA Magura 272 NARAIL NARAIL 273 LOHAGORAH BAZAR Nara
169. Rupali Bank Ltd Head Office Computer Division 34 Dilkusha C A Dhaka 1000 Tel 9556966 7160308 Fax 88 02 9564148 E mail it rupalibank org Website www rupalibank org TENDER DOCUMENT FOR THE PROCUREMENT OF Design and establish civil work for Data Center DC Disaster Recovery Center DRC Core Banking Solution and Capacity Building including all necessary equipments at Rupali Bank Ltd for Supply Installation Customization of hardware system software RDBMS amp networking equipment including parameterization and implementation of Core Banking Solution with facilities management for 3 years with training to Bank s designated personnel on turn key basis Invitation for Tender No 13 2011 Ref No HO COM 372 Issued on 24 05 2011 WSSUG to MU Sissies cecnsassesiieciacsdescesessbaseasesen theses aveseiecedss Date Svs iccssecsicccdssssesecnevessessee PO NUMDET iss s cs cccsccciss secs csocsecsccecedsss seensaccessasseeans DALC Ss ss scicessesceeehaecocenacessaeseazes Issuing BRAN CH icniieis sis sisi dccneee e s cee dice veweiies se seeccwieGenes ces cessss Bank socsss cccseedes cesceanesessseedees AMOUNT cc cece csceeccceesecescenee Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc _Page no 1 Table of Contents Invitation for Tenders sccssccssciscisicssccecsacesssscenscsnsseconssonsnsenssedsdsvsessoncdsneessenceeesssadececstensenstensonses 05 Introduction 07 Section 1 Instructions to Tenderers cscs
170. Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 233 Requirement Compliant Modification 3rd Party Non compliant The system should correctly adjust all relevant positions following settlement detail amendment where necessary namely Trade dated position Value dated position Settled position Account updates The system should correctly perform postings to the relevant BANK S and counterparty accounts following settlement detail amendment where necessary Settlement inquiries Payment receipts The system should provide an on line facility to show all settled and unsettled payments and receipts Details should include Payment receipt indicator Counterparty abbreviation or mnemonic Amount BANK S correspondent bank and nostro account details Settled cash reconciliation The system should provide a facility to reconcile at the close of each trading day the total cash movement reported by the Financial Management and Investments Management Systems with that recorded by this system Any difference should be reported on line Unsettled deals list The system should provide an on line facility listing all un settled deals due for settlement on the current day The summary should display all deals including Forward deals whose value date is today Backdated deals i e deal corrections for settlement today whose value date is today Forward mon
171. SATA drives 2 Storage shall be scalable to minimum of 240 number of drives Processing Power 1 Offered Storage architecture needs to be design in such a way so that amp Internal there shall be no load on the storage CPU during Raid Parity calculations Bandwidth 2 Offered storage shall have minimum Dual controller 3 Offered storage subsystem shall be scalable to minimum internal bandwidth of 20GB sec Architecture amp 1 For high performance and availability perspective bidder shall ensure Processing Power that each and every drive shelf is connected to separate dedicated Back end ports 2 Controllers shall be true active active so that a single Logical unit can be shared by both controllers at the same time Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 113 No Single point of Failure Offered Storage Array shall be configurable in a No Single Point of configuration including Array Controller card back plane Cache memory FAN Power supply etc Disk Drive Offered Storage Array shall support 4Gbps dual ported 300 600GB hot Support pluggable Enterprise FC hard drives 50GB SSD Drives along with S ATA ITB amp 2TB drives in the same device shelf Cache 1 Offerd Storage Array shall be given with Minimum of 32GB DC cache and 08 GB DRC cache 2 Cache shall be used only for Data and Control information OS overhead shall not be done inside cache 3 Cache shall be dynamically managed for Read and Write o
172. SWIFT messages to and from ST 400 Ability to interface with Reuters 2000 Dealing System On line inquiries to do the following Positions overall and by currency dealer transaction type counterparty and Bank List of trades by dealer counterparty and currency Profit and loss by currency and dealer Maintenance of static data for use within the FX system to include the following Counterparty details such as postal address electronic address es standing instructions account numbers short names Currency information such as country holidays and interest calculation bases Logical defaults warnings and validation wherever possible including the following Default dates accounting for holidays and weekends Default standing settlement instructions once the counterparty and currencies have been entered and confirmed Automatic production of supporting documentation either paper based or electronic as appropriate to include Deal ticket Counterparty confirmations Customer advice Inquiry facilities required on the following Deal inquiry Search on partial information Ability to accept input data on line on Deals done information from the dealer Limits Nostro account balances Confirmations received Payments received Market rates prices Ability to support Nostro reconciliation including Automatic linking a
173. Schedule in months 06 01 0 DATA CENTER DC 06 01 01 Design and Civil Work with Interior Decoration of DC including modification of Beam and existing Room if necessary Server Room Approx 423 sft Room 01 Head Office 6 mth Communication Room Approx 130 sft Room 01 3 floor from the Power Fire Fighting and UPS Room Room 01 date J Approx 279sft 5 wo Lig Network Operation Centre NOC Approx 172 sft Room 01 pee ones DC Operation Centre DOC Approx 139sft Room 01 in the System Monitoring Centre SMC Approx 772 sft Room 01 schedule in Testing Room Approx 159 75 sft Room 01 Annexure Archiving Room Approx 145 sft Room 01 01 Waiting and Recreation Room Approx 138 sft Room 01 Project Manager Room Approx 188 sft Room 01 Raised floor for Server and communication room Room 01 Approx 553 sft Staging Room Room 01 Cable Ladder structure Cabling feet as required Emergency Exit Stair Feet do Substation Space As Estimated Room 01 Head Office do Generator Space As Estimated Room 01 Ground Floor 06 01 02 Furniture for DC a Computer Table for NOC 6 DOC 8 SMC 24 unit 43 Head Office 6 mth Testing Room 4 Staging Room 1 3 floor from the b Secretariat Table for Project Manager unit 01 date of c PM Chair Unit 01 Signing d Revolving Chair unit 46 e Long Tea Table for Waiting and Recreation room unit 01 size 6 x2 5 f Sofa set for Waiting and Recreation room unit 02 size 6 x2 5 g R
174. Shall support management of power to module slots to reduce energy consumption Debug alarms amp Diagnostics Support for monitoring of Traffic flows for Network planning and Security purposes Trace route Ping and extended Ping Should support extensive support for SLA monitoring for metrics like delay latency jitter packet loss Shall support embedded event manager that enables automation of many network management tasks and directs the operation of router OS to increase availability collect information and notify external systems or personnel about critical events Accounting The router should have following accounting features Packet amp Byte Counts Start Time Stamp amp End Time Stamps Network Time Protocol Input amp Output interface ports Type of service TCP Flags amp Protocol Source amp Destination IP addresses Source amp Destination TCP UDP ports Warranty At least 3 years on site with full labour parts amp replacement ii DMZ Internet Router 02 Brand Should be internationally reputed Model Should be mentioned Part Product No Should be mentioned Country of Origin Should be mentioned Router Architecture Should support converged networking through the use of embedded and integrated hardware based encryption and voice processing capabilities Encryption acceleration capabilities should ensure security without compromising netw
175. Signing Web Server set 01 Print Server set 02 Mail Server Total No of User 2000 per user set 02 1 GB Antivirus Server Total No of user 3000 set 01 Network amp Security Management server set 01 Central Patch Management server set 01 Backup Solution set 01 Personal Computer for SMC 25 NOC 4 DOC 4 set 39 Testing 4 Staging 1 and Project Manager Room 1 Laser Printer for project Manager Room set 01 Line Printer set 01 Flat Scanner set 01 06 06 00 Hardware for Core Banking Solution at Data Recovery Center DRC 06 06 01 Live Production Environment Application Server set 01 DRC 12 mth from h Database server set 01 the 4 month of the date of Signing 06 06 02 Storage Area Network SAN External Storage System unit 01 DRC 12 mth from h Storage Area Network Switch Unit 02 the 4 month of the date of Signing 06 06 03 Network Devices Core Router Unit 01 As per base 12 mth from DM Z Internet Router Unit 01 design the 4 month Core Switch Unit 01 annexure of the date of Core Firewall Unit 01 07 Signing Internet Router Unit 01 Internet Firewall with Content Security Unit 01 IPS for Data Recovery Center Unit 01 Server Farm and DMZ Switch Unit 04 Load Balancer Unit 01 Rack with PDU and KVM Unit 10 06 06 04 Hardware for Office Automation at DRC Print Server set 01 12 mth from h Mail Server Total No of User 2000 per user set 01 the 4 month 1 GB of the date of Antivirus Server Total No of user 3000 s
176. System must also control and administer guarantees received from a third party i e as collateral for facilities granted The third party could be another bank company or individual Cash collateral processing either in the form of segregation in a margin account or full or partly blocking of another account must be automated as part of the data capture functions The transaction processing related output for the guarantees section is letter of guarantee hard copy or via Swift or telex debit advice for commission and charges recording of the liability over memorandum accounts telex or Swift advice and free format communications to correspondent banks regarding guarantees opened at their request amendment advice reminder to applicant Comprehensive reporting on line enquiries and statistics are required to include List of outstanding guarantees by customer type and currency Commission and charges by type of guarantee Number of transactions and volumes by type Breakdown of the above information into different periods i e monthly quarterly yearly Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 238 Requirement Compliant Modification 3rd Party Non compliant Commissions due not collected Exception report Activity journal Cancellation of an L G Letter Of Guarantee Functions Supported Issuance Amend
177. The Bidder will be responsible for assisting the Bank in conducting the acceptance testing and in verifying the completeness and accuracy of the data migrated from the legacy applications to the proposed systems The Bank or its consultants may at its will verify the test results provided by the Bidder The Bank reserves the right to audit appoint an external auditor to audit the process of data migration and or the completeness and accuracy of the data migrated during the entire exercise of data migrations Any gaps discrepancy observed will be reported in writing to the Bidder who will act upon it and resolve the same immediately or within 5 working days from the day of reporting the same The Bidder will be responsible for obtaining the data from the branches for the purpose of migration The Bidder will be responsible to develop control reports for verification of the data both before and after migration 08 03 1 7 Interfaces a oaos The Bidder will be responsible for identifying the detailed interface requirements for integrating the proposed packages to the systems as mentioned in Annexure 08 thereafter and for all other functionalities as mentioned in the tender proposal The Bidder will present to the Bank the interface requirements for review The Bidder will give the Bank adequate time to review the interface requirements Any suggestions from the Bank will have to be included by the Bidder The Bidder will
178. UCTURE SOLUTION OF DC amp DRC SI No Required Item and Specification defined by the Bank 05 3 03 1 Point To Point Dark Fiber Network Between DC amp DRC Tenders s Offered Item with Specification To be To be mentioned mentioned Brand Model I Country of Origin ii Country of Assembly To be mentioned add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 05 3 03 2 Redundant Point To Point Dark Fiber Network Between DC amp DRC add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 Name of Tenderer Signature of Tenderer Date Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 64 05 3 04 0 LAN INFRASTRUCTURE OF HEAD OFFICE SI No Required Item and Specification defined by the Tenders s Offered Item with Brand Model I Country of Origin Bank Specification ii Country of Assembly To be To be To be mentioned mentioned mentioned 05 3 04 1 LAN INFRASTRUCTURE OF HEAD OFFICE add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 Name of Tenderer Signature of Tenderer Date Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 65 05 3 05 0 HARDWARE FOR CORE BANKING SOLUTION
179. ULBARI Bogra 39 SHABGRAMHAT Bogra 40 Shabek Para Bogra 41 Namaj Ghar Bogra 42 GOLABARI Bogra Annexure 05 43 GOSHAIBARI Bogra 44 MOHASTHAN Bogra 45 SUKHANPUKUR Bogra 46 KAHALOO Bogra 47 Mokamtola Bogra 48 GABTALI Bogra 49 LADIES BRANCH Bogra 50 BARAGOLA Bogra 51 Thana Road Bogra 52 KICHAK Bogra 53 SHIBGANJ Bogra 54 Altafnagar Bogra 55 Bhaier Pukur Bogra 56 SONAMUKHI Joypurhat 57 JOYPURHAT Joypurhat 58 KHETLAL Joypurhat 59 MOLAMGARIHAT Joypurhat 60 GOPINATHPUR Joypurhat Chittagong East Zone 61 BANDARBAN Bandarban 62 KALURGHAT Chittagong 63 Korbanigonj Chittagong 64 PATHER HAT Chittagong 65 LICHUBAGAN BAZAR Chittagong 66 CHAKTAI Chittagong 67 DEWAN BAZAR Chittagong 68 NURALIBARI Chittagong 69 PATIYA Chittagong 70 KHANS HAT CHITTAGONG Chittagong 71 SHAKPURA CHOWMUHANI Chittagong 72 GOMDANDI Chittagong 73 Urkirchar Chittagong 74 Gorchi Nayahat Chittagong 75 TERRI BAZAR Chittagong 76 LAMAR BAZAR Chittagong 77 AMIR MARKET Chittagong 78 CHANDGAON Chittagong 79 BOXIR HAT Chittagong 80 RUPALI SADAN Chittagong 81 IQBAL ROAD Chittagong 82 RAMU Cox s Bazar 83 CHERINGA Cox s Bazar 84 Rupali Sadan Cox s Bazar Cox s Bazar 85 EADGAON Cox s Bazar 86 COURT BAZAR Cox s Bazar 87 BAZARGHATA Cox s Bazar Chittagong West Zone 88
180. ULTANT Ol x cy Bet 36 04 2090 aama BA Seraprgrae grts first eat anes RS CEPR coraa ral rans FIAR AATA aias sea te o AEAN A a fA eg AIEA ATE AATA gerea wea oF m BASS Haris TE 33 09 2030 Re CITE aay MTRY oy magan foida fefee Mantissa Desi gn amp Consultant aa 9 oe ofa fog arsaa te ye 09 2030 Bs wits Tee piers ane aA miza IT Consultant d wera feferw aa aA epecea Existing Building 07 Structural Analysis efas 0 fang Botte che ca widt orara aaae emt marfe Existine Building a7 Floor aris gem Fat Hee a G8 Cae Column To Cloumn asf sfere Beam fis wa Beans aa Boa weenie gem sare ma f Beam Pa fema ALS SS EA aama figg OSs Po OE OR SPT GERA ayer AK M HASAN JULKER NINE B Sc Engineer Civil BUET MIEB 16168 Annexure 02 10 20mm in hein std bar TOP MESH REINFORCEMENT ZOMOS e BOTTOM MESH REINFORCEMENT SERVER RACK SLAB PLAN 28 0 X10 0 X12 28 FE er ae ee aes wae ane oe Soe ee a a 10 3 3 6 0 3 6 0 OF RUPALI BANK LTD lt qa onan HOUSE NO 398 ROAD NO MIES 16168 MOHAKHALI NEW DOHS DE MANTISSA DESIGN amp CONSUL Rupali Bank Limited Annexure 03 Head Office Dhaka List of pilot branches zonal offices and divisions for Hardware requirement 1 Phase
181. VISA card i ii iii iv v vi vii viii ix C Other software including in house and third party Software maintained by Computer Division RBL BACH amp BEFTN SMS Mobile Banking Software Internet Banking Software Tele Banking Software Anti Money Laundering Software Basel II Utility Bills Software Infinity Banking Solution IBS MS SQL Server Annexure 08 Windows Server 2003 Windows Server 2008 Visual Basic Crystal Report 492 All over the country SL Software Name Os Font End Back End terface Required 1 SME Windows XP Developer Oracle Yes 2 CIB Data Entry System Windows XP Developer Oracle Yes 3 MICR Cheque Requisition Processing Windows XP Developer Oracle Yes System 4 Windows XP Developer Oracle Yes Reconciliation Data Entry Sub System OS 400 OS 400COBOL DB2 5 Website Develop and Maintenance Windows XP PHP MySQL Yes 6 RBL Payroll System Windows XP Developer Oracle Yes 7 Windows XP Developer Oracle Yes Foreign Currency Return COBOL COBOL 8 PMIS OS 400 COBOL DB2 Yes 9 SBS 1 2 3 Windows XP Visual FoxPro Visual FoxPro Yes 10 Matrix Windows XP Visual FoxPro Visual FoxPro Yes 11 Affairs Reporting System Windows XP Visual FoxPro Visual FoxPro Yes 12 Share Division Management System Windows XP Visual FoxPro Visual FoxPro Yes 13 Anti Money Laundering Windows XP Visual Basic Mysql Yes 14 CIB Report Windows XP
182. Visual FoxPro Visual FoxPro Yes 15 CPF GPF Windows XP Visual FoxPro Visual FoxPro Yes
183. a The Bidder will assist the Bank in conducting all the tests and analyzing comparing the results Bidder shall provide 5 full time resources conversant in all business areas for trouble shooting during the entire UAT process Any deviations discrepancies errors observed during the testing phase will be formally reported to the Bidder and the Bidder will have to resolve them in one day and sign off from the same will be obtained from the Bank However workaround solution should be provided ON THE SAME DAY in respect of errors and bugs affecting the functioning of the Bank The Bidder will be responsible for maintaining appropriate program change control and version control for all the modifications enhancements carried out during the implementation testing phases The Bidder will be responsible for providing and updating system amp user documentation as per the modifications 08 03 1 9 Pilot Implementation m o The pilot implementation will consist of implementing the proposed On Line CBS all modules including the delivery channels and 3rd party applications in the identified branches offices and associated extension counters The Bidder will be responsible for setting up all the servers at the DC and DRC Installation amp Configuration of the OS RDBMS Utility Software Security Software and Management Software in all the places sites The bidder will be responsible for setting up all the networking and communication ha
184. able manufacturers having factories at list of places of factories THEREFORE we do hereby 1 Authorise name of Tenderer to submit a Tender in response to the Invitation for Tenders indicated above the purpose of which is to provide the following Goods description of goods manufactured by us and to subsequently sign the Contract for the supply of such Goods and 2 Extend our full guarantee and warranty in accordance with GCC Clause 32 with respect to the Goods offered in the Tender Signed In the capacity of Duly authorised to sign the authorisation for and on behalf of name of manufacturer Date Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 74 Tender Security Form G 6 this is the format for the Tender Security to be submitted by the tenderer in accordance with ITT Clause 27 Invitation for Tender No Date Tender Package No To Name and address of Purchaser We are submitting the tender security inform of Pay Order SDR as per term and condition of the tender schedule Pay Order SDR No Issuing Bank Issuing Branch Issuing Date Amount Signature Signature Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 75 Notification of Award Form G 7 Contract No Date To This is to notify you that your Tender dated insert date for the supply of goods and related services for name of project contract for the Contract Price of Taka amount in figures and in
185. ach Part Waranty 3 Years iii Reporting Server 01 Brand Should be internationally reputed Model Should be mentioned Country of Origin Should be mentioned Country of Should be mentioned Manufacturing Form factor Node 19 inch wide Rack Mountable with rail kit adjustable depth Blade Type Architecture Processor Type 64 Bit RISC Itanium or equivalent or better Processor No of Processor Minimum 16 Core based RISC Itanium or equivalent or better Processor with highest clock speed Memory RAM 64 GB Registered PC3 10600 DDR3 1 333 MHz ECC DIMMs memory Minimum with Expandability Cache Memory 24MB L3 Cache Minimum per processor Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 112 System Memory Should be mentioned Bandwidth GB s System I O Should be mentioned Bandwidth GB s Internal Hard 4X 300GB 10 000 RPM Minimum Disk FC SAS SCSI Disk Drive with Mirroring for Operating System T O Slots Five Slots Minimum Ethernet Port 4X 10Gb Ethernet NIC Fiber Channel Three 3 Dual Port Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter 8Gbps to connect Adapter the External SAN Storage amp Tape Library DVD ROM DVD ROM or equivalent any device attached by which the requirement will be fulfilled Power supply Redundant Hot Swap plug Power Supply Benchmark Please submit the Benchmark TPC or SPEC Int amp FP or Oracle Information on proposed model of the server Operating System Pre installed 64
186. age no 10 1 Scope of Tender 2 Source of Funds 3 Corrupt Fraudulent Collusive or Coercive Practices 1 1 1 2 1 3 2 1 2 2 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 Section 1 Instructions to Tenderers General The Purchaser as indicated in the Tender Data Sheet TDS issues this Tender Document for the supply of Goods and Related Services incidental thereto as specified in the TDS and as detailed in Section 6 Schedule of Requirements The successful Tenderer will be required to complete the delivery of the goods and related services when applicable as specified in the Particular Conditions of Contract PCC Throughout this Tender Document a the term in writing means communicated in written form with proof of receipt b ifthe context so requires singular means plural and vice versa and c day means calendar day The Purchaser has been allocated Bank Own fund as indicated in the TDS and intends to apply a portion of the funds to eligible payments under the contract for which this Tender Document is issued Payments by the development partner if so indicated in the TDS will be made only at the request of the Government and upon approval by the development partner in accordance with the applicable Loan Credit Grant Agreement and will be subject in all respects to the terms and conditions of that Agreement The Government requires that Purchasers as well as Tenderers and Suppliers
187. ails of all MT TT received and automatically update MT TT the Inward Register and outstanding register Facility to make payment either by pay order cash or credit to account System should automatically generate payment advice Accounting entries Support for all transactions for issue payment cancellation and automatically make corresponding accounting entries Facility to maintain accounting entries separately under foreign currency as well as standard Taka account System should support Inter branch transfers Conversion of currencies Transactions affecting NOSTRO account End of day reports Branch wise report of drafts issued during the day on various branches List of pay orders outstanding branch wise Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 201 Requirement w 5 w ala ie e mei elie ile S e Z Cle la lz System should support the following for FC funds transfer both inward and outward Facility to issue instruments in multiple currency These could be in the same currency as the NOSTRO account or in a currency different from NOSTRO account but chargeable to NOSTRO Account System to support passing of accounting entries when the currency of the customer s account and draft is the same when the currency of the cus
188. al Conditions of Contract 1 1 2 1 3 1 3 2 3 3 The following words and expressions shall have the meaning hereby assigned to them Boldface type is used to identify the defined term a Completion Schedule means the fulfilment of the Related Services by the Supplier in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Contract b Contract Agreement means the Agreement entered into between the Purchaser and the Supplier together with the Contract Documents referred to therein including all attachments appendices and all documents incorporated by reference therein c Contract Documents means the documents listed in the Contract Agreement including any amendments thereto d Contract Price means the price payable to the Supplier as specified in the Contract Agreement subject to such additions and adjustments thereto or deductions therefrom as may be made pursuant to the Contract e Day means calendar day f Delivery means the transfer of ownership of the Goods from the Supplier to the Purchaser in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Contract g GCC mean the General Conditions of Contract h Goods means all of the commodities raw materials machineries and equipments products and or other materials in solid liquid or gaseous form that the Supplier is required to supply to the Purchaser under the Contract as specified in the PCC i Government means the Government of the Pe
189. al ledger system Prevent posting the same item twice All necessary account entries must be automatically generated and passed on to General Ledger system Inter Branch Encashment Identify and process accruals with automatic reversal in the next accounting period Post to next year before prior year is closed Post adjustments to prior fiscal year Perform unlimited closing cycles Keep the previous year open for at least one accounting period the period can be pre defined by the user while processing transactions for next year Ensure at year end close that all entries are in balance and that all periods have been closed Automatically post accrual reversal entries after closing Transfer profit loss account balances to retained earnings at year end after accommodating for dividends Allow different company entities to close independently e g division I sel ll alin ot Post all GL transaction line items to multiple user defined distributions at any level within the account structure e g across companies divisions accounts Automatically roll up detail accounts to summary accounts Baas Support the requirements of foreign currency activities P ft Support statutory accounting and reporting HHHH Crediting Applying of Accrued Interest could be Monthly Quarterly and Half Yearly as defined by the user in the Interest Cycle ADB computation on all accounts Foreign Currency Maintenance Maintain currency ex
190. al requirement Evaporator blower with energy efficient EC Fan technology amp high efficiency coil Heater Infrared Humidifier De Humidification cycle controller PID Logic controlled Microprocessor with associated electrical components Thermostatic expansion valve TXV all of which shall be contained within the cabinet of the unit The outdoor unit shall be comprising of high capacity Condenser fan with variable speed motor and high size coil designed for 45 deg C ambient and heat rejection of more than 70 KW per condenser with 3 fans The Technical specifications of the construction of unit are as under 1 1 Cabinet Construction The frame amp panel shall be constructed of heavy gauge Cold rolled cold annealed sheet steel duly powder coated The side panels of unit shall be double skinned for increase life span and reduction of noise amp vibration Front panel shall be removable hinge for easy service 1 2 Refrigeration Circuit The refrigeration system shall be of the direct expansion type and incorporate hermetic scroll compressors The system shall include HP control and LP switch Thermostatic expansion valve filter drier sight glass and charging port Each refrigeration circuit shall include rigidly mounted Isolation valves in the discharge and liquid lines to aid servicing and installation 1 3 Evaporator Coil The evaporator coil shall be constructed of rifled bore copper tubes and louvered aluminium fins with the frame and drip t
191. ale T Bills at secondary market Interbank deposit in Taka and foreign currencies Repo and reverse repo Deposits at negotiable terms Time deposits in Taka and foreign currencies Spot foreign exchange Forward transactions Swap transactions Investment in foreign paper Currency options Cash transactions The system must support limits based on the Banks business functions These must include Currency Counterparty Customer Product Country Positions Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 242 Requirement Compliant Modification 3rd Party Non compliant Dealer Other Functions Cut off time possibility in the whole bank Define the transaction flow and processing of a transaction received after the cut off time Possibility of automatic receipt of exchange rates from external systems Reuters Telerate files in different formats Classification of deals into user defined subtypes to allow different reporting and settlement treatment Classification of customers counterparties to allow transactions to be processed in specific manners Application interactions General ledger file Foreign Exchange file Money market file Trade finance file Customer information file Customer accounting files Outputs and reporting Requirements Daily reports that provide
192. all processing failure Coder decoder codec support for automated bandwidth selection G 711 mu law a law G 722 G 722 1 G 723 1 G 728 G 729A B GSM EFR FR Wideband audio Advance Audio Codec Digit analysis and call treatment digit string insertion deletion stripping dial access codes digit string translation and dial pattern transformation Database resiliency to increase feature availability for the following v Extension mobility v Privacy v Device mobility v End user and Application User Certificate Authority Proxy Function CAPF for CTI Device mobility changes in the location specific information when a device moves within the cluster Dial plan partitioning Distributed call processing Vv Deployment of devices and applications across an IP network v Clusters of Call Servers for scalability redundancy and load balancing Fax over IP G 711 pass through and Fax Relay Forced authorization codes and client matter codes account codes Hotline and private line automated ringdown PLAR Multi Level Precedence and Preemption MLPP Programmable Line keys PSTN failover on route unavailability AAR Q SIG International Organization for Standardization ISO Basic call Call Transfer by Join Identification Restriction CNIR Calling Name Identification Restriction COLR Connected Line Identification Restriction CONR Connected Name Identification Restriction Loop prevention Diversion Counter amp Reason Loop Detection
193. all features while the phones are registered with the survivability system Caller ID Call hold amp resume call pick up call forward call transfer last number redial Calling party name music on hold distinctive ringing In the event of a few sites loosing the service from the call control system due to some failure in the WAN connectivity the survivability systems should be able to allow voice calls between locations through PSTN by leveraging the PSTN gateway While the phones are working with the survivability system the survivability system should support TLS signaling encryption for all types of IP Phones to make sure no tampering has occurred to signaling packets during transmission The survivability system should support encryption of the voice traffic media between all three types of IP Phones using standard based Secure RTP SRTP as per IETF RFC 3711 for security requirements while the phones are working with the survivability system due to loss of service from the call control system Should have QoS support to offer very low latency and jitter to critical voice traffic Should support policing and shaping for delivering the appropriate QoS to applications as well as for securing the survivability system from threats Warranty At least 3 years on site with full labour parts amp replacement iii Executive IP Phone Brand To be mentioned by the tenderer Model To be mentioned by th
194. all the suggestions made by the Bank to the gap report The Bidder will ensure that they have the necessary infrastructure and people in place to resolve all the gaps within the time lines agreed for the implementation and roll out The cost of all customizations as mentioned above is required to be included in the Price Bid and the Bank will not make any additional costs for such effort till all the branches are live While costing the customization effort required the Bidder should exclude the effort required from the Bank s side 08 03 1 6 Data Migration a The Bidder will be responsible for successful data migration from the legacy systems to the new environment for all the branches It is the bidder s responsibility to liaise with the legacy system for the purpose of data mapping and extraction in what ever format the On Line Banking application system bidder wants the data The bank will not bear any additional cost for data migration nor will be responsible for the same The bidder has to develop Data Migration tools for the existing Banking Application Software Platforms of the legacy systems are stated at the annexure 08 for smooth Data Migration which shall be use for entire project any future data migration Entire data pertaining to live accounts from the time of account opening or from the time the data is available for accounts like term deposits recurring deposits loans and advances etc should be migrated to the propos
195. aluation process with recommendations for possible packages of customized application or developed application which could satisfy the requirements of the proposed systems Complete implementation of key deliverables indicated in la and 1b above This will also involve preparation of a planned turnkey implementation schedule supply or arrange supply and installation of hardware application software systems software RDBMS and application development tools etc installation and testing of the application systems data conversion and training end users System Management Administration and Security Requirements Vendor s Response to System Management Administration and Security Requirements of On Line CBS This must be completed and submitted by the vendor with the technical bid Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 254 Requirement Compliant Non Compliant Remarks System Management Administration and Security Specifications General Requirements CENTRAL SYSTEM MANAGEMENT MANDATORY The system is to be controlled centrally Amendments and set up of new database information must be automatically downloaded at any time for use by terminals in Branches and this data must be consistent at all times throughout the whole system Products will be defined on the system and all changes controlled centrally Standard procedures for changes to conditions interest rates fees charges addresses customers branches
196. and line side RFC 3261 based services Shared resource and application management and configuration Transcoder resource Conference bridge resource Topological association of shared resource devices conference bridge music on hold MoH sources and transcoders T 38 fax support H 323 MGCP and SIP Third party applications support Hook flash feature support on selected FXS gateways TAPI 2 1 service provider TSP interface JTAPI 2 0 service provider interface Video codecs H 261 H 263 H 264 and Wideband Video Codec Video telephony H 323 and SIP User Features with SIP support Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Abbreviated Dial Answer and answer release Autoanswer and intercom Callback busy no reply to station Call connection Call coverage Call forward all off net and on net Call forward busy Call forward no answer Call forward no bandwidth Call forward not registered Call hold and retrieve Call Join Call park and pickup Call pickup group universal Call pickup notification audible or visual Call status per line state duration number Call waiting and retrieve with configurable audible alerting Calling Line Identification CLID Directory dial from phone corporate personal Directories missed placed received calls list stored on selected IP phones Extension mobility support Page no 146 Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule
197. angladesh Unless otherwise specified in the PCC the warranty shall remain valid for thirty six 36 months after the Goods or any portion thereof as the case may be have been delivered to and accepted at the final destination indicated in the PCC The Purchaser shall give notice to the Supplier stating the nature of any such defects together with all available evidence thereof promptly following the discovery thereof The Purchaser shall afford all reasonable opportunity for the Supplier to inspect such defects Upon receipt of such notice the Supplier shall within the period specified in the PCC expeditiously repair or replace the defective Goods or parts thereof at no cost to the Purchaser If having been notified the Supplier fails to remedy the defect within the period specified in the PCC the Purchaser may proceed to take within a reasonable period such remedial action as may be necessary at the Supplier s risk and expense and without prejudice to any other rights which the Purchaser may have against the Supplier under the Contract Page no 34 33 Extensions of Time 34 Liquidated Damages 35 Limitation of Liability 36 Change in Laws and Regulations 37 Force Majeure 38 Termination Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc 33 1 33 2 34 1 35 1 36 1 37 1 37 2 37 3 38 1 If at any time during performance of the Contract the Supplier or its subcontractors should encounter conditions impedin
198. anking Solution at Data Center DC 06 05 01 Development and Testing Environment Head Office 9 mth from a Application Server Set 01 3 floor the date of b Database server Set 01 Signing c Reporting Server Set 01 06 05 02 Live Production Environment Head Office 9 mth from a Application Server Set 02 3 floor the date of b Database server Set 02 Signing 06 05 03 Storage Area Network SAN Head Office 9 mth from a External Storage System unit 01 3 floor the date of b Storage Area Network Switch Unit 02 Signing c Backup Server Unit 01 d Tape Library with Software Set 01 e Tape Cartage Pieces 210 06 05 04 Network Devices Head Office 9 mth from a Core Router Unit 02 3 floor the date of b DM Z Internet Router Unit 02 ae ia Signing c Core Switch Unit 02 PAAA d Core Firewall Set 02 07 e Internet Router Set 02 f Internet Firewall with Content Security Set 02 g IPS for Data Center Set 02 h Server Farm and DMZ Switch Set 04 i Distribution Switch Set 02 j Load Balancer Set 01 k Rack with PDU and KVM Set 10 Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 82 06 05 06 Hardware for Office Automation at Data Center DC File Server set 01 Head Office 9 mth from rd Proxy Server set 01 3 floor the date of Active directory server set 02
199. ans female or neuter and the other way around Headings in the GCC shall not be deemed part thereof or be taken into consideration in the interpretation or construction thereof or of the Contract Words have their normal meaning under the English language unless specifically defined Entire Agreement a The Contract constitutes the entire agreement between the Purchaser and the Supplier and supersedes all communications negotiations and agreements whether written or oral of parties with respect thereto made prior to the date of Contract Agreement Amendment a No amendment or other variation of the Contract shall be valid unless it is in writing is dated expressly refers to the Contract and is signed by a duly authorised representative of each party thereto Non waiver a Subject to GCC Sub Clause 4 4 b no relaxation forbearance delay or indulgence by either party in enforcing any of the terms and conditions of the Contract or the granting of time by either party to the other shall prejudice affect or restrict the rights of that party under the Contract neither shall any waiver by either party of any breach of Contract operate as waiver of any subsequent or continuing breach of Contract b Any waiver of a party s rights powers or remedies under the Contract must be in writing dated and signed by an authorised representative of the party granting such waiver and must specify the right and the extent to which it is bei
200. aphical displays of set temperature amp humidity and achieved temperature amp humidity Date time and unit identification display Back up battery charge status display on the controller screen Visual system alarm indication along with mutable audio alarm as well 48 hrs temperature and humidity graph display menu Programmable services interval indication display Alarm shall be automatically ceased removed when it goes to normal Controller shall be network manageable through SNMP web card Access to the controller settings shall be protected with passwords to prevent against unauthorized access The unit shall also incorporate the following protections e Single phasing preventers e Reverse phasing e Phase imbalancing e Phase failure e Overload tripping MPCB of all components Design Considerations Heat load calculation together with Precision air conditioner placement Hot amp Cold aisle design must be submitted Installation testing and commissioning of AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM Precision Warranty 3 three Years with parts and labour Comport Air Conditioning System for the following rooms Power Room 2 SMC 2 and Waiting Room and Lobby 2 Brand To be mentioned Model To be mentioned Country of Origin To be mentioned Country of Assembly To be mentioned Split Type Air Conditioner Wall mounted Inverter type power saving with wireless remote control amp clock Capacity 24000 BTU h 2 Ton Installation an
201. apter 8Gbps to connect the External SAN Storage amp Tape Library DVD ROM DVD ROM or equivalent any device attached by which the requirement will be fulfilled Power supply Redundant Hot Swap plug Power Supply Benchmark Please submit the TPC or SPEC Int amp FP or Oracle Benchmark Information on proposed model of the server Operating System Pre installed 64 Bit UNIX Operating System with CD and Manual Cluster Software Please include require Cluster Software tool of the quoted operating system for 2 node cluster Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 111 High availability ECC protected DDR3 memory PC3 10600 Registered memory features Memory double chip spare to overcome two DRAM chip failures Dynamic Processor resilience and de allocation with Operating System Authentication Different parts of the system must be certified with brand company and should have Parts No on each Part Warranty 3 Years ii Database server 01 Brand Should be internationally reputed Model Should be mentioned Country of Origin Should be mentioned Country of Should be mentioned Manufacturing Form factor Node 19 inch wide Rack Mountable with rail kit adjustable depth Blade Type Architecture Processor Type 64 Bit RISC Itanium or equivalent or better Processor No of Processor Minimum 32 Cores based RISC
202. arry or introduce All functions within the application software are executed by use of menu options The menus should be designed to fit the operating environment and can be easily changed by authorized officers at branch and Head office Level The proposed system approach should be one of total flexibility and results in a system that can be fully adapted to meet the needs of its users Control over modification is given through the use of tables containing business and operational parameters and utilities facilitating customization of screens enquiries and reports The system does not use a fixed architecture that forces the client s business to conform to its business process flow The system should use default parameters to drive each function of the system so that the user can tailor the solution to meet the individual needs of the organization Flexibility in maintenance of files MUST include the capability to Electronically record all static file changes in a history file for on line viewing audit trail The minimum information should include date and time of change the value of the field before and after the change All changes or updates done should be available in report form or on line viewing when inquiry is performed The proposed application software MUST have a centralized code management and control system to ensure data integrity and uniformity throughout all the application modules The application software sh
203. as many rows For Each Course Name with detail information as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 Name of Tenderer Signature of Tenderer Date Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 69 05 3 11 0 IP TELEPHONY AND IP VIDEO TELEPHONY SYSTEM SI No Required Item and Specification defined by the Bank Tenderer Tenders s Brand Model I Country of Origin offered Qty Offered Item ii Country of Assembly with Specification To be mentioned To be To be mentioned mentioned 05 3 11 1 IP TELEPHONY AND IP VIDEO TELEPHONY SYSTEM add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 Name of Tenderer Signature of Tenderer Date Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 70 Tenderer Information Sheet Form G 4 Notes on Tenderer Information Sheet This note is for information only to assist the procuring entity in the completion of the Form when preparing the Tender Document but this note should not be included in the issued Tender Document The information to be filled in by Tenderers in the following pages will be used for purposes of verification of eligibility and qualification of the Tenderer as provided for in relevant Clauses of the Instructions to Tenderers Invitation for Tender No Date Tender Package No A Ind
204. ash flows Outstanding trades open positions Limit availability Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 241 Requirement Non compliant Compliant Modification 3rd Party Ability to enter the following information on line Deal tickets Interest rates dealer s name Type of limit Other Functions Automatic generation of accounting entries Automatic generation of instructions to the payments system Confirmation production delivery receipt statements Automatic generation of SWIFT format messages Automatic transmission of SWIFT messages to and from ST 400 Automatic sending documents by telex Application interaction General Ledger System Customer Information File Customer Accounting System Outputs and reporting Requirements G L accounting entries Customer accounting entries Daily activity log to include deals done and maintenance Profitability by Dealer amp Currency Limit utilization and excesses Forthcoming events report Gapped maturity analysis Asset and liability maturity ladder Daily interest income report Report generator capability Daily Money Market Reports based on Currencies Bonds and T Bills Deposits CD s Other type of instruments The system must support the following products Purchase of T Bills at primary market Purchase s
205. at any level within the database Budgets may be set at any point within the system and these will be automatically checked for variations each day Alerts can be issued to show significant variation Enables the automatic generation of empty budget structures for all combinations which currently exist on the database General Ledger Detail Report Printed at period end by transaction reference within transaction date within account and sub account number sequence The report should optionally be printed on a year to date or at month beginning balance forward basis Summary Trial Balance Summarized listing of all account activity for the accounting period including open and posted transactions Transaction Register Lists transactions by user specified ranges of periods accounts transaction types transaction dates amounts or any combination thereof General Ledger Trial Balance Prints the GL trial balance showing by each account number the beginning balance activity and new balance User should be able to specify all accounts or selected accounts only Revenue and Expense Analysis Lists all revenue and expense accounts for each reporting period on a comparative basis for both current period and year to date N Dimensional profitability analysis Management Information containing revenue volume cost of funds and other management information on products are capable to be processed in the system The user has complete contr
206. at regular intervals without user intervention to one or more recipients The proposed system must be capable of sending alerts via SNMP trap Alerts should the having the following configurable parameters e The ability to choose any protocol being monitored by the system The ability to choose any interface or group of interfaces being monitored by the system The ability to choose any ToS bit being monitored by the system The ability to choose rate volume utilization over a specified threshold for a given period of time The ability to choose any time filters i e business hours The user must be able to easily change the data type of the main interface view to a tabular format showing the increase or decrease of traffic generated by that protocol as a percentage using discrete least squares approximation to find a best fit line of growth Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 158 08 03 Core Banking Solution 08 03 1 General Requirement 08 03 1 1 Business Performance Requirements of the System To ensure the value addition both in technology and performance RBL management has decided to automate banking activities fully in future under this Project The bank decided to purchase a world class industry standard State Of The Art On Line Banking System for the Bank in phases to bring uniformity and to keep pace with the technological advancement in the banking sector 08 03 1 2 Functional Performance Requirements of the System
207. at should guide a user through call features and functions and audio controls for high quality duplex speakerphone handset and headset The IP Phone should have a built in headset port and an integrated Ethernet switch IP phone should include a large backlit easy to read display for easy access to communication information timesaving applications and features such as date and time calling party name calling party number digits dialed and presence information It should also accommodate Extensible Markup Language XML applications that take advantage of the display Support for wideband G 722 codec adherence to TIA 920 including handset headset and speakerphone G 71la G 71lu G 729a G 729ab G 722 and iLBC audio compression codecs should be supported Ready access to missed received or placed calls plus intercom history and directories Incoming messages should be identified and categorized on the display allowing users to quickly and effectively return calls using direct dial back capability Support for corporate directory There should be an internal 2 port Ethernet switch allowing for a direct connection to a 10 100BASE T Ethernet network through an RJ 45 interface with single LAN connectivity for both the phone and a co located PC The system administrator should designate separate VLANs 802 1Q for the PC and IP phones providing improved security and reliability of voice and data traffic Page no
208. ation Server Oracle Siebel Application Server Oracle Siebel Log Oracle Siebel Web Server Oracle Database Real One Real Media Player and Server SAP CCMS SAP Java Application Server SAP Performance SAP Work Processes Sun One server Sybase database UDDI Server Windows Media Player and Server Windows resources XML metrics i Network amp Fault Management e The Network Management System NMS must be capable of automatically discovering manageable elements connected to the network and mapping the connectivity between them e The system should provide discovery amp inventory of heterogeneous physical network devices like Layer 2 amp Layer 3 switches Routers and other IP devices and do mapping of LAN amp WAN connectivity with granular visibility up to individual ports level e The modeling of network connectivity must be performed using standard or vendor specific discovery protocols to ensure speed and accuracy of the network discovery Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 153 e The system must be able to support mapping and modeling of the infrastructure grouped by network connectivity physical location of equipment and user groups or departments e The system should support maps grouped by network topology geographic locations of the equipments and user group departments These should help in understanding physical Network virtual Network services and the relationships between them e It shall be possible to reduce
209. ation must be held on the system for the following issuing bank Confirming bank Advising bank Negotiating bank Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 219 Requirement w a 2 a alalfle 20 a s 3 a 1 S Ie lE 5 Olla Zz Reimbursing bank Beneficiary Customer Non Utilization of Credit Non utilization of a credit must be advised to the customer A facility must exist to reinstate non utilized credits Supervisor approval is required to do this The System must include comprehensive reporting facilities including Activity journal Exception journal list of outstanding L C s by type due date customer etc Statistics on volume commissions and types by customer correspondent overdue bills under L C s expired L C s acceptance bills due for payment Basis of Commission calculation are Categories Sub Categories Special Rate Against Counter Guarantee of Bank Margin Value Upfront Partially Upfront Arrears Calculate commission at Standard special rate Handle Standard fees special rates as well as customers Account Officers standing instructions Online Transaction On line processing of all transactions Automatic generation of advices entries Multi currency processing and accounting All data validation performed o
210. ations under the Contract due allowance will be made in respect of the Delivery Dates and Completion Dates and the other obligations so affected The Supplier shall provide the Purchaser with a report of the results of any such test and or inspection The Purchaser may reject any Goods or any part thereof that fail to pass any test and or inspection or do not conform to the specifications The Supplier shall either rectify or replace such rejected Goods or parts thereof or make alterations necessary to meet the specifications at no cost to the Purchaser and shall repeat the test and or inspection at no cost to the Purchaser upon giving a notice pursuant to GCC Sub Clause 31 4 The Supplier agrees that neither the execution of a test and or inspection of the Goods or any part thereof nor the attendance by the Purchaser or its representative nor the issue of any report pursuant to GCC Sub Clause 31 6 shall release the Supplier from any warranties or other obligations under the Contract The Supplier warrants that all the Goods are new unused and of the most recent or current models and that they incorporate all recent improvements in design and materials unless provided otherwise in the Contract Subject to GCC Sub Clause 30 1 the Supplier further warrants that the Goods shall be free from defects arising from any act or omission of the Supplier or arising from design materials and workmanship under normal use in the conditions prevailing in B
211. authority to view and or trade Instrument The following information should be available for an instrument instrument identifier instrument name currency country clearing house default custodians instrument type to which an instrument belongs issuer identifier guarantor identifier indicator if collateral is attached to the instrument custodian identifier issue details which should be dependent on the instrument type and should include the standard issue details used industry wide Redemption details i e details on partial redemption sinking fund put call final redemption details coupon details i e historical and next coupon dates and rates fixed or variable etc Default settlement period spot 5 days etc underlying instrument s e g for a warrant bond or equity profitability calculation valuation method for investment management reporting purposes authorization procedure Rules for settlement of business in this instrument Instrument type The following information should be available for an instrument type instrument type identifier instrument type name default rules for interest calculation profitability calculation valuation method for investment management reporting purposes profitability calculation revaluation method for accounting purposes default rules for
212. ay terminate the Contract in whole or in part i if the Supplier fails to deliver any or all of the Goods within the period specified in the Contract or within any extension thereof granted by the Purchaser pursuant to GCC Clause 33 or ii if the Supplier fails to perform any other obligation under the Contract Page no 35 38 2 38 3 b In the event the Purchaser terminates the Contract in whole or in part pursuant to GCC Sub Clause 38 1 a the Purchaser may procure upon such terms and in such manner as it deems appropriate Goods or Related Services similar to those undelivered or not performed and the Supplier shall be liable to the Purchaser for any additional costs for such similar Goods or Related Services However the Supplier shall continue performance of the Contract to the extent not terminated c If the Supplier in the judgment of the Purchaser has engaged in corrupt fraudulent collusive or coercive practices as defined in GCC Clause 3 in competing for or in executing the Contract Termination for Insolvency a The Purchaser and the Supplier s may at any time terminate the Contract by giving notice to the other party if either of the party becomes bankrupt or otherwise insolvent In such event termination will be without compensation to any party provided that such termination will not prejudice or affect any right of action or remedy that has accrued or will accrue thereafter to the other
213. be responsible for developing testing and maintaining the interfaces In case of any subsequent change modification or alteration to the Banks existing application software packages the Bank will obtain the API for such existing application and provide the same to the Bidder for interface The Bidder must ensure that all interfaces are automated with minimal manual intervention All 3rd party applications proposed by the bidder to meet the functional requirements of the bank should provide an on line interface with the On Line BAS The Bidder will be responsible for setting up the test environment for interface testing and Assist the Bank in preparing the test cases for the testing Ensure that the test cases meet all the testing requirements of the Bank Resolve all errors bugs enhancements modifications required during and after testing but not before go live within a maximum of 7 working days Fix bugs and errors in one day after go live and obtain sign off from the bank immediately after such fixing If any workaround solution is suggested that should be provided ON THE SAME DAY in respect of errors and bugs affecting the functioning of the Bank 08 03 1 8 Testing a The Bank proposes to conduct User Acceptance Test UAT testing for the purpose of ensuring that all the functionality requested for by the Bank is available and is functioning accurately The UAT would be carried out for the On Line BAS including
214. bility to store security guarantor details Ability to update valuation on collateral Ability to track cost of funds Loan Application Processing System should be able to support workflow and imaging features in Loan application processing and credit Limit appraisal process Facility to accept loan application details and record verification details Verification can be against another integrated module such as deposits Loans can be disbursed in different currencies Automatic verification of loan eligibility against pre defined criteria Facility to accept details for appraisal such as income generation Assets and Liabilities take home pay etc The details may vary depending on loan type Support for generating appraisal note in user defined format Facility to access application and appraisal note and update sanction or rejection details at appropriate authority level Status of the loan can be tracked from active to closure including non performing write off and suit file System to periodically generate account wise a matrix of future deposit amount and projected loan outstanding under present conditions to facilitate tracking loan mismatch Free text memo can be maintained for each loan in the system to record special information Classification of Non performing loans according to the Bangladesh Bank Loan classification rules Facility to accept details of Loans applica
215. by or on behalf of the Purchaser by giving a notice of such disclaimer to the Purchaser The Goods and Related Services supplied under this Contract shall conform to the standards mentioned in Section 7 Technical Specifications and when no applicable standard is mentioned the standard shall be equivalent or superior to the official standards whose application is appropriate to the goods country of origin Page no 33 30 4 31 Inspections and ate Tests 31 2 31 3 31 4 31 5 31 6 31 7 31 8 32 Warranty a 32 2 32 3 32 4 32 5 32 6 Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Wherever references are made in the Contract to codes and standards in accordance with which it shall be executed the edition or the revised version of such codes and standards shall be those specified in the Schedule of Requirements During Contract execution any changes in any such codes and standards shall be applied only after approval by the Purchaser and shall be treated in accordance with GCC Clause 20 The Supplier shall at its own expense and at no cost to the Purchaser carry out all such tests and or inspections of the Goods and Related Services as are specified in the Schedule of Requirements The inspections and tests may be conducted on the premises of the Supplier or its Subcontractor and or at the Goods final destination or in another place in Bangladesh as specified in the PCC Subject to GCC Sub Clause 31 3 if conduc
216. by the bidder from the Bank s premises and the Bank will provide all logistic support i e chair table telephone etc M Implementation Please indicate the tools along with a brief description of each one List down and describe the project s inherent risks and the steps to reduce them Please provide some real examples of risks encountered and how to mitigate them Please provide the composition of the project team with requirement from Describe for each role of the responsibilities required abilities and task The vendor should list the committees to be used Describe their aim function participants and frequency Please provide the various deliverables as part of the project plan Please provide a draft project schedule Including the estimated task sequence and duration Define the project stages indicating the tools participants responsibilities and contingencies if any for each one Describe the data purifying tasks included in the plan Describe the data conversion model proposed please indicate the track record of converting data form various applications Describe the methodology to be used for testing Please elaborate on the migration strategy Big Bang Pilot office etc Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 164 Support Local trained and experienced support MUST be available Documentation and Training Please provide details on the various training programs du
217. c Page no 196 Requirement Compliant Modification 3rd Party INon compliant System should display a warning message on the screen whenever the account limit is exceeded by the transaction or a stop cheque instruction is given Transactions with these warning messages must require supervisory approval before they can be accepted Otherwise transaction to be rejected Facility for displaying details of all notes or memos recorded on the account during the business day e g notes relating to supervisor referrals The system should able to auto generate the reversal entries to the related accounts including G L once the original transaction is being reversed The system should exclude those reversals during data analysis and MIS and there should be audit trail for all reversals The teller must be able to view customer s signature on screen for verification and his signing instructions Facility for teller to make on line inquiry on a customer his address his account details e g account type account debit limit details of last transactions Date Balance Memo Notes etc Facility that allows the teller to inquire on all clients using various search methods The search criteria to be user definable e g alphabetical order matching name etc Facility to allow user definable transactions for viewing amending deleting and creating records e g opening or amending new accounts changing add
218. c Maximum Media Durability 1 000 000 passes on any area of tape equates to over 20 000 end to end passes 260 full tape backups Archival Storage 30 yrs or above Life Country of origin Should be mentioned Country of Should be mentioned Assemble 06 05 05 Network Devices i Core Router 02 Brand CISCO Juniper or equivalent Model To be mentioned by the tenderer Country of origin To be mentioned Country of To be mentioned by the tenderer manufacturer Product part no To be mentioned by the tenderer Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 116 Architecture Should support Voice and Data Services Security and mobility services Modular Chassis with minimum 4 I O slots Support for complete Firewall IPS features Rack Mountable Power Supply Dual Redundant 1 1 Power Supplies and Fans and Fan Interface 10 x 1OOBASE T RJ45 Transceiver Modules Should have minimum two SFP base ports Number of ports amp Types must match bidders proposed solution Interface Support T1 El Fast Ethernet Synchronous Serial ISDN BRI ADSL2 ADSL2 G SHDSL DS3 E3 Gigabit Ethernet interfaces Throughput Minimum 5 Gbps Forwarding Rate Minimum 1000 Kpps VLANs 1024 Feature Support for 1000BaseT 1000BaseSX and 1000BaseLX LH Redundant Power Supply from day 1 Should support for IPv6 RJ 45 console port For IP Routing the Router should have support for S
219. cate drafts numbers Payment of drafts System should validate drafts number amp stop payment instructions before payment System should validate whether drafts are stale and if so allow payment only with supervisor approval Facility to cancel drafts and put stop payment on drafts Facility to maintain stock of drafts by the system Stock Register to be customizable A pay order once paid against or canceled should not be allowed to be paid again Facility to record pre requisite conditions for cancellation of a draft Facility to cancel a draft and pay cash credit customer s account with proceeds Bank reconciliation account should also be updated Periodic automatic transfer of demand drafts issued to Central Office Stop payment of drafts Facility to cancel demand drafts Ex Advice demand drafts Payment Facility Support for printing different currency drafts in different layouts The layout to be customizable TT MT System should generate MT TT folio no branch wise System should check the continuity of the serial no for every TT MT received and generate warning if link is broken System should allow re initialization of the branch serial number at a particular date or when the number reaches a limit Issue Automatic updating of MT TT outward Register System should allow on line authorization at a higher level Payment System to accept det
220. cation Outstanding Balance Utilization Approved Limits Unutilized amounts Average lending rate including highest and lowest rate Information required by customer group Ability to support product differentiation using a parameter table Provide Support for Fixed interest rate products Variable interest rate products Discounted products Ability to link to the CIF customer file Ability to show warning e g bad debts and past dues when entering a new loan application Ability to support product definition using parameter driven tables Ability to support back and forward valued transactions Ability to permit loan payments at any branch Ability to support accounts in multiple currencies Ability to provide multi currency conversion and consolidation Ability to provide loan account facilities which cater for Individual interest rates Variable installment frequencies Interest payments at fixed periods Flexible interest requiems interest adjustments for installments paid early Discounts Other Functions Ability to provide for the waving of interest payments Ability to provide for the exemption or adjustment of fees and commissions The reporting of exempted or adjusted or adjusted fees and commissions Ability to provide for multiple variable payments Ability to allow payments to be Scheduled Ability to al
221. ce Security shall be reduced to the amount specified in the PCC after delivery and acceptance of the Goods to cover the Supplier s warranty obligations in accordance with GCC Sub Clause 32 3 The Purchaser shall notify the Supplier of any claim made against the Bank issuing the Performance Security The Purchaser may claim against the security if any of the following events occurs for fourteen 14 days or more a the Supplier is in breach of the Contract and the Purchaser has notified him that he is and b the Supplier has not paid an amount due to the Purchaser 29 4 In the event the Supplier is liable to pay compensation under the Contract amounting to the full value of the Performance Security or more the Purchaser may forfeit the full amount of the Performance Security 29 5 If there is no reason to call the Performance Security it shall be discharged by the Purchaser and returned to the Supplier not later than twenty eight 28 days following the date of completion of the Supplier s performance obligations under the Contract including any warranty obligations 30 1 30 2 30 3 Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc The Supplier shall ensure that the Goods and Related Services comply with technical specifications and other provisions of the Contract The Supplier shall be entitled to disclaim responsibility for any design data drawing specification or other document or any modification thereof provided or designed
222. ce Test Procedure Any tools and equipment required for carrying out tests has to arrange by the bidder at their own cost iii Final Acceptance Testing Prerequisite for Carrying out FAT activity Detailed test plan shall be defined by the Tenderer and mutually agreed with RBL amp their consultants This shall be submitted by Tenderer before FAT activity to be carried out All documentation related to RBL DC and DRC and relevant acceptance test document should be completed amp submitted before the final acceptance test to RBL One day training section shall be arranged to RBL support staff amp the same shall be completed before the final acceptance test The FAT shall include the following All infrastructure hardware and related software items must be installed at RBL DC and DRC center site as per the specification Availability of all the defined services shall be verified Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 88 Field service engineer shall demonstrate all the features facilities functionalities of all the infrastructure components installed amp mentioned in the RFP The Filed service engineers will arrange the test equipment required for performance verification Successful bidder will also provide documented test results iv Documentation Indicative list of documents include project plan in MS project giving out micro level activities with milestones Dependencies and deadlines Original manuals and CDs f
223. ceipt of a written request The minutes shall include as a minimum the name of the Tenderer and whether there is a withdrawal substitution or modification the Tender Price including any discounts and alternative offers and the presence or absence of a Tender Security if one was required Tenders not opened and read out at the Tender opening shall not be considered irrespective of the circumstances and shall be returned unopened to the Tenderer No Tender shall be rejected at the Tender opening except for late Tenders which shall be returned unopened to the Tenderer pursuant to ITT Clause 31 After the opening of Tenders information relating to the examination clarification and evaluation of Tenders and recommendations for award shall not be disclosed to Tenderers or other persons not officially concerned with the evaluation process until after the award of the Contract is announced Page no 18 35 36 37 38 39 40 Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Tender Clarification Tenderer Contacting the Purchaser Tender Responsive ness Tender Non conformities Errors and Omissions Tender Correction of Arithmetical Errors Tender Preliminary Examination 35 1 36 1 36 2 36 3 37 1 37 2 37 3 37 4 38 1 38 2 39 1 39 2 39 3 40 1 40 2 The Purchaser may ask Tenderers for clarification of their Tenders in order to facilitate the examination and evaluation of
224. ceived Payments General ledger system Treasury Application Customer Information File Ability to check on blacklisted countries Force credit bureau check for amounts above XXX Outputs and reporting requirements Payments Daily activity report Outstanding L C report Exposure reports by customer and country Customer statements Diary of forthcoming events Letters of Credit Opening Mail Swift Telex Amendments Swift Telex Documents arrival Documents settlement Cancellation Advising L C Advising amendment Negotiation Claim reimbursement payment Closure The System must be capable of processing the following transaction types Import Issuance Amendment Negotiation sight or acceptance Payment Export Pre advise Advise Confirmation Sight negotiation and settlement Acceptance and settlement The following features must be supported Irrevocable revocable Revolving Stand by Acceptance Deferred payment Shipping guarantees Generation of accounting entries must be automated All conditions held can be subject to change at data capture input A billing function must be supported at each stage of the process for charges to be claimed from any party other than the applicant or beneficiary Counter party inform
225. change rates online a oc ae I E A Maintain currency on entry in the currency ledger amount and base currency amount with position A TT Create user defined exchange rates using effective romdate and to date range Create forward rates and cross rates in the foreign exchange rate tables talc iar aan of ns oc corny aana f F generate entry to the unrealized currency gains losses account Naini nal nsf oa een ii oy ad Wren Maintain separate income and expense ledgers for each currency with its own control accout Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 173 Requirement Compliant Non compliant Permit default currency exchange rate to be overridden during transaction entry Produce a report showing all instances where default currency exchange rate was overridden Support foreign currency conversions within intercompany transaction processing for foreign companies R Q I 3 Consolidate multiple companies with different functional currencies Store historical exchange rates for purposes of converting net worth accounts Automatically calculate the foreign translation adjustment and post to the balance sheet Revalue month end account balances and record exchange gain or loss Maintain postings and account balances in local currency Revise budget data based on changes in exchange rate Online inquiry of transactions and ba
226. chedule of Requirements but shown unpriced in the Price Schedule it shall be assumed that the price is included in the prices of other items In all cases the Tender shall be evaluated in accordance with ITT Sub Clause 20 3 The Tenderer shall indicate on the Price Schedule Form G 2 the unit prices where applicable and the total price of the lot it proposes to supply under the contract 20 4 Prices indicated on the Price Schedule shall be entered separately in the following manner 20 5 20 6 21 1 22 1 22 2 23 1 23 2 Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc a the price of the goods quoted EXW ex works ex factory ex warehouse ex showroom or off the shelf as applicable including all customs duties and sales and other taxes already paid or payable i on the components and raw materials used in the manufacture or assembly of goods quoted ex works or ex factory or ii on the previously imported goods of foreign origin quoted ex warehouse ex showroom or off the shelf b any Purchaser country local taxes VAT and other taxes which will be payable on the goods if the contract is awarded c the price for inland transportation insurance and other local costs incidental to delivery of the goods to their final destination if specified in the TDS and d The price of other related incidental services if any listed in the TDS The Tenderer s separation of price components in accordance with ITT Sub Claus
227. clearing functions Clearing can be between both local and outstation banks This also includes clearing of instruments between two branches of the same bank Two branches of the bank may be connected on line In case of inter branch connectivity system to support on line multi branch transactions for clearing The system should support various types of clearing including Non MICR MICR collection Future Inter bank High value clearing National clearing Other Functions System should provide support for new technology clearing interfaces devices System should be able to support on line posting as well as batch posting System to suggest measures for double checking of batches posted to ensure correctness System should be able to handle Clearing House settlement between On line Branches and Off line Branches Multi book and multiplications Facility to inquire on cheques in clearing by cheque no cheque date account no batch no date of clearing etc Facility to sort on any key for inquiry System should provide analysis and monitoring of the net clearing position Deficit vs Surplus of a branch on a daily basis Automatic on screen warning for accts w Returnable Check Automatically unpay dishonored check series Cheque number and stop payment instructions to be validated before cheque is paid out Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 188 Requirement w S 2 e S e 2 amp j Ss 5 Z s e e TEIJE Clz
228. conciliation completion The system shall enable the user to post further financial transactions to complete statement reconciliation Issue of bank statements on VOSTRO accounts Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 234 Requirement z a EFIR ARE Ei Zisl e S Zs Ole aH Z The system shall also produce VOSTRO account statements and transmit these on counterparty request on issue by the Banking Operations System Document Management The Document Management will provide the functionality to manage the Documents obtained from Customers for availing various facilities with a Bank The software should capable to specify details about Classification and Types of Documents conditions for required Documents when a Customer relation is established and for the various facilities offered to customers The software should also capable to track the Status of required Documents and it would produce appropriate overrides or errors when the required documents are with an invalid status Image Management The Image Management using GUI will have the ability to capture images using industry standard scanners digital cameras and videos output such as signatures loans documentation birth certificates or passports which will eliminate the user to access the physical document itself indeed thi
229. consistent and auditable process and transaction support all delivered through a single enterprise wide user interface System should be able to support online off line credit approval system real time batch process authority level as per user defined Authority table Authorities who enjoy delegation of business power for Credit approval It should provide for management of credit exposure as well as control of credit limits by accounts and by credit lines The system should provide for interest accrual amortization or payment according to users pre defined specification There should be automatic generation of advice such as repayment advice and drawdown advice The interface facility should be secure and efficient System control features such as access control and approval authority control should be well protected and should keep the necessary audit trail information The system should cover a full range of loan products for a variety of consumer categories including structured loans participation and syndicated loans in multi currencies System should be able to support to track Loans at different stages from origination to settlement The system should allow the end users to set up their own parameters for values which include Provision policy on the basis of Bangladesh Bank guideline and Bank s Board policy Account Codes Customer Codes Advice Selection Parameter Bank Rate Branch Code Business Code Commission and Charges Code
230. counts System to display accrued interest at all points of time Facility to apply accrued interest at any time and also at the time of the closure of account Facility to apply different rate to special accounts e g staff accounts Interest application frequency should be a parameterized value for any type of account or transaction Interest to be credited to account as per the parameterized frequency Automatic application of overdraft interests debit interest in case a c is overdrawn Interest on debit balance is calculated on daily balance and applied either as per the parameterized frequency or when balance is in credit Different options to be available as regards debit interest where overdraft is approved not approved System to also provide flexibility to waiver charge for an individual transaction with appropriate authority System should allow user to define whether service charges can be debited below minimum balance Specify restrictions on no of withdrawals for SB a c and track no of withdrawals on monthly quarterly basis Flexibility to levy or waive charge if withdrawals exceed restricted amount Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 182 Requirement Compliant S gI Sis Ea Cake Sim Non compliant Accrue interest based on ledger balance or negative balance account Service charges formulation Can be in the form of
231. ction of Rupali Bank Ltd defined in Table 01 Page 08 add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 Sub Total Total Cost Note 1 EXW means Ex works Ex factory Ex warehouse Ex show room or off the shelf as applicable Note 2 Unit Price EXW shall include all custom duties and taxes as specified in ITT Sub Clause 20 5 a Note 3 Price for inland transportation shall include insurance and other costs as specified in ITT Sub Clause 20 5 c Note 4 VAT and any other taxes payable in Bangladesh shall be included here as specified in ITT Sub Clause 20 5 b Name of Tenderer Signature of Tenderer Date Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 49 05 1 09 PRICE OF REQUIRED RELATED GOODS FOR CORE BANKING SOLUTION CBS FOR RUPALI BANK LTD TO BE SUPPLIED AND DELIVERY SCHEDULE Description Unit Name Qty Of units Unit price Total price Point of Delivery And Delivery Of Item Required col 4 x 5 Period Offered Note 1 Note 2 Note 3 and Note 4 05 1 09 01 1 phase Supply Install and customize of CBS according lot 1 to technical specification as specified in section 07 to comply Current Business Dimension amp Future Projection of Rupali Bank Ltd defined in Table 01 Page 08 add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Spec
232. ctions since last statement Flexibility to generate statement for past one year and or any specified time interval Facility to charge customer for statement sent by other than ordinary post duplicate statements and ad hoc statements Facility for distinguishing statements to be posted and those to be held at the branch HOLD MAIL Choice to customers of passbook statement This choice can be for each account of a single customer Automatic generation of statement of accounts due each day before EOD Noting and generation of statement of accounts on customer request On line generation of statement of accounts Specification of form size while printing statements of accounts Certificate of balance in different currencies Cheque Management Automatically dishonored cheque if not on series out dated etc with date indication Post Dated Check Monitoring Track no of Cheque books issued and charge for same as applicable Stop payment and good for payment authorization Auto check and not tom pay already paid and duplicate cheque series Signature Photograph Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 184 Requirement Compliant Modification 3rd Party Non compliant Ability to capture of signatures thumb imprints bio metric stamp and photographs wherever required Signatures may be retrieved and viewed for any custom
233. cture comprising of civil electrical and mechanical works including false ceiling partitioning installation of electrical components cable laying etc all of them shall be ISO certified works required to build DC and DRC This shall also include site preparation to make it suitable for setting up DC and DRC Multi layer physical security infrastructure to prevent unauthorized access to the DC and DRC help desk and other monitoring and management services Supply and Installation of Physical infrastructure components such as high efficiency UPS systems and state of the art closed coupled cooling System power distribution system Fire Detection and Control System Diesel Generator Units Lighting system Power IP based Surveillance systems Infrastructure management software solutions and power cabling etc Integration Commissioning amp Acceptance Testing shall involve the completion of the Data Center site preparation supply and installation of the required components amp training on RBL data center infrastructure All documentation generated during design installation and commissioning phase shall always be made available to RBL authority on request ii Testing and Commissioning Commissioning shall involve the completion of the DC and DRC site preparation supply and installation of the required components and making the DC and DRC available to RBL for carrying out live operations Test need to be carried out as per approved Acceptan
234. cy Light Brand To be mentioned Model To be mentioned Country of Origin To be mentioned Country of Assembly To be mentioned Appropriate number of light fixtures Critical to be feed from control supply UPS for data Centre and remaining to be feed from DB Ceiling mounted CFL lighting fixtures to provide a lighting illumination level of 200 lux metered at 85 cm above the floor Data Centre Area will be provided with the Normal lighting and with a few Emergency lighting fixtures The luminaries will be selected to suit architectural functional and aesthetic requirement The Data Centre will be provided with 15W or 2X15W wall mounted or ceiling mounted The lighting panels will be 3 phase type with outgoing MCB circuit breakers Third core for earthing the lighting fittings plug points The wiring will be done with copper wires in using 2 cores 1 5mm2 cables for point wiring and looping and 2 5mmz2 copper multi strand FRLS As per design consideration of the Tenderer k Emergency light through alternate power in case of power failure for DC area 06 Sets Auto ON when CP is not available Power Supply AC Local Voltage Recharging Time 16 24 hrs Operating Time 4 5 Hours Built in Battery Rechargeable Sealed Lead Acid Battery 6V 4AH Switch 3 Stage Slide Switch Operating Temp 0 40 C D Precision Air Conditioning System with De humidification System in Server amp Network room
235. d Requirement Compliant Modification Brd Party INon compliant General Requirements Technology Details Database Server RISC based CISC based The system should support more than one industry standard hardware platforms System must support more than one industry standard open operating system Software developed using Fourth Generation Language 4GL and on a RDBMS approach The System must support more than one industry standard RDBMS Software MUST operate in Centralized processing mode Other Requirements The systems MUST provide options for an on line real time integrated solution but should also allow off line processing 24 hour on line operations link future Different modules of the system should be isolated one module should not be able to access corrupt the address space of another The proposed system MUST be modularized The Hardware System software proposed MUST support setting up different isolated environments The proposed system should be capable of being expanded by way of adding new modules to cater for possible future customer oriented features such as ATMs and Internet and Telephone banking System MUST be able to capture customer signatures for display at teller positions System should also be able to capture photographic image of customer and display as required Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 165 Requirement
236. d ACLs for Layer 2 interfaces to allow application of security policies on individual switch ports gt Support for SSH and SNMPv3 to provide network security by encrypting administrator traffic during Telnet and SNMP sessions gt Bidirectional data support on the Mirrored port to allow the intrusion detection system IDS to take action when an intruder is detected gt RADIUS authentication to enable centralized control of the switch and restrict unauthorized users from altering the configuration gt MAC address notification to allow administrators to be notified of users added to or removed from the network gt DHCP snooping to allow administrators to ensure consistent mapping of IP to MAC addresses This can be used to prevent attacks that attempt to poison the DHCP binding database and to rate limit the amount of DHCP traffic that enters a switch port gt Port security to secure the access to an access or trunk port based on MAC address gt Multilevel security on console access to prevent unauthorized users from altering the switch configuration using local database or through an external AAA Server gt Spanning tree feature to shut down Spanning Tree Protocol enabled interfaces when BPDU s are received to avoid accidental topology loops gt Quality of Service QoS amp Control gt Standard 802 1p CoS and DSCP gt Control and Data plane QoS ACLs gt Four egress queues per port to enable differentiated management o
237. d Fixing with water outlay Warranty 3 year with parts and labour 06 sets Archiving Room DOC NOC Testing and PM room Brand To be mentioned Model To be mentioned Country of Origin To be mentioned Country of Assembly To be mentioned Split Type Air Conditioner Wall mounted with wireless remote control amp clock Capacity 18000 BTU h 1 0 Ton Installation and Fixing with water outlay Warranty 3 year with parts and labour 05 sets De Humidifier Dehumidifier for Battery and Power Room Brand To be mentioned Model To be mentioned Country of Origin To be mentioned Country of Assembly To be mentioned Dehumidification 18 liter 24 Hour Power 220 240V 50 Hz Current 1 6 A Power Consumption 290W Working Environment 50 350C Bucket Volume 4L 02 sets or as per design consideration of the Tenderer Dehumidifier for Archive Room Brand To be mentioned Model To be mentioned Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc 01 sets or as per design consideration Page no 102 Country of Origin To be mentioned of the Country of Assembly To be mentioned Tenderer Dehumidification 12 liter 24 Hour Power 220 240V 50 Hz Current 1 6 A Power Consumption 290W Working Environment 5 35 C Bucket Volume 4L n Wall display for NOC monitoring facility Brand To be mentioned 01 Set Model To be mentioned Country of Origin To be mentioned Coun
238. d as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 Sub Total 05 1 01 4 Power Cooling and Lighting for DC add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 Sub Total a Note 1 EXW means Ex works Ex factory Ex warehouse Ex show room or off the shelf as applicable Note 2 Unit Price EXW shall include all custom duties and taxes as specified in ITT Sub Clause 20 5 a Note 3 Price for inland transportation shall include insurance and other costs as specified in ITT Sub Clause 20 5 c Note 4 VAT and any other taxes payable in Bangladesh shall be included here as specified in ITT Sub Clause 20 5 b Name of Tenderer Signature of Tenderer Date Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 42 05 1 02 Data Recovery Centre DRC Price of Related Goods Design and Civil Work with Interior Decoration of DRC Including Modification of Beam and Existing Room If necessary Description Unit Name Qty Unit price Total price Point of Delivery Of Item Of units col 4 x 5 And Delivery Period Required Offered Note 1 Note 2 Note 3 and Note 4 05 1 02 1 Design and Civil Work with Interior Decoration of DRC Including Modification of Beam and Existing Room If necessary add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of
239. d be mentioned Encryption DES 3DES Method QoS Marking Policing Queuing with prioritization WRED Security PPPoE IEEE 802 1X RADIUS RSA LDAP Access Control Lists ACL Filtering IKE IPSec NAT NAPT PKI SSH v2 Management amp Configuration through the CLI Console Port maintenance SNMP v1 v2c v3 Standard and enterprise MIBs Telnet SSH Syslog RMON EMC FCC Part 15 CFR 47 Class A Compliance Safety UL 60950 1 2003 Compliance Warranty 3 Years Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 119 iii Core Switch 02 Brand CISCO Juniper or equivalent Model To be mentioned by the tenderer Country of origin US EU or equivalent Country of manufacturer To be mentioned by the tenderer Product part no To be mentioned by the tenderer Architecture gt The switch should be a chassis based high performance Layer 2 Layer 3 and Layer 4 switch 01 Chassis gt Minimum no of slots 09 or Higher gt Aggregate bandwidth in a single chassis 700 Gbps or Higher gt Aggregate throughput at Layer 2 Layer 3 and Layer 4 Up to 380 Million pps or Higher gt CPU slot Redundant N 1 gt Power supply Redundant N 1 For DC primary site A1 x 24 Port 10 100 1000BASE T fiber Ethernet Modules must be at least four copper modules and 18 multimode fiber SFP module loaded from day 01 B 4 Port 10GBase fiber Eth
240. d do not generate alarms for outages introduced by the maintenance work e The system must not generate multiple alarms of the same type for the same device but only show the number of repeated occurrences This is to reduce the number of alarms that needs to be managed at the operations centre e The system must be able to filter out symptom alarms and deduce the root cause of failure in the network automatically e The system must provide an auto calculated impact analysis of individual element failure to provide the operator and administrator understanding of the impact of the failure onto other elements in the network e The system must support outgoing notification integration to helpdesk or trouble ticketing system e The system must provide a user accessible command line interface to access and update the management system database to ensure custom scripted customizations can be performed without the need of using API level integration or development toolkits e The system should support creating and monitoring of rising or falling thresholds with respect to basic key performance indicators for network system and application infrastructures and provide immediate notification when service metrics fall outside the baselines e The operating system of the network management and monitoring system must be in architecture and client must manage to all managing functions using graphical user interface e The security must be able to permit or rest
241. d outer envelopes shall a bear the name and address of the Tenderer b be addressed to the Purchaser at the address specified in the TDS c bear the name of the Tender and the Tender Number as specified in the TDS and d bear a statement DO NOT OPEN BEFORE the time and date for Tender opening as specified in the TDS Page no 17 29 3 30 Tender 301 Submission Deadline 39 2 30 3 31 Tender 2th Submitted Late 32 Tender cat Modification Substitution or Withdrawal 32 2 32 3 33 Tender Opening 3a 33 2 33 3 33 4 33 5 34 Tender oa Confidentiality Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc If all envelopes are not sealed and marked as required by ITT Sub Clause 29 2 the Purchaser will assume no responsibility for the misplacement or premature opening of the Tender Tenders must be received by the Purchaser at the address specified in ITT Sub Clause 29 2 no later than the date and time as specified in the TDS Tenders may be hand delivered posted by registered mail or sent by courier The Purchaser shall on request provide the Tenderer with a receipt showing the date and time when its Tender was received The Purchaser may at its discretion extend the deadline for the submission of Tenders by amending the Tender Document in accordance with ITT Clause 10 in which case all rights and obligations of the Purchaser and Tenderers previously subject to the deadline shall thereafter be subject to the new
242. d the joint venture consortium or association The composition or the constitution of the joint venture consortium or association shall not be altered without the prior consent of the Purchaser The Purchaser and the Supplier shall keep confidential and shall not without the written consent of the other party hereto divulge to any third party any documents data or other information furnished directly or indirectly by the other party hereto in connection with the Contract whether such information has been furnished prior to during or following completion or termination of the Contract Notwithstanding the above the Supplier may furnish to its Subcontractor such documents data and other information it receives from the Purchaser to the extent required for the Subcontractor to perform its work under the Contract in which event the Supplier shall obtain from such Subcontractor an undertaking of confidentiality similar to that imposed on the Supplier under GCC Clause 11 The Purchaser shall not use such documents data and other information received from the Supplier for any purposes unrelated to the contract Similarly the Supplier shall not use such documents data and other information received from the Purchaser for any purpose other than the design procurement or other work and services required for the performance of the Contract The obligation of a party under GCC Sub Clauses 11 1 and 11 2 above however shall not apply to informatio
243. ding it is possible to override the defaulted transaction details before processing a transaction Transaction Reversals Investment Reversals the system cater for investment transaction reversals when the investment has been processed and commissions have been paid Repurchase Reversals the system cater for repurchase transaction reversals Switch Transfer Reversals the system cater for switch transfer transaction reversals when the switch has been processed Debit Order Reversals the system cater for debit order transaction reversals when the debit order is unpaid Stop Order Reversals the system cater for stop order transaction reversals when the stop order is unpaid Reinstatement of Reversals the system reinstate the original number of units after the reversal has been affected Automated Reversals the system cater for automated reversal of fees and commissions Transaction Authorization Online Authorization Provision to perform online authorizations before processing the transaction Authorization Levels Number authorization levels can be defined per transaction type Transaction Logs the system keep a full record of all transactions conducted on the system Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 250 Requirement 2 s
244. downdating per area Outstation clearing Input cheques sent for outstation clearing Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 189 Requirement Compliant Modification 3rd Party INon compliant Generation of cheques lodged today report Input cheques realized Generation of cheques realized report Support accounting entries for Lodgment Support accounting entries for After realization Interfaces MICR Reader Future Reports Generation of consolidated statement bank wise of amount due by them Details of statement to be user defined Daily status of net amount due to or due by clearing house Generation of reports in the Central Bank format Detailed enquiry listing for each branch of a bank for internal purposes Bank wise listing of cheques for outward clearing Final Clearing sheet to be sent to the clearing house Cheques returned unpaid out Highlights all cheques that were sent out as part of outward clearing but have been returned unpaid Cheques returned unpaid inward Highlights all cheques that were received as part of inward clearing but have been returned unpaid Check floats settings per area b Term Deposit Requirement System should offer flexibility to easily define and operate any new type of deposit scheme s within the existing deposit module and
245. e information requested failing which the tender may be rejected as being non responsive The Tenderer shall submit the completed Price Schedule for Goods and Related Services Form G 2 as furnished in Section 5 Tender and Contract Forms The Tenderer shall submit the completed Specifications Submission Sheet Form G 3 as furnished in Section 5 Tender and Contract Forms All the documents mentioned in ITT clauses 18 1 to 18 3 shall be completed without any alterations to their format filling in all blank spaces with the information requested failing which the Tender may be rejected as being non responsive Unless otherwise stated in the TDS alternative Tenders shall not be considered Page no 14 20 Tender Prices and Discounts 21 Tender Currency 22 Tenderer Documents Establishing Eligibility 23 Goods and Related Services Documents Establishing Eligibility 20 1 20 2 20 3 The prices and discounts quoted by the Tenderer in the Tender Submission Sheet Form G 1 and in the Price Schedule Form G 2 shall conform to the requirements specified below All items as listed in Section 6 or any item may be required by the tender Schedule of Requirements must be listed and priced separately on the Price Schedule Form G 2 For any item listed in the Schedule of Requirements but not shown in the Price Schedule it shall be assumed that the item is not included in the Tender For any item listed in the S
246. e 20 4 will be solely for the purpose of facilitating the comparison of Tenders by the Purchaser and will not in any way limit the Purchaser s right to contract on any of the terms offered Prices quoted by the Tenderer shall be fixed during the Tenderer s performance of the Contract and not subject to variation on any account unless otherwise specified in the TDS All prices shall be quoted in Bangladesh Taka The Tenderer shall submit documentary evidence to establish its eligibility in accordance with ITT Clause 4 and in particular shall a complete the eligibility declarations in the Tender Submission Sheet Form G 1 furnished in Section 5 Tender and Contract Forms and b if in accordance with ITT Sub Clause 4 2 the Tenderer is an existing or intended JVCA it must submit the Tenderer Information Sheet Form G 4 and a copy of the JV Agreement or a letter of intent to enter into such an Agreement The respective document shall be signed by all legally authorised signatories of all the parties to the existing or intended JVCA as appropriate If so specified in the TDS a Tenderer that does not manufacture or produce the Goods it offers to supply shall submit the Manufacturer s Authorisation Letter Form G 5 furnished in Section 5 Tender and Contract Forms to demonstrate that it has been duly authorised by the manufacturer or producer of the Goods to supply the Goods to Bangladesh To establish the conformity of the
247. e Tender Submission Sheet Form G 1 must be submitted in the separate Envelop of financial offer b The Price Schedule Form G 2 completed in accordance with ITT Clauses 18 20 and 21 must be submitted In the separate Envelop of financial offer c Original Tender Security Form G 6 completed in accordance with ITT Clause 27 d Specifications Submission Sheet Form G 3 completed in accordance with ITT Clause 18 e alternative Tenders if permitted in accordance with ITT Clause 19 f written confirmation authorising the signatory of the Tender to commit the Tenderer in accordance with ITT Clause 28 g documentary evidence in accordance with ITT Clause 22 establishing the Tenderer s eligibility to Tender including the Tenderer Information Sheet Form G 4 and the Manufacturer s Authorisation Letter Form G 5 when applicable h documentary evidence in accordance with ITT Clauses 23 and 37 that the Goods and Related Services are of eligible origin and conform to the Tender Document i documentary evidence in accordance with ITT Clause 24 establishing the Tenderer s qualifications to perform the contract if its Tender is accepted and 0 any other document as specified in the TDS The Tenderer shall submit the completed Tender Submission Sheet Form G 1 as furnished in Section 5 Tender and Contract Forms This document shall be completed without any alterations to its format filling in all blank spaces with th
248. e ability of Quarantine feature that should block remote users that fail security checks from accessing network resources Antivirus solution should have a Live web protection module Integrated into existing endpoint agent with no endpoint configuration required to Blocks URLs that are hosting malware and Should Support all major browsers IE Firefox Safari Opera Chrome Vendor Should have Threat analysis centers to provide proactive rapid protection against known and unknown threats Vendor should have 24 7 Global Technical Support 7 09 0 Core Banking Solution for Rupali Bank Ltd CBS Basic Information Tenderer must offered CBS as per Schedule of Requirement in section 06 to perform Current Business Dimension amp Future Projection Software Name To mentioned Edition To mentioned Version To mentioned License Type To mentioned Upgrade Facility The software must be upgrade within warranty and maintenance period with new edition version and release Functionality and Features Specified in 8 03 Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 140 Capacity Building Training Proposal to build up Officers and Staff of Rupali Bank Qty Basic Information Rupali Bank has Officer and Staffs out of which there are four System Analyst one Assistant System Analyst two Programmer and Six Assistant Programmer are officially req
249. e bidder Qty as required 68 Ltr Cylinder with all Accessories Power Room Solenoid Actuator Assy 24V DC Manual Actuator Discharge Hose Master Cylinder Adapter ENOT Pneumatic Actuator Assy Pilot Hose Assy Warning Sign Stickers Manifold with Check Valves Discharge Pressure Switch Cylinder Supervisory Pressure Switch Nos 1 Brand To be mentioned by the bidder Origin To be mentioned by the bidder Qty as required NFS125 filling in the above cylinder NFS125 Chemical Name Heptafluoropropane Chemical Formula CH3CHFCF3 ODP 0 Life Time 31 42 Years Operating Temperature Range Negative 18Deg C to 54 Deg C Discharge Time Less or equal to 10 Sec 146 48 194 Brand To be mentioned by the bidder Qty as required Other Accessories 80Ltr Cylinder Back Rack Nozzels Qty as required Design of the System The tenderer must submit the design along with the proposal The design will show the quantity and location of all system components The design will include description and routing of all the piping Vendor shall also provide hydraulic calculation from OEM including all calculations used for the design including the flow calculations to determine pipe and nozzle sizes Control and Detection device Detection and control system with provision for pre alarm and automatic agent release The detection and control system must deploy photoelectric smoke detectors
250. e of account numbers with specified exceptions gt gt gt 111 a e a nT Current budget Year to date Budget to date Last year to date ue a Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 174 Requirement Compliant Modification Non compliant Account inquiry General ledger master data account numbers descriptions and account roll up information ee total month to date charges by account Risk Management All Item processing systems are supported as well as intelligent fine sort cycle sort exception item processing bulk or standard filing on line reject and end point analysis Capability for Double Entry Verification place between On line Branches and Off line Branches Date To Date Reconcile Statement Un reconciled Originating Statement Originated but not Responded Un reconciled Responding Statement Responded but not Originated Memo for Un reconciled Originating List to be Responded for sending to Branch Memo for Un reconciled Responding List to be Originated for sending to Branch Un reconciled Bangladesh Bank Monthly Statement Monthly Statement of Un reconciled Inter Branch Transaction Branch Wise Ledger Manual Reconciliation Log Statement Manual Reconciliation Report Search Duplicate Advice Manual Reconcile Statement By Date And User Wise EHHH Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 175 08 03 3 2 MIS and Reports
251. e off top 20 etc Consolidated statement of EOL including branch wise breakup Farly alert account list branch wise all category Daily loan account lists branch wise with without RRDH Classification of borrower in terms of corporate SME Retail depends IBD etc Slab wise loan consolidation SBS 1 2 3 Statement of legal case status detail Provisioning Software should have adequate flexibility to reproduce all statement for regulatory y body and internal requirement as well from the given input CTR and STR Reporting Transaction Monitoring Red Flags STR Reporting Auto generation of statements where TP is exceeded Data Entry Summary distribution of income value added and special charges Deposit System Summarized information for current savings and fixed accounts Loan System Summarized information for loan portfolio Ability to interface with all other Banking Applications CIF treasury Etc Ability to define and change the chart of accounts p 5 oO as tS O O N Ability to consolidate accounts into branch groups department groups product groups Ability to allow users to define account structures where each digit can be assigned by users Ability to have Monthly closings Quarterly closing Semi Annual Half Yearly closings Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc re ae ee eRe Page no 178 Requirement Compliant 2 li Sis ela cake sin
252. e on which posting is made to account as uncleared funds Closed date Funds are cleared and available to customer for withdrawal System to support deposit of cheque drawn on other branches of same bank or drawn on other banks local amp outstation Automatic charging of fees in case of returned cheques Waiver of charges permitted at bank s discretion Statement of cheques returned unpaid from other banks branches with reasons System to support re present option for those cheques which have been returned unpaid Floats Able to move floats either before or after end of day processing Able to link to the calendar file to ensure that national or local public holidays are considered before the float is moved Centralized and automated with capability of transferring data off line to a regional or national clearing houses The significant dates states to be user definable The system to take into account weekends and holidays in the clearing cycle Option for interest to accrue from any day as specified by the user Interest may accrue on the account from post date or even from close date Interest accrual dates may even differ between cheques for savings account current account and those for fixed deposit account The system to accept information on holidays for all or some banks in the days clearing System to support overriding the clearing cycle in some exceptional cases Selective
253. e scope which includes email security email encryption anti spam web security web filtering etc a Network Security Security IOS has been included to provide two tier securities from Internet and to establish the VPN connection between branch offices and Data Center For the requirements of security we require IPSec and or VPN connection during transmission between branches and Data Center Hardware Based Encryption Module will maintain the performance of the router during the transmission and receiving of encrypted data Data Center and Branches router have the Module for provide Intrusion Prevention as a level of security Modular IPS system with firewall is needed to continuous monitoring and protection of resources Internal network will be protected via IPS system integrated with firewall Separate DMZ firewall with CSC bundle will deploy in perimeter zone to secure internet traffic b Protocol Design We need static routing protocol inside DC and dynamic routing protocol to outside DC Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 106 To operate a high available and dynamic data center we need Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol EIGRP in outside data center This protocol will be used to implement routing in data center to branch network Any better protocol could be proposed with appropriate justification by the vendor In LAN STP spanning tree protocol will be enabled by default to build a loop free network Route
254. e tenderer Country of origin US EU or equivalent Country of To be mentioned by the tenderer manufacturer Product part no To be mentioned by the tenderer Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc The IP Phone should provide two programmable backlit line feature buttons and four interactive soft keys that should guide a user through call features and functions and audio controls for high quality duplex speakerphone handset and headset The IP Phone should have a built in headset port and an integrated Ethernet switch IP phone should include a large backlit easy to read colour display for easy access to communication information timesaving applications and features such as date and time calling party name calling party number digits dialed and presence information It should also accommodate Extensible Markup Language XML applications that take advantage of the display Support for wideband G 722 codec adherence to TIA 920 including handset headset and speakerphone G 71la G 71lu G 729a G 729ab G 722 and iLBC audio compression codecs should be supported Ready access to missed received or placed calls plus intercom history and directories Incoming messages should be identified and categorized on the display allowing users to quickly and effectively return calls using direct dial back capability Support for corporate directory Page no 148 There should be an internal 2 po
255. e to be changed and loan amount to be recalculated on daily balance method Renew deposit account close existing loan account and transfer pending loan amount to new loan account including rollover of loan in line with deposit rollover Close deposit account loan account and remit proceeds to client Close Term Loan account and other registers Generate advice to appropriate authority to release securities held Monitoring of Suits filed System should be able to support monitoring supervision and follow up of all court cases filed by the Bank System should be able to support to a Tracking of suit file by the Branch against the Borrower b Generate reports on suits pending c Tracking of suit filed and handled by Banks legal advisors d Generate report on status of recovery against suit filed borrower wise a Loan against equity Requirement w z S w gt s lE le AZS FEIE Os 2 Facility to store database on permitted shares and verify shares offered against database Facility to specify margins for different categories of permitted shares Before opening current account loan account system should calculate market value of portfolio and define corresponding sanction limit depending on the margin System should open current account loan account with cheque and overdraft facility and accept details of securities pledged Maintain drawing power register for the account System should provide for automatically carrying out the follo
256. eception Desk unit 01 h Two hours fire rated humidity amp Magnetic control unit 01 File cabinet Min 170 Litre 06 01 03 Security and Environmental Monitoring Solution a Gas Fire prevention detection and suppression set 01 Head Office 6 mth system 3 floor from the b Water leak detection set 01 date of c Smoke Detection set 01 Signing d Particle detection set 01 e Access control System set 01 f CCTV set 01 06 01 0 Power Cooling and Lighting System Head Office 6 mth 3 floor from the Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 80 a Substation Set 01 date of b Generator Set 02 Signing c UPS Set 03 d AVR Set 01 e Automatic Transfer Switch ATS Set As required f Transient Voltage Surge Suppression TVSS Set 01 g Surge protection for lighting arrester Set 01 h Earthling Set As required i Structure Cabling with power distribution Set As required j Lighting with Emergency Light Unit As required k Precision Air Cooler PAC Set 04 1 Comfort Air Cooler CAC set 2 ton 06 set 1 ton 05 set m De Humidifier set 01 n Environment Monitoring System EMS set 01 0 Wall display for NOC monitoring facility set 01 p Others item if necessary set As required 02 0 DATA Recovery CENTER DRC 06 02 01 Design and Civil Work with Inte
257. ecording modes with motion sensitive recording system Data Backup should be at least 6 month in side All support areas including the console rooms should be covered by Surveillance cameras Installation testing and commissioning of SECURITY SYSTEM Warranty for 3 years with parts and labour with refill 01 set with other necessary equipment 7 01 04 Power Cooling and Lighting System Sub Station for DC Brand To be mentioned Model To be mentioned Country of Origin USA Japan Europe Country of Assembly Power load permission from DESCO DESA or PDB Supply fitting fixing and customization of following item with all necessary equipment materials as usual as individual power source including power allotment sanction from DESCO DESA DPDC Site preparation for the proposed Sub Station including size and equipment layout drawing 500 KVA Functional Load 400 KW Load calculations should be performed for incoming outgoing power cables Cable routing drawing should be provided for all sites Interconnectivity drawing between DESCO DESA or PDB source Sub Station and generators Auto Change over Switch Power Transformer Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc 01 set with necessary equipments Page no 94 HT LT Switchgear Power Factor Improvement Plant PFI Plant mini 0 8 Automatic Voltage Regulator The tender
258. ed solution for all the branches being converted to CBS The history data should at least fulfill the objectives of printing backdated customer statements for all products accounts and schemes supported by the legacy application general ledger profit amp loss statements trial balance account master information standing instructions and transaction history including GL P amp L heads and other office accounts and should also support printing MIS reports as desired by the Bank for the legacy data migrated Migration of all outstanding entries from the legacy systems to the new CBS application for the identified general ledger for future reconciliation The Bidder will be responsible for formulating the Data Migration Strategy and process documents which will have to be reviewed and signed off by the Bank prior to commencement of the data migration exercise The On Line CBS bidder would need to factor all effort to liaise interact develop tools correspond etc with the legacy vendor to obtain the data as desired by the CBS solution The Bidder will prepare the Data Migration Strategy and process documents within shortest possible time The Bidder will give the Bank adequate time to review and sign off the Data Migration Strategy and process documents All comments and suggestions of the Bank must be incorporated in the data migration strategy and process documents before obtaining sign off The Bidder may associate t
259. ed data incase swift authorization received Allocate our reference number Automatic collect block margin at the initiation stage where required and automatic refund release upon payment of documents and or cancellation of the L C and Guarantee Facility to Collect Margin Block Funds according to percentage or amount Debit customer s account with required amount and credit the same to Margin account block the amount in customer s account Produce debit advice blocking confirmation Update LC LG status and Limit module Facility to Refund Margin Release Blocking Debit margin account with amount to be refunded and credit customer s account release blocking Documentary collections All L C paragraphs relating to the real time update environment the separation of input and authorization the availability of various authorization levels and the application of strict validation rules history and audit trail rules etc apply to collection processing Collection refers to the process by which bills of exchange usually accompanied by shipping documents are sent to the drawee s bank for payment or acceptance Both inward and outward bills for collections must be handled All collections must be recorded for control and statistical reasons by customer and correspondent over memorandum accounts The System should provide comprehensive reporting and on line inquiry facilities such as
260. edule Final doc Page no 159 08 03 1 5 Gap Identification and Resolution The Bidder will be responsible for gap identification and resolution so as to a b AP functionalities as mentioned in the FRSM The Bidder will provide the Bank with the gap identification report along with the necessary solutions to overcome the gaps and the time frames The Bidder will ensure that all gaps identified at the time of system testing will be immediately resolved The Bidder will ensure that gaps pointed out by the audit and inspection team statutory and regulatory bodies or any other third party agency engaged by the Bank will be immediately resolved The Bidder shall resolve gaps by proposing a suitable work around or customizing the proposed solution by way of modifications enhancements as necessary to the proposed software solution The Bidder shall provide all statutory regulatory and ad hoc MIS Management Information System reports as required by the Bank in the desired format during the initial phase of customization process The Bidder shall provide for all subsequent changes to reports as suggested by the statutory and regulatory bodies from time to time immediately to the Bank at no additional cost to the Bank The Bidder shall provide for a flexible report writer utility and train the Bank personnel in using the same The Bidder will give adequate time to the Bank for reviewing the gap report The Bidder will incorporate
261. ee of Generator Compatibility maximum sizing shall not exceed 1 1 1 e UPS shall have the with widest frequency tolerance e UPS shall provide enhanced Battery life by way of wider input voltage amp frequency tolerances e Temperature compensated battery charging and intelligent battery management system shall be a part of ups system e UPS shall give the high Efficiency better than 94 thus help to reduce the total cost of ownership e UPS shall maintain an efficiency of 93 94 from a load of 25 of its capacity to 100 of its capacity e UPS shall maintain a High degree overload capability to tolerate unwanted load fluctuations and thus protecting critical facility under any circumstances e UPS shall come with Power Communications local or remote or in any type of network by way of simultaneous communications Optional Relay Card ModBus JBus Card shall be provided in case asked e UPS shall deliver unity power factor out put to match the sever loads having closer to unity power factor e A make before break maintenance bypass panel shall be provided along with ups Hot Scalable Power Runtime amp Modular Power Distribution Full digital signal processing using the latest DSP technology Matching 3 phase 415V 50Hz rectifier charger 400V 3 Phase input Output Online Double Conversion topology D9 Single or Dual mains Transistorized PWM inverter IGBT Inverter Microprocessor based m
262. eeseeseeeseeeaeenaes 43 Tender No Negotiation sasssa osoena eenn atate oas Eana a a thena 44 Tender Comparison ossessi iieii i e ii E E E 45 Tenderer Post qualification nina an aara T E R ne aaan Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc _Pageno 2 46 Tenders Purchaser s Right to Accept or to Reject Any or All wo eeeeceeseereeee Ge Contract Award vsccccccccccsccicessconsscssccccesesessesvasvessassesedsscocaoseacsesbassestedesoisvestestestessassensasieeas 22 Alls Award O e a E EAE sees ha hs tesadesdecoeadsdathea lag ed dod Masse AA AT 48 Purchaser s Right to Vary Quantities 0 ccccccsccesseeesceeeeeeseeeeeeseeceeeeeeeeeeseeeseees 49 Notification of Award 0 cccccccceesccesccsceseecsseeeceeseecseceseesneeesesensesesensaeeeseseseseeeenseenes 50 Performance Security eienen a a vad cheakes tacos ei beheaded eased Sl Contract Sion oea eee hase eA ak i Ee et 52 Advising Unsuccessful Tenderers ccccccccesscessessecsseceeeceseeeeeceseseeesseeeteeseeeneee 53 Tenderer Right to Complains ssion reen iarr Eaa Ea aa Section 2 Tender Data Sheet ssesessessoseseoscoscoscsesecsscscscesescoescoscsesscscoseseoseoecsscecesssescesesess 24 Ac General anaa betes i a a a aa she a a edad Meee ase Tender Document siiderin aae aa a 10s io Ma A T ope E aaaea C Qualification Criteria eise a n n a n E es a SS D22 Tender Preparation 0 tst siecies ef2cccceslaghs lg a a E a ied TES E Tender Submission 0
263. em Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 D Dae ee a ee ee ees ee es ns 05 2 04 5 Hardware for Office Automation at DC add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 SS E a Fe ee ea Total Note 1 The Tenderer will complete these columns as appropriate following the details specified in Section 6 Schedule of Requirements or the offered Items as per requirement Note 2 VAT and any other taxes payable in Bangladesh shall be included here as specified in ITT Sub Clause 20 5 b Name of Tenderer Signature of Tenderer Date Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 56 05 2 05 HARDWARE FOR CORE BANKING SOLUTION AT DATA RECOVERY CENTER DRC PRICE OF MAINTENANCE SERVICES AFTER THREE YEARS WARRANTY PERIOD 3 4 5 Description nit of Qty Unit Total price Of Related Service Supply Of units price Required col 4 x 5 05 2 05 1 Live Production Environment add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 Sub Total 05 2 05 2 Storage Area Network SAN add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 Sub Total 05 2 05 3
264. ement must be done by the successful Tenderer Successful Tenderer will be the responsible and accountable for any activities done by any other 3rd party vendor RBL will receive all services from successful Tenderer as a single point of contact and they will be responsible for delivery of the project successfully Tenderer will involve experienced and expert implementation team who has relevant certification as well as experienced in similar project Tenderer will provide the profile of their implementation team to RBL Tenderer must mention the Quality of the CBS by giving the details of the number of new implementation project signed during the last five years number of projects where the CBS is now in Productions with valid Proof Tenderer must utilize the existing infrastructure in RBL effectively to arrive at a cost effective Design and explain the same in the Technical Proposal These should reflect in a detailed proposal which should have the steps involved in Data migration Consolidation Cross Utilization of the existing infrastructure data managed capacity including software migration Tenderers must provide clear terms and conditions of Licensing and source code availability to RBL The Tenderers must agree to share the Source Code of the Core Banking Solution based on the ESCROW Agreement defined by the bank This has to be in an undertaking letter submitted with the Tenders Proposal FormG 10 Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc P
265. ems causing servicing restriction Probable failure of important functions Unexpected behaviour Loss of selected settings Missing help or documentation Missing of parameter labels Violation against the Design Guide System is operational but experiencing minor problems or have general questions on features or certain behaviour of the system The request will be queued and receive a response as soon as possible e Unattractive cosmetics e Warning errors changes It may have questions on features or certain behaviour of the system The request will be queued and responded as soon as possible If the issue change or question is accurately identified a date will be given for which the fix will be applied Table 3 Response Time Restoration Time Resolution Time Annexure 06 Severity Response Time Restoration Time Maximum Time to Resolve Level For 80 Of faults from the time of notification Category 100 resolution 1 2 hour 8 hours 12 hours 2 4 hours 12 hours 1 day 3 8 hour 24 Hours 3 days 4 12 Ours 48 Hours 7days Note Time denoted by commence from the time of the log of the call in Tenderer s Call Centre by RBL Penalty amp Indemnity 1 1 For any delay in reporting or replacement repairing services beyond the period as agreed between the parties under this Agreement Tenderer will need to clarify the reason of delay and if the reason s is are not provided in time or
266. ence arbitration in accordance with GCC Sub Clause 39 2 b The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the Arbitration Act Act No 1 of 2001 of Bangladesh as at present in force and in the place shown in the PCC 40 Project Reporting a Quarterly technical progress report describing progress made and any problem Requirements encountered These report will include progress on the work plan b Annual reports summarising key accountability and way forward in key areas c final project report within 30 days of completing of project Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 36 Section 4 Particular Conditions of Contract Instructions for completing the Particular Conditions of Contract are provided as needed in the notes in italics mentioned for the relevant GCC clauses GCC Clause Reference GCC 1 1 h GCC 1 1 j Amendments of and Supplements to Clauses in the General Conditions of Contract The nature of the goods to be supplied are DATA Centre DC Disaster Recovery Centre DRC Core Banking Solution and Networking capacity building of RBL The Purchaser is Computer Division 9th Floor Rupali Bank Ltd Head Office 34 Dilkusha C A Dhaka 1000 GCC 1 1 n The Supplier is Tenderer s selected for award of contract GCC 5 1 j GCC 6 1 GCC 6 2 GCC 7 1 The following documents shall also be part of the Contract An undertaking to execute annual maintenance contract before
267. enderer s qualifications submitted by the Tenderer pursuant to ITT Clause 24 to Page no 21 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Tenders Purchaser s Right to Accept or to Reject Any or All Award Criteria Purchaser s Right to Vary Quantities Notification of Award Performance Security Contract Signing Advising Unsuccessful Tenderers 45 3 46 1 47 1 48 1 49 1 49 2 49 3 50 1 50 2 50 3 51 1 51 2 51 3 51 4 52 1 clarifications in accordance with ITT Clause 35 and the qualification criteria indicated in ITT Clauses 11 12 and 13 Factors not included therein shall not be used in the evaluation of the Tenderer s qualification An affirmative determination shall be a prerequisite for award of the Contract to the Tenderer A negative determination shall result in rejection of the Tenderer s Tender in which event the Purchaser shall proceed to the next lowest evaluated Tender to make a similar determination of that Tenderer s capabilities to perform satisfactorily The Purchaser reserves the right to accept any Tender to annul the Tender process or to reject any or all Tenders at any time prior to contract award without thereby incurring any liability to the affected Tenderers or any obligation to inform Tenderers of the grounds for the Purchaser s actions G Contract Award Awards will be made to responsible Tendere
268. enderer on the proposed detailed technical management financial and other relevant plans and will also indicate required specific support expected from RBL The inception report will also clearly set the milestones based on specific deliverables to be listed in the proposal Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc _ Page no 7 2 2 Current Business Dimension amp Future Projection Bank wishes to establish a state of the art IT Systems amp communication infrastructure for its IT environment which will be able to support its existing and future operations Current Business Dimension amp Future Projection Current March 2011 After 3 Years Approx Branches 492 500 GM Offices Zonal Offices Control Office 25 35 Head Office Divisions 21 25 Special Service Centers e g SME Mini Branches 200 proposed POS 1000 ATM 02 100 Customer Based Information Deposit Accounts Approx 24 lac 50 lac Advance Accounts Approx 01 lac 02 lac Number of User Number of Concurrent User Number of Transactions per day Approx 3000 Approx 2500 Approx 2 50 000 5 000 Table 1 Current Business Dimension amp Future Projection RBL would like to establish its new Network amp Systems solution considering High Availability Scalability Redundancy and migrate its existing systems into the new solution The design consideration should be tested
269. enomination wise It should automatically up date cash position of the teller System to support inter branch cash transfer The details to be captured include Branch codes Advice no and date amount etc Cheques Drawn on Another Customer of the same Branch Facility to debit and credit two customers of the same branch The system to support on line as well as batch posting System to suggest measures for double checking of batches posted System to display account details of account to be debited and credited Provision for printing of customer advice The system should support multiple debit credit entries in one posting screen i e multiple debits with single multiple credit or vice versa On line Control and Memo Processing Whenever a customer account is selected for posting the system should display e Transaction Number e Transaction Date e Value date e Account Number e Account Name All names in case of joint account holders e Cost Centre Profit Centre number and name e Amount e Account Currency e Particulars Narrations e Dr Cr Indicator e Entry amp Authorization user Option for edition deletion of any field Notes or memos on the account e g 2 signatories valued customer etc Account currency Account limit and available balance Cleared and Unclear balance Signing instructions Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final do
270. ental amp Full Backups System Administrator Utilities Scheduling Ability to schedule activities throughout the day Both time and Event driven scheduling Printing of Schedules Network Administration Start Stop Line operations Start up Shut down application operations Import Export Utilities Utilities for downloading data to other systems e g PC s in Industry Supported formats Support The system Must be readily upgradeable to take full advantage of future hardware and software enhancements The system should be easy to implement and provides extremely flexible parameter driven capability The system should allow for easy adoption of new releases of functional enhancements and or improved machine or system software features The system should allow for easy and quick implementation of future internal regulatory or market driven changes All modules of the application software MUST get rate information from single rate file which can easily be maintained by the Head Office Version control on software components both system software and application software supplied by the vendor Have prescribed methodology for reverting to earlier versions of the software in the event of problems with newly installed software Database Administration and Maintenance Setting up users user groups and Permissions Provision in Database for gathe
271. entioned T O slot 4 PCle 2 0 slots 2 full height half length and 2 full height full length slots Operating System Please specify the supported operating system all required license should be provide in each server Form Factor Rack Mountable Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 131 Power consumption Should be mentioned in each server Warranty 03 Years full b Active directory server Specification same as above 02 c Proxy Server Specification same as above 01 d Web Server 01 e File amp Print Server Specification same as above 02 f Mail Server The server may handle approximate 4000 Mail User Space per user approximates 02 1GB The tenderer may proposed the server considering the above specification g Antivirus Server for client Specification same as above 01 h Network amp Security Management server specification given in Network part 02 i Central Patch Management server 01 j Backup Solution can be intregated with solution in section iv of 07 05 03 01 If any other Hardware Software component or equipments are required for giving the solution please mention and quote for the same k Personal Computer for SMC NOC DOC Testing Staging and Project Manager Room 39 Brand IBM DELL HP or equivalent Model
272. entire deposit amount instead of one receipt for each unit For premature withdrawal only requisite number of units required to honor the amount to be broken The balance will earn the original rate of interest System to apply penal rate for units withdrawn and recalculate interest amount or 2 in 1 deposits a savings bank current account to opened and linked to the 2 in 1 account O If the customer opens subsequent 2 in 1 account these accounts should also be linked to the same savings current account Cheque book to be issued against savings current account O System to support account to be opened in foreign currency Si System should allow any no of units to be broken at a time without breaking the entire deposit The units to be broken should be chosen by the user Automatic check that only whole units be broken and only requisite no of units be broken to honour amount For 2 in 1 deposits balance amount to be credited to linked account Payment to be made for principal amount of units withdrawn and interest earned on same Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 193 Requirement g E S E E eiSitis o la lz Facility to disallow loans against 2 in 1 deposit Loan against cluster deposits should be available ertificate of Deposit O Facility to allot many instruments f
273. epartment or zonal level On demand General Account Extract for Originating and Responding General Account originating entry list for each Branch and HO periodically General Account Responding entry list for each Branch and HO periodically Daily Income amp Expenses Statement Daily Cash Book Subsidiary Ledger by Name General Account Posting m i Monthly Income amp Expenses Statement E 8 a i K E E Income amp Expenses Comparison tatement of Affairs Statement of Interest Suspense account Party Wise BS 1 2 3 3 1 Account Codes e n Q an lt as a Create and maintain accounts and account information online Add and delete cost profit or work centers with automatic duplication or deletion of required nS Le e an egregate revenue and expense accounts by division departments branches and cost or profit center Flag inactive accounts online if date of last activity is in the prior year and account balance is zero and prohibit inactive accounts with zero balance from appearing on reports and financial statements Prohibit inactive accounts with zero balance from appearing on reports and financial statements Transfer or consolidate accounts and automatically combine all detail transactions Journal Entries Maintain a table of journal entry reason codes for journal entries Support one common entry point for all GL transactions Create and post j
274. er in any branch with mode of operation and name designation of the signatory Support uploading of scanned signatures into the central database in batch and online modes Support storing of scanned signatures in compressed format Support storing signatures encrypted Support zooming rotating of signatures with various levels 3 levels Overdraft Insufficient Available balance Account closed Dormant account Unclaimed Monies Stopped payment advice Hold amount Frozen Call officer System to support routing of all foreign currency transaction through central office IBD Account Reports Registered Transactions On line Transaction per branch On line Transaction other banks Deposit Reports Withdrawals Reports Bills Payment Report Transfers Error Reports System Up Downtime Report Report Generation Facility Security System to provide full audit trail of the following Transactions additions Transactions deletions Transactions amendments Master file additions Master file deletions Master file amendments Parameters additions Parameters deletions Parameters amendments The audit trail can be Shown on screen Printed The system provides comprehensive audit trail features such as Daily activities log are merged into the histo
275. er must submit the A B C license in this regard 3 three Years warranty with parts and labor b Generator for DC Brand To be mentioned Model To be mentioned Country of Origin USA Japan Europe Country of Assembly 400 KVA Diesel Generator one will be primary and other will be redundant The Tenderer must calculate and sizing of the IT equipment and Cooling and other load According to sizing they must submit the proposal for smooth operation Proposed generator should meet the climate requirement Viz 10 40 C and 80 relative humidity 6 cylinders in line turbocharged direct injection 4 stroke self excited self regulated screen protected drip proof 1500rpm 380 220 volts 50Hz 0 8 p f 3 phase alternator with 1 voltage regulation and complies to BS5000 water cooled diesel engine complete with Marelli brushless Gateway card amp Monitoring Card for Data transfer to the BMS system Fluid Flow Meter with Fuel Level Indicator Low amp High with warning amp Fuel Pump Fuel Water Separator Double Housing Spring Isolator for anti Vibration 3P withdraw able Motorized ACB and ATS Controller Noise level 80dBA Soundproof Canopy Double Silencer Phase Rotation Censor Other following components a Heavy duty radiator b Heavy duty air filter c 12V starter motor and alternator d Standard type exhau
276. er the Tenderer s Qualifications as per Section C are substantially met Any negative determination by the Purchaser will result in rejecting the Page no 19 41 Tender Technical Alal Evaluation 41 2 41 3 41 4 41 5 42 Tender Financial A Evaluation 422 42 3 42 4 a Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Tender as non responsive without the need for further evaluation as per ITT Clauses 41 and 42 The Purchaser shall secondly examine the Tender to confirm that all terms and conditions specified in the GCC and the PCC have been accepted by the Tenderer without any material deviation or reservation The Purchaser will carry out a detailed evaluation of the bids according to the information supplied by the Tenderer through its proposal The Purchaser shall evaluate the technical aspects of the Tender submitted in accordance with ITT Clause 23 to confirm that all requirements specified in Section 7 Technical Specifications have been met without any material deviation or reservation The Tenderer will be selected on the basis of its proposal technical approach its past experience working in this field of expertise both locally and internationally and a demonstrated capacity to manage human financial resources Innovation and creativity are highly encouraged All proposals should be fully compliant with this tender document Proposals will be reviewed by a committee of experts to be selected by the Purchaser Boa
277. er wise ledger Profit amp Loss A c amp Balance Sheet Branch wise and centralized Daily Statement of Affairs Branch wise and centralized Month wise amp Branch wise Income amp Expenditure comparison Auto voucher Reports Portfolio Statement as on amp date wise Transaction Statement Date range amp stock wise Capital Gain Report Detail amp summary Netting Statement Broker wise amp Client wise Purchase amp sales statement date wise Payin amp Payout report Total stock report Loan Statement Date wise Client information report Consolidated amp client wise IPO Dividend Right Share declaration allocation collection Report Cash amp cheque receive payment report Client wise Management report Financial Revenue Report Consolidated PF transaction fee Int on loan amp PF Management fee Interest wise amp size wise breakup of deposit amp loan Maturity grouping of assets amp liabilities Net payable receivable from brokers broker wise amp consolidated All other reports as required by regulatory authority Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 253 8 3 4 Other Documentation 8 3 4 1 Design Implementation Methodology and Deliverables 8 3 4 2 Design and implementation of Transaction Processing Applications a Preparation of the detailed functional
278. erface support delivers comprehensive in band management and a CLI based management console provides detailed out of band management gt SNMPvl1 SNMPv2c and SNMPv3 Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 125 Regulatory and Compliance gt Safety UL 60950 1 CAN CSA C22 2 No 60950 1 EN 60950 1 IEC 60950 1 CCC gt EMI and EMC FCC Part 15 CFR 47 Class A ICES 003 Class A EN 55022 Class A CISPR 22 Class A AS NZS 3548 Class A BSMI Class A VCCI Class A EN 55024 EN300386 EN 50082 1 EN 61000 3 2 EN 61000 3 3 EN61000 4 2 EN61000 4 3 EN61000 4 4 EN61000 4 5 EN61000 4 6 EN 61000 6 1 Power gt AC input voltage 100 to 240 VAC gt AC input frequency 47 to 63 Hz Mechanical and Environmental gt Rack height 3 RU gt Rack mount 19in 48 3 cm EIA To be included gt Airflow Back to front gt Operating Temperature 32 to 104 F 0 to 40 C gt Relative humidity 5 to 85 gt Nonoperating Temperature 40 to 158 F 40 to 70 C Vil Internet Firewall with Content Security 02 Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Brand Should be internationally reputed Model Should be mentioned Part Product No Should be mentioned Country of Origin Should be mentioned Architecture Proactive Network Security Centralized Enterprise Management Supports Both Active Active and Active Passive mode Dual Redundant Po
279. ernet card Module with XFP Transceiver SR multi mode fiber all loaded from day 01 For DRC backup site 48 port 1OOOBASE T RJ 45 copper port based non blocking switching module gt Flash memory 01 GB or Higher gt RAM DRAM 01 GB or Higher gt Fans Redundant N 1 Application and Server Load Balancing module with performance of 4Gbps or separate appliance capable of 4Gbps or higher throughput should be quoted gt Hot swappable chassis Components such as power supply and interface modules gt Support for 2000 Active VLANs gt Should have support for Ipv6 gt RJ 45 console port gt The switch should have a non blocking architecture Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc High Availability features gt Gateway Load Balancing Protocol gt VRRP gt Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol RSTP gt Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol MSTP gt Per VLAN Rapid Spanning Tree gt Rapid convergence Layer 3 protocols gt Equal cost routing for load balancing and redundancy gt Support for Centralized VLAN Management so that the administrator can make configuration changes centrally on one or more switches and have those changes automatically communicated to all the other switches in the network Thus addition deletion and renaming of VLANs in every switch in the network is not required Changes made to the VLANs in one switch Server replicates the VLAN information to all other switches in the
280. es time deposits shares title deeds investments Fixed amp floating assets etc To keep record for movement of security documents through safe in amp safe out register To confirm Lien marking one to one one to many many to many even 3rd party etc To provide auto generated client wise lien confirmation withdrawal eligible security and security release By product RM Branch Business Division with specific date range To provide pop up before Encashment of security Further lien on that security if the loan is disbursed against 3 rd party s security FDR To have Security valuation track record To remind the expiry of security revaluation maturity FDR Sanchaya Patra SP Bonds etc To provide audit trail for replacement of the security System should be able to support Classification and provisioning of Loan portfolios Asset as per Bangladesh Bank guidelines product wise and borrower wise Reporting Features Reports can be separated according to different processing branches Reports can be generated automatically immediately after the completion of a transaction and or according to the generation criteria specified by the end users The contents of the reports including data items and the layouts can be defined by the end users The Software Development Toolkit should have the utilities to enable clients to customize the system locally Screen Enquiry and Report Designer and other utilitie
281. escesescsssescsssscesssscoscesees 14 14 Tender Only ONS iiep iieis e diii a aara iia aiia 15 Tender Preparation Costs cccccssccsscsseeseeesseeeeesseeeseeeseeeseceseeeeeceseeeesesnseneeensaes 16 Tender lan cua ser ose seca tee de ciete E E R EE neers 17 Tender Contents of Tender ccceccccscesssceseesseceseceseceeeceseeescenscesseeeseeeseensseseeenes 18 Tender Submission Sheet Price Schedules and Specifications Submission Sheet 19 Tender Alternatives escc 0 csccccccscdeestesteecsvendiedetdelSvdecvesieeidedetsateeenesedadedhedateeteveeeiocete 20 Tender Prices and Discounts c ccesesseesseeesceeeeeseceseeececeseceeceseeseeseeenseenseenes Dlr Fender CUO 3 chee el ea eee eo A Rl Rieti rab 22 Tenderer Documents Establishing Eligibility 0 0 cc cccecessesceceeeeseeeeteceseeeeeenes 23 Goods and Related Services Documents Establishing Eligibility 0 00 24 Tenderers Documents Establishing Qualifications ccceccecsesseeeseeseeeteeeeees 25 Tenderer Disqualification cccccessesseccscesseceeeessecseeeneceeseeaaeenseenseeeseeeeeseeeneees 20 7 Tender Validity nseni lessee veces te tie cece os cu sa vee hee eee ven ceo ay av ences Zhe Pender SeCuttys seistscts secheea he ahazts0hel a a ote a leads setae iatdead aaa aE a 28 Tender Format and Signing srs e a E T S E Tender Submissionn cccsissssscocscassensesvanscoessessonseseanscoeccvsasoonnaesen oad oceccdesasdseasevecso
282. et 01 Signing Personal Computer for DOC set 04 06 07 00 Hardware for Core Banking Solution at Pilot Branches a Personal Computer with related O s Set 249 At Pilot 12 mth from h b Dot Matrix Printer set 59 branches the 4 month Laser Printer St 64 one zonal of the date of office CAD Signing d UPS set 249 ID and e Scanner set 56 Recovery f Router set 56 Division at g Manageable Switch set 56 ps Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 83 h Wall mounted RACK set 56 Annexure 3 i LAN and Electric Line setup set 56 06 08 0 RDBMS OS and other Related Software for Core Banking Solution for DC and DRC Operating system Licence Type and Copy Set As proposed Head Office 9 mth from by the 3 floor the date of Tenderer Signing RDBMS Licence Type and Copy Set do Web server Set do Data centre Management Software Set do Enterprise Management Software Set do Network Management Software Set do Antivirus Software Total license copy 3000 CAL Copy 1 phase As per annexure 4 1000 approx Head Office 12 month Division from the Control date of Office Pilot signing Branches contract DC DRC ae phase As per annexure 4 2000 Approx Rest 36 month Branches from the and control date of Offices signing contract 06 09 0 Core Banking Solution CBS for Rupali Bank Ltd 06 09 01 1
283. etailed service dashboard view indicating the health of each of the departments offices in the organization and the health of the services they rely on as well as the SLAs The system should provide an outage summary that gives a high level health indication for each service as well as the details and root cause of any outage The system should have a simple interface to integrate events from multiple element management systems like Cisco Works etc into a single management console thereby achieving complete visibility from a single location The system must be able to support response time agents such as Cisco Service Assurance agent to perform network performance tests to help identify network performance bottlenecks The system must be able to support migration to SNMP v3 whenever it is decided to implement in full SNMPv3 as the default management protocol to provide added security The system must be able to manage Frame Relay network providing discover and model the connectivity of the frame relay environment The system must provide visibility of status and gather performance information of each frame relay circuit to help manage utilization to measure utilization against CIR errors FECNs BECNs to help identify performance and availability issues The system must be able to manage ATM PVCs to monitor the status and performance information of individual ATM circuits supporting ATM and or vendor specific ATM extensions ii Network Rep
284. etails specified in Section 6 Schedule of Requirements or the offered Items as per requirement Note 2 VAT and any other taxes payable in Bangladesh shall be included here as specified in ITT Sub Clause 20 5 b Name of Tenderer Signature of Tenderer Date Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 58 05 2 07 RDBMS OS AND OTHER RELATED SOFTWARE FOR CORE BANKING SOLUTION FOR DC DRC AND PILOT BRANCHES INCLUDING PROJECTED REST BRANCHES AND CONTROL OFFICES OF RBL MAINTENANCE SERVICES AFTER THREE YEARS WARRANTY PERIOD Description Unit of Qty Of Related Service Supply Of units Required Note 1 Note 1 a L5 year l 6 year 05 2 07 0 Maintenance of RDBMS OS and other Related Software for Core Banking and other Solution to comply Current Business Dimension amp Future Projection of Rupali Bank Ltd defined in Table 01 Page 08 Including free Update version and edition add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 Sub Total Note 1 The Tenderer will complete these columns as appropriate following the details specified in Section 6 Schedule of Requirements or the offered Items as per requirement Note 2 VAT and any other taxes payable in Bangladesh shall be included here as specified in ITT Sub Clause 20 5 b Name of Tenderer Signature of Tenderer Date Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page
285. etary value of similar goods supplied write Not applicable if this information is not in each of the last five years asked in ITT 13 1 a 2 4 Available liquid assets Working Capital or Credit write Not applicable if this information is not facility or Asset Value asked in ITT 13 1 b 235 Details of production capacity equipment available write Not applicable if this information is not asked in ITT 12 1 c 2 6 Major supplies of similar type of Goods over the last five years Also list details of supplies of similar type of Goods under way or committed including expected delivery date 3 Financial Information of the Tenderer 3 1 Financial reports or balance sheets or profit and loss statements or auditors reports or bank references with documents or a combination of these demonstrating availability of liquid assets List below and attach copies 3 2 Name address and telephone telex and facsimile numbers of banks that may provide references if contacted by the Employer 3 3 Information on litigation in which the Tenderer is or has been involved a Any case within the past five years Cause of Dispute Result of Settlement and amount involved b Current cases in this financial year Cause of Dispute Current Position of Case Note The above represents the minimum requirements These may be added to buy the Purchaser on a case by case basis as nece
286. f the Tender Security In that event the Purchaser may award the Contract to the next lowest evaluated responsive Tenderer at their quoted price corrected for arithmetical errors who is assessed by the Purchaser to be qualified to perform the Contract satisfactorily Immediately upon receipt of the signed Contract Agreement and Performance Security from the successful Tenderer the Purchaser shall discharge and return the successful Tenderer s Tender Security Upon the successful Tenderer furnishing Performance Security pursuant to ITT Clause 50 and signing the Contract pursuant to ITT Clause 51 the Purchaser shall also notify all other Tenderers that their Tenders have been unsuccessful Page no 22 52 2 The Purchaser shall promptly respond in writing to any unsuccessful Tenderer who after notification in accordance with ITT Sub Clause 52 1 requests in writing for the Purchaser to communicate the grounds on which its Tender was not selected 53 1 Any Tenderer has the right to complain if it has suffered or may suffer loss or damage due to a branch of a duty imposed on the Purchaser by the Public Procurement Regulations 2008 PPR 53 2 The Complaint shall firstly be processed through an administrative review following the procedures set act in Regulation 51 of the PPR The place and address for the first step in the submission of complaints to the Administrative Authority is provided in the TDS 53 3 If not satisfied with the outcome of
287. f up to four traffic types across the stack gt Weighted tail drop WTD or equivalent to provide congestion avoidance gt Strict priority queuing mechanisms gt There should not be any performance penalty for highly granular QoS functions gt Future support for feature which will provide rate limiting based on source and destination IP address source and destination MAC address Layer 4 TCP and UDP information or any combination of these fields using QoS ACLs IP ACLs or MAC ACLs class maps and policy maps gt Up to 64 aggregate or individual polices should be available per Fast Ethernet or Gigabit Ethernet port Management gt Superior manageability Features gt Command Line Interface CLI support for configuration amp troubleshooting purposes gt For enhanced traffic management monitoring and analysis up to four RMON groups history statistics alarms and events must be supported gt Layer 2 trace route to ease troubleshooting by identifying the physical path that a packet takes from source to destination gt Domain Name System DNS support to provide IP address resolution with user defined device names gt Trivial File Transfer Protocol TFTP to reduce the cost of administering software upgrades by downloading from a centralized location gt Network Timing Protocol NTP to provide an accurate and consistent timestamp to all intranet switches gt SNMP vl v2c and v3 and Telnet int
288. ffered in accordance with ITT Sub Clause 18 1 one or more of the factors affecting the economic value of the Tender from the list below as specified in the TDS and as quantified in ITT Sub Clause 42 5 a the delivery schedule offered in the Tender and b the cost of components mandatory spare parts and service c the availability in Bangladesh of spare parts and after sales services for the equipment offered in the Tender d the projected operating and maintenance costs during the anticipated life cycle of the equipment e the performance and productivity of the equipment offered or f any other specific criteria as specified in Section 7 Technical Specifications For those factors specified in ITT Sub Clause 42 3 which are selected to be considered in the evaluation of the Tenders one or more of the following quantification methods shall be applied as specified in the TDS Delivery schedule i The goods covered under the IFT are required to be delivered at the time specified in Section 6 Schedule of Requirements Treating the Tender with the earliest delivery as the base a delivery adjustment will be calculated for other Tenders for the purpose of evaluation by applying a percentage as specified in the TDS of the Tender price for each week of delay beyond the base and this will be added to the Tender price for evaluation No credit shall be given to early delivery or ii The goods covered under the IFT a
289. fit loss calculation Ability to incorporate data a from different emission sources b for mark to market purposes Ability to produce deal slips Ability to support operations related with coupons Investor Services Unitized Fund Launch Unique Identification Provision fund uniquely identified by a fund code Flexible Fund Parameters Provision to define and setup the related fund parameters i e initial fees agent commission rates income distribution frequency tax rates etc Flexible Transaction Parameters the system have the flexibility to set a minimum and maximum per transaction Multiple Fund Types Provision to administer multiple fund types i e equity gilt income money market fund of funds Open Ended Investment Companies OEICS etc Multiple Fund Products Provision to administer multiple unitized retail fund products i e Indian Funds Bangladeshi Funds and International Funds Unit holder Parameter Definition Provision to define and setup the unit holder parameters Agent Parameter Definition Provision to define and setup agent parameters Transaction Parameter Definition Provision to define and setup the transaction types and unique parameters for each type Banking Parameter Definition Provision to define and setup banking information per fund System Warnings the system have the flexibility to set different system warnings
290. for Full UTM AV AS amp WF Security Subscription License 1000 User from Day 1 IPSec DES 3DES and AES Support from Day 1 Multiple Privilege Levels Support for Remote Authentication Dial In User Service RADIUS MDS Route Authentication dataSystem CLI Web HTTP HTTPS able to manage multiple systems Management Safety UL1950 1200E 2400E UL60950 600E 1200E 2400E 5000E Standard for Safety of Information Technology Equipment CSA 22 2 60950 EN60825 Safety of Laser Products EN60950 IEC60950 ROHS Compliance Immunity EN 61000 3 2 Harmonic Emissions EN 61000 3 3 Voltage Fluctuations and Flicker EN 61000 4 2 ESD Immunity EN 61000 4 3 Radiated Immunity EN 61000 4 4 EFT Burst Transients EN 61000 4 5 Surge Protection EN 61000 4 6 Injected RF EN 61000 4 11 Dips and Sags Emissions FCC Class A Regulations for Radio Frequency Devices for Electromagnetic Compliance ICES 003 Class A EN 55022 Class A VCCI Class A AS NZS 3548 Class A Warranty 3 Years viii Load Balancer 01 Hardware Load Balancer should be a high performing Quad Core appliance with dual power default The appliance should have minimum 4 GB RAM The appliance should have default throughput support for 4 Gbps Load balancing The appliance should support layer 2 to layer 7 load balancing algorithm Features with persistent session support to 8 Million The applia
291. formation Tenderer must proposed the RDBMS to comply their offered CBS Application Server Database Server for smooth operation of branches Control Offices and Divisions as per Current Business Dimension amp Future Projection defined in 2 2 in page no 04 Software Name To mentioned Edition Bidder shall propose Enterprise Edition of their RDBMS product for the Production Failover Standby in Data Centre and Disaster Recovery Site Database Servers Version To be mentioned License Type To be mentioned Upgrade Facility The software must be upgrade within warranty and maintenance period with new edition version and release with offered cost if necessary Compatible To be mentioned iv Enterprise Management Software Brand Name To be mentioned Product Name To be mentioned Version Edition To be mentioned License Type To be mentioned 1000 node Licenses Features on Detail Specification Of Enterprise Management Solution Ems is Enterprise given in 08 01 Management Solution EMS V Network Management Software Brand Name To be mentioned Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 138 Product Name To be mentioned Version Edition To be mentioned License Type To be mentioned Technical Functionalities The system must cover the following functional area e Network amp Fault Management e IP Services Management e Traffic Analysis Features on Network Management Solution NMS
292. from the general ledger system to other PC based system for tandard reports generated by the general ledger system should include eneral ledger listing Trial balance Balance sheet rofit and loss account vo Ma a3 Al a D 5 a Z lan a 5 gt 2 Ke 2 5 3 n o E 5 E ge m Q T a FS 5 5 oa a o n n as a s oO va Q l g Qa oS oO O gt o 5 o B Co n o Q e Q ag is S as Nn gt branches and for the bank as a whole Maintenance of reporting formats for balance sheet and profit and loss to meet different reporting requirements such as management requirements Balance sheet by value date amp by transaction date Reports by branch by business segment functional unit and by a combination of both Transaction listing segregated into cash clearing and transfer with control totals A daily audit trail of all transactions Control totals of transactions Consolidated statement of all income expenditure asset and liability heads for each branch 2 R k i a Ea A a General ledger fully integrated wih all the modules of the Banking ystems Si a E ia ia B Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 181 08 03 3 3 Deposit Module a Demand Deposit Current Savings etc Requireme
293. g The servers should be manageable with the System Control Facility that continuously monitors the system hardware configuration and health domain configuration and status error monitor and notification Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 110 S N Description Database Server Clustered Server of minimum 20 000 TPM for each server using offered database 64 Bit RISC or equivalent or better at Data Center Server of minimum 20 000 TPM using offered database 64 Bit RISC or equivalent or better at Disaster Recovery Site Test and Development Server for Database of minimum 15000 TPM using offered database 64 Bit RISC or equivalent or better at Data Center Application Server Clustered Server of minimum 20 000 TPM or tpmC using offered database 64 Bit RISC or equivalent or better at Data Center Server of minimum 20 000 TPM or tpmC using offered database 64 Bit RISC or equivalent or better at Disaster Recovery Site Test and Development Server for Database of minimum 15000 TPM using offered database 64 Bit RISC or equivalent or better at Data Center The following Specification and Required quantities are specified by the bank according to purchaser s assumption Tenderer must properly calculate and estimate the hardware sizing with cost effectiveness to perform smooth ONE LINE BANKING operation from Branches Divisions and Control Offices considering the above features and Current Bu
294. g design and stack the rubbish to the safe distance as per instruction of the bank authority Approx 1500 sft Removing Mosaic Works Dismantling amp removing existing floor mosaic carefully removing and stack the rubbish to the safe distance as per instruction of the bank authority Approx 2500 sft Construct Beam if necessary for Load bearing as per Annexure 3 As required Brick Works 125mm brick work with Ist class bricks in cement mortar 1 4 and making bond with connected walls in c racking out joints filling the intersects with morter cleaning and soaking the bricks at least for 24 hours before use and washing of sand necessary scaffolding curing at least 7 days proper plaster and plastic paint having crack damage and damp proof within o C to 50 C Approx 1400 sft Plaster Works Minimum 1 2 plaster to wall 1 3 inner surface of the building finishing the corner and edges in c removing the existing damp plaster if necessary washing of sand cleaning the surface with clean water necessary scaffolding Plaster must be crack damage and damp proof within 0 C to 50 C Approx 1300 sft Floor Tiles Approx 2500 Supplying fitting amp fixing of homogeneous mirror polish floor tiles 2 x2 approved sample of sft china RAK and racking out the joint with tiles grout including cutting and laying tiles in proper way and finishing with care etc all complete as per direction of bank auth
295. g the above information for DC and DRC the Tenderer must submit the proposal as per technical specification in Section 07 The permission from DESA DESCO PDB regarding power is the responsibility of the tenderers bank will provide necessary co operation in this regard ii Scalability All components of the DC and DRC must support scalability to meet the requirements and demand of various projects of RBL A scalable system is one that can handle increasing numbers of requests without adversely affecting the response time and through put of the system The DC and DRC should support both vertical the growth of number of severs within one sever rack and horizontal scalability non standard high density sever racks which may added on demand All the power consuming components like ups cooling units amp power distribution units in the DC and DRC shall have scalability options to avoid over sizing amp reduce the incredible wastage of power iii Modularity Modular design of the DC and DRC is an excellent strategy to address growth without major disruptions RBL intends to build a scalable DC and DRC which can easily be expanded or upgraded on demand For RBL scalability is important because new computing equipments are constantly being deployed either to replace legacy component or to support new missions critical projects Preferably all the Components used in the DC and DRC physical architecture must be modular amp hot swappable in nature so that
296. g timely delivery of the Goods or completion of Related Services pursuant to GCC Clause 22 the Supplier shall promptly notify the Purchaser in writing of the delay its likely duration and its cause As soon as practicable after receipt of the Supplier s notice the Purchaser shall evaluate the situation and may at its discretion extend the Supplier s time for performance in which case the extension shall be ratified by the Parties by amendment of the Contract Except in the case of Force Majeure as provided under GCC Clause 37 a delay by the Supplier in the performance of its Delivery and Completion obligations shall render the Supplier liable to the imposition of liquidated damages pursuant to GCC Clause 34 unless an extension of time is agreed upon pursuant to GCC Sub Clause 33 1 Except as provided under GCC Clause 37 if the Supplier fails to deliver any or all of the Goods or perform the Related Services within the period specified in the Contract the Purchaser may without prejudice to all its other remedies under the Contract deduct from the Contract Price as liquidated damages a sum equivalent to the percentage specified in the PCC of the Contract Price of the delayed Goods and or Related Services for each week or part thereof of delay until actual delivery or performance up to a maximum deduction of the percentage specified in those PCC Once the maximum is reached the Purchaser may terminate the Contract pursuant to GCC Clause 38
297. gn remittance cell of head Office Functions Supported Mail transfer in Taka This includes inward and outward remittance The system should support multi currency draft issues printing and clearing All details required for the printing of the draft to be provided upon transaction input System should automatically generate the instrument number System should allow processing of transactions in both on line and batch mode On line includes processing of individual transactions at the front office Batch mode includes processing of set of transactions at back office Instruments can be issued to customers and non customers System to validate that instruments are issued only on places where a branch correspondent bank exists for DD TT MT self for PO Can be issued against cash or by debiting account of customer at the same branch or another branch I e System should support multi branch transactions Commission Facility to store and apply flat tiered charges for issuing instrument of various denominations These can be changed as per requirements and should be user definable Facility to charge additional charge for issue to non customers This charge also can be flat or tiered Facility to mark certain accounts for automatic waiver of commission charge with appropriate authority On line Enquiries For on line operations the proposed application software must be able
298. gth 100 feet Width 60 feet Height 12 feet Rupali Bank Narayangonj Branch 2 Floor Glass Windows GM Office DGM Office t Proposed Data Center Warehouse Warehouse Toilet 20 Feet A 35 Feet gt 9H 09 Generator Room Ground Floor Office Desk Office Desk Office Desk Office Desk Office Desk t 100 Feet eo Annexure 01 Proposed place for Data Center 2 Floor Length 35 feet Width 20 feet Height 12 feet e In this place three sides is surrounded by brick wall one side completely open There are windows in one side that needs to covered by weather resistant board Power e Main distribution board is located at ground floor under the stair Length 12 feet Width 16 feet Height 12 feet e Generator can be place here e Commercial power came from the transformer located opposite of the building across the road Three phase cable needs to be change for new development e Power room to DC cable route could be a big challenge because no dark space for cable routing NOTE Need to talk with building Architect to know the maximum load Weight capacity that each floor can take Annexure 01 OOL BEC JERNES FHA Nienna one ayaLiva ANVYE AMSLLVS zowve Asaz uwal NYE ANSLLYS YL im eee E mi COO mm a ULL LEE NI Win 23 EE a GL ANYS vd Annexure 02 MANTISSA DESIGN amp CONS
299. hange SDEE server through which other management systems may retrieve security events Performance Monitoring The NMS must provide improved functions for monitoring and troubleshooting the performance of services that contribute to enterprise network security The software should enable users without requiring expertise with IPSec or other security technologies to increase service availability by isolating and troubleshooting significant events in their networks as they occur Warranty At least 3 years on site with full labour parts amp replacement ix Rack with PDU and KVM 10 Server Rack Brand To be mentioned Model To Mentioned Country of Origin To be mentioned Country of Assembly to Be mentioned Width 600mm Height 42U Depth 1000 and 19 Standard Front door Vented Door Back Door Vented panel Side Panel Removable Solid with Lock Cooling Fan 4 pes PDU 6 Point Vertical 4 Nos Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 129 Minimum 16 Power outlet Maximum Power consumption 8K W per Rack Fix tray 2 nos Sliding Tray 1 Nos Heavy duty Castor 4 pcs Color Black Console 1U LCD Monitor Console IP KVM and 8 Port Switch Power distribution channels shall allow tool less mount on zero U space to avoid cable conjunction inside the Rack x Entrance Room Rack for ISPs 01
300. hardware based encryption compression module Should support at least 320 Kpps forwarding performance Support for high density Ethernet switch cards 8 port 16 port for remote offices to avoid additional switches Should have USB 2 0 ports for storing OS images amp secure token High Availability Should support redundant connection to LAN Should support Non Stop forwarding for fast re convergence of routing protocols Should support boot options like booting from TFTP server Network node Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 142 Should support multiple storage of multiple images and configurations Should support link aggregation using LACP as per IEEE 802 3ad Should support VRRP or equivalent Protocol Support Should support Routing protocols like RIP verl RFC1058 amp 2 RFC 1722 and 1723 OSPF ver2 RFC2328 OSPF on demand RFC1793 BGP4 RFC1771 IS IS RFC1195 Multicast routing protocols support IGMPv1 v2 RFC 2236 PIM SM RFC2362 and PIM DM DVMRP M BGP Should have IPv6 features DHCPv6 IPv6 QoS IPv6 Multicast support BiDirectional PIM Multicast VPN PIM SSM Source Specific Multicast IPv6 PIMv2 Sparse Mode IPv6 PIMv2 Source Specific Multicast Should have RIPng and OSPFv3 for IP v6 Should have MPLS Features MPLS VPN MPLS mVPN Multicast VPN VRF Aware Services NAT FW IPsec Carrier Supporting Carrier CsC DiffServ Tunnel Modes
301. hat can be used by IP EPABX e IP Phone Address Book Synchronizer allows users to synchronize Microsoft Outlook or Outlook Express address books with Personal Address Book The Synchronizer provides two way synchronization between the Microsoft and IP Telephony products System Capabilities e The System should have IP capability for interfacing amp Summary Communicating with Voice Video and Data infrastructure e The architecture should support a maximum of 6000 IP phones per Server based on a High End Server e The architecture should support Server Clustering to provide scalability to offer support for 10000 IP Phones and also to provide redundancy e The System should support Alternate automatic routing e The System should support Automated Route selection e Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 144 Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc The System should have GUI support web based management console Open API should be provided when required which will help to develop customized IP Applications which will integrate with the Call Processing The System Should support Attenuation and gain adjustment per device phone and gateway The System should have Automated bandwidth selection The System should have XML Layer AXL Simple Object Access Protocol SOAP Application Programming Interface with performance and real time information Call preservation redundancy and automated failover on c
302. he Bank s personnel proficient in the legacy systems for assistance during the data migration exercise For this purpose adequate training would need to be imparted by the Bidder to the Bank s personnel for the same In the event of any gaps in the field mapping reports the same would be discussed with the Bank and the agreed solution would be documented by the Bidder and signed off from the Bank at no additional cost to the bank The Bidder would give the Bank adequate time for the review of the agreed solution The Bidder shall ensure that workarounds or default values moved to the production database as a result of gaps in the field mapping are duly taken care of after successful migration to CBS and the Bank officials informed of the same in writing It will be the responsibility of the Bidder to ensure complete data cleaning and validation for all data migrated from the legacy systems to the new application Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 160 The Bidder will be responsible to massage the data as per the software upload format required by the solution It will be the responsibility of the Bidder to convey to the Bank at least 60 days in advance from the date of migration all the mandatory fields required for the functioning of the proposed applications that are not available in the legacy systems and that needs to be obtained by the Bank In the event the Bank is unable to obtain all the mandatory fields as conveyed by the
303. he proposed solution should provide real time VPN performance statistics including VPN Site performance parameters like Traffic IN OUT per site aggregate all site traffic etc The proposed solution must be able to automatically configure and provision site to site VRF Ping tests on each router that support VPNs to verify the ability to ping each other In case a new site is added to the network the proposed solution must automatically setup the VRF Ping test on the new device and also update all over PE devices to include the new devices in their tests as well The proposed solution must provide network operators and troubleshooters complete visibility into the MPLS Core Network specific to the LSPs from site to site The proposed solution must provide a user Interface that allows users to select one site and then select another site to launch a VRF Traceroute The proposed solution must discover MPLS Core Network logical entities The proposed solution must be able to visualize MPLS paths with spotlighting feature to distinguish specific LSP paths as and when required The proposed solution must be able to monitor availability and performance of MPLS Core Network The proposed solution must be able to correlate known alarm conditions with MPLS specific logical entities e g MPLS Path The proposed solution must be able to quickly identify and alert administrators on less obvious issues such as excessive path switching The proposed solution must build up a k
304. hin 2 30 PM 15 Last Date and Time for Submission of Tenders 29 06 2011 within 2 30 PM 16 Date and Time for Opening of Tenders 29 06 2011 at 3 00 PM Tenderer s authorised representatives are allowed to attend 17 Pre tender meeting No Pre tender meeting will be held 18 Special Instructions The Procuring Entity reserves the right to reject the tenders 19 Other Instruction In case ofany unavoidable circumstance submission and opening of tender will be commissioned on the same time ofthe following date Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc General Manager Computer Division _Page no 6 INTRODUCTION 1 1 Project Overview Rupali Bank Ltd is a commercial Bank in Bangladesh It was established as a nationalized bank in 1972 under the Bangladesh Bank Nationalization Order through the merger of 3 three erstwhile commercial banks Muslim Commercial Bank Ltd Australasia Bank Ltd and Standard Bank Ltd operated in the then Pakistan on March 26 1972 under the Bangladesh Banks Nationalization Order 1972 P O No 26 of 1972 with all their assets benefits rights powers authorities privileges liabilities borrowings and obligations Rupali Bank worked as a nationalized commercial bank till December13 1986 Rupali Bank Ltd emerged as the largest Public Limited Banking Company of the country on December 14 1986 Rupali Bank Ltd offer financial services through i
305. hs from the date of in accordance with the delivery schedule specified in the Schedule of Requirements We are not participating as Tenderers in more than one Tender in this Tendering process Our Tender shall be valid for the period stated in the Tender Data Sheet and it shall remain binding upon us and may be accepted at any time before the expiration of that period A Tender Security in the amount stated in the Tender Data Sheet is attached in the form of a state pay order bank draft valid for a period of 28 days beyond the Tender validity date If our Tender is accepted we commit to obtaining a Performance Security in the amount stated in the Tender Data Sheet and valid for a period of 28 days beyond the date of completion of our performance obligations under the Contract including any warranty obligations We declare that ourselves and any subcontractors or suppliers for any part of the Contract have nationalities from eligible countries and that the goods and related services will also be supplied from eligible countries We also declare that the Government of Bangladesh has not declared us and any subcontractors or suppliers for any part of the Contract ineligible on charges of engaging in corrupt fraudulent collusive or coercive practices We furthermore pledge not to indulge in such practices in competing for or in executing the Contract and are aware of the relevant provisions of the Tender Document ITT Clause 3 We under
306. ial 2 ia Zlaja IS E zi e le Sle lvi S Clz le lz Transaction Printing Statements Provision to define and setup the statement printing parameters per unit holder agent Consolidated Statements Provision to print consolidated statements per unit holder agent by fund for all funds Ad hoc Statements Provision to print ad hoc statements by specifying from and to dates Cheques the system cater for the printing of pre numbered cheques Capture Is it possible to capture unit holder certificates Block the system block the unit holders transaction units i e switch transfer and repurchase Surrender the system cater for the surrender of certificates Printing possible to print certificates information can be printed Fund Units Unit holder Name Certificate Number Other specify Mode of holding Issue date Par value of the fund User input remarks on the certificates Income Distribution Purchased Income Does the system have a purchased income facility Raise Is the distribution raised for each fund Tax Does the system automatically calculate and update the unit holder s account with the income distribution tax information Calculation How does the system perform a distribution calculation Unit Holders Unique Identification Is each unit holder uniquely identified by a code Flexible Codes Can the unit holder code be defined and setup according to client specification Automatic Next Number
307. ices specified in the Contract or b limits in any substantial way or is inconsistent with the Tender Document the Purchaser s rights or the Tenderer s obligations under the Contract or c if rectified would unfairly affect the competitive position of other Tenderers presenting substantially responsive Tenders If a Tender is not substantially responsive to the Tender Document it shall be rejected by the Purchaser and shall not subsequently be made responsive by the Tenderer by correction of the material deviation reservation or omission There shall be no requirement as to the minimum number of responsive Tenders The Purchaser may regard a Tender as responsive even if it contains minor deviations that do not materially alter or depart from the characteristics terms conditions and other requirement set forth in Tender Document or if it contains errors or oversights that are capable of being corrected without affecting the substance of the Tender Provided that a Tender is substantially responsive the Purchaser may request that the Tenderer submits the necessary information or documentation within a reasonable period of time to rectify nonmaterial nonconformities or omissions in the Tender related to documentation requirements Such omission shall not be related to any aspect of the price of the Tender Failure by the Tenderer to comply with the request may result in the rejection of its Tender Provided that the Tender is substantia
308. ient should get update from the local Server If updating from the Primary Server fails for any reason such as the user being off the network an attempt should be made to contact the Secondary Server I e Vendor site Centralized scanning of all network Machines Anti virus Should be capable of pushing client installation from a centralized location and it should also support manual installation of client Via network share Administrator should have flexibility to schedule Scan and update at the endpoints from central Server Antivirus should be able to capture Viruses Trojans Worms Spyware and Malware Anti Virus Should have Host Intrusion Prevention System HIPS technology which works in 4 Layers to provide zero day protection without the need for updates Unknown Virus Detection amp Repair Antivirus should have run time detection technology i e behavioral amp Heuristic scanning to protect from unknown viruses and buffer overflow protection integrated with AV scan engine for protection from threats exploits that uses buffer overflow Anti Virus Software must have the capability to clean Qurantine or delete Viruses and should be able to detect new classes of viruses by normal virus definition update mechanisms Antivirus vendor should provide definitions with incremental updates Should support daily update for definition files Size of daily update should be extremely small in size typically between 25 a
309. ification in section 07 Sub Total 05 1 09 02 1 phase Data Migration Implementation and Training of Branches amp 55 03 01 CBS at 55 pilot branches 3 Divisions and having facility to Cone Offic access from one Zonal Office add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 Sub Total 05 1 09 03 2 phase Data migration implementation and Training of Branches amp 437 34 CBS at rest 437 branches and facility to access from 34 Control Office Zonal Control offices on trun key basis add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 Sub Total 05 1 09 04 2 phase Integration and implementation of 208 mini Branches 208 branches as when as required by the bank Total Cost Note 1 EXW means Ex works Ex factory Ex warehouse Ex show room or off the shelf as applicable Note 2 Unit Price EXW shall include all custom duties and taxes as specified in ITT Sub Clause 20 5 a Note 3 Price for inland transportation shall include insurance and other costs as specified in ITT Sub Clause 20 5 c Note 4 VAT and any other taxes payable in Bangladesh shall be included here as specified in ITT Sub Clause 20 5 b Name of Tenderer Signature of Tenderer Date Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule F
310. igin US EU or equivalent Country of manufacturer To be mentioned by the tenderer Product part no To be mentioned by the tenderer Architecture Should be chassis based amp modular architecture for scalability and should be a single box configuration for ease of management Should support at least 4 interface slots to accommodate the current requirement as well as for the future expansion Should have support for hardware based IPSEC VPN 3DES AES Encryption card Should have complete IPSEC VPN Firewall IPS features amp future support for SSL VPN features Should have minimum of 512MB of RAM and 256 MB of Flash Memory and should be upgradeable to 1GB and 2GB respectively Interface Requirements 2 x 10 100 1000 Base T interface 1x El port 8 nos FXO or C O port Performance Should support high performance traffic forwarding with concurrent features like Security Voice enabled Should support variety of interfaces like V 35 Sync Serial 2 Mbps Async Serial E1 G 703 Ch E1 for remote office aggregation GE as per IEEE 802 3z and 802 3ab FE as per IEEE 802 3u Chassis support for PoE as per IEEE 802 3af ISDN BRI PRI Support for 802 11la b g Wireless Cards for Wireless LAN or Wireless Bridging functionality Should have support for high density Voice interfaces like E amp M Voice El for connecting Analog phones amp integration to PBX PSTN Should support performance enhancement through
311. il Khulna Zone 274 Fakirhat Bagerhat 275 MOLLAHAT Bagerhat 276 NAGER BAZAR Bagerhat 277 BETAGA BAZAR Bagerhat 278 Bagerhat Bagerhat 279 BARAIKHALI Bagerhat 280 Mongla Port Bagerhat 281 Mansha Bazar Bagerhat 282 KACHUA BAZAR Bagerhat 283 CHALNA BAZAR Khulna 284 LW T A Terminal Khulna 285 BATIAGHATA Khulna 286 GARAIKHALI HAT Khulna 287 KDA NEW MARKET Khulna 288 BARA BAZAR Khulna Annexure 05 289 Daulatpur Khulna 290 RAJAPUR Khulna 291 Rupali Sadan Khulna Khulna 292 Natun Bazar Khulna 293 Paikgacha Khulna 294 KHALISHPUR Khulna 295 SHAMS BUILDING Khulna 296 SATKHIRA Satkhira 297 NALTA MUBARAKNAGAR Satkhira 298 Nawabenki Satkhira 299 JHAUDANGA Satkhira 300 Kalaroa Satkhira 301 BARDAL Satkhira Kushtia Zone 302 DAMURHUDA Chuadanga 303 Chuadanga Chuadanga 304 MOMINPUR Chuadanga 305 SWASTIPUR Kushtia 306 KUSHTIA Kushtia 307 Moshan Kushtia 308 HOSSAINABAD Kushtia 309 Alamdanga Kushtia 310 Meherpur Meherpur 311 MAJIB NAGAR Meherpur Moulavibazar Zone 312 Hobigonj Hobigonj 313 Aushkandi Hobogonj 314 Enayetgonj Hobogonj 315 Azimgonj Moulavibazar 316 Tengra Bazar Moulavibazar 317 Sreemongal Moulavibazar 318 Kalar Bazar Naluarmukh Moulavibazar 319 Channighat Moulavibazar 320 S
312. ility to reinstate cancelled LCs LGs Generate necessary entries upon reinstatement Facility to Cancel Registration Number of Un Approved LC LG Application Facility to cancel unapproved amendment request demand 8 3 3 10 Treasury Requirement Compliant Modification 3rd Party Non compliant Foreign Exchange Functional requirements Support both the front and back office operations of the foreign exchange department The system should maintain positions which are updated at the time of the deal entry and should include the following Dealer Counterparty Currency and Bank Ability for deal cancellation and amendments with proper authority Automatic generation of an unique reference number for new trades amendments and Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 239 Requirement Non compliant Compliant Modification 3rd Party cancellations Revaluation of open currency positions This should indicate the profit or loss of closing positions at either the current market rates or at a rates specified by the dealer The system should support the back office entry of deals on line Capture of settlement details Automatic generation of settlements at deal maturity with automatic generation of the payment and the associated accounting entries Automatic generation of SWIFT format messages Automatic transmission of
313. inal doc Page no 50 05 1 10 PRICE OF CAPACITY BUILDING OF RUPALI BANK LTD Description Of Item Course Name No of Participant per course Per Course cost Total Cosprice col 4 x 5 Training Location and Training Period Note 1 Note 2 Note 3 and Note 4 05 1 10 1 1 phase Core Team for Training amp Technology Transfer 100 add as many rows For Each Course Name with detail information as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 05 1 10 2 1 phase Implementation and Operation Team for Pilot Project 130 add as many rows For Each Course Name with detail information as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 Sub Total 05 1 10 3 28 phase Support Team for Division and Control Offices 70 add as many rows For Each Course Name with detail information as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 05 1 10 4 2 phase Implementation and Operation Team for Branches 1278 add as many rows For Each Course Name with detail information as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 Sub Total Total Cost Note 1 Trainer Honorium Training Material Recreation and Transport cost shall be included in the cost Note 2 VAT and any other taxes
314. iness projection The required no of room with approx area including no of RACK and Seat allocation is given below The Tenderer may proposed better solutions based on floor spaces considering all functional unit of the DC for smooth operation 1st Phase 2nd Phase Bundle 1 Bundle 2 Approx No of No of Area No of No of Area sft RACK Seat sft RACK Seat Server Room 423 08 N A 03 N A Communication Room 130 02 N A 01 N A Raised floor for Server and communication room 553 Network Operation Centre NOC 172 N A 06 N A 02 DC Operation Centre DOC 139 N A 08 N A 02 Power Fire Fighting and UPS Room 273 System Monitoring Centre SMC 772 N A 25 N A 05 Testing Room 140 N A 04 N A 02 Archiving Room 145 N A N A N A N A Waiting and Recreation Room 138 N A 04 N A N A Project Manager Room 188 N A 01 N A N A Staging Room 100 N A 01 N A N A Emergency Exit Stair Substation Space As N A N A N A N A required Generator Space Do N A N A N A N A Cable ladder Structure cabling Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 89 SI No Item Name with specification Qty 7 01 01 DESIGN AND CIVIL WORK WITH INTERIOR DECORATION OF DC a m Dismantling Works Dismantling of the existing bricks wall and toilets carefully removing wall amp commode basin mirror amp other fitting door frame etc existing chamber as per drawin
315. ing Fan 2 pes PDU 5 Point Color Black 09 set 7 4 02 SWITCH 05 Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Brand CISCO Juniper or Equivalent Model Should be mentioned Country Of origin Should be mentioned Country Of Manufacturing Should be mentioned Ports 48 Port PoE Switch Performance o Switching Fabric Min 136 Gbps nonblocking o SDRAM Min 128 MB on board o At least 101 mpps forwarding rate Supported Features e Min 4 dual personality ports PoE auto sensing 10 100 1000Base T or SPF slot e 10GE uplink support e The Switch should be modular multilayer switch All ports should be POE capable e Support for Redundant Power Supply IEEE 802 1Q VLAN encapsulation e Should support IPv6 forwarding and 10 Gigabit extended interfaces e STP Root Guard to protect root bridge from malicious attack or configuration mistakes e Centralized VLAN Management and support for Voice VLAN IGMP snooping Page no 108 e Support for ingress and egress port monitoring e Support for the Link Aggregation Protocol LACP e Per port quality of service QoS configuration and Strict priority queuing e Support for Quality of Service for Broadcast Control Advanced classifier based QoS WRR SP WRR Committed Access Rate CAR and line rate e Support for Layer 2 to Layer 4 traffic filtering supports global
316. ing robust systems infrastructure including constructions systems application network etc for the automation of banking operation at Bangladesh The bid includes supply installation and commissioning of various equipments devices applications database and migration of existing systems required for this project Bidders are required to propose a turnkey solution for this project Tenderer s are required to propose all items and are wholly responsible for all infrastructure products and services offered unless otherwise specified and as specified in the terms and conditions The successful Tenderer shall be the Contractor for all the products and services offered and are fully responsible for the overall project management and co ordination of the supply installation integration testing training and commissioning for the implementation of the solution The scope of the bid includes design specification bill of quantity and prices of the items as detailed in this document and any other items that deem necessary but not mentioned in this document A work plan with a clear listing of milestone for deliverable should be submitted as per schedule of requirement in section 06 in the tender schedule An inception report will be prepared by the Tenderer and submitted for approval by RBL during the first quarter after signing the contract This inception report will provide clarifications and justifications based on the contract agreement signed by the T
317. ion future projection of 208 mini Branches may 3 208 624 416 1 208 208 1 208 624 be included 208 Grand Total 1 Phase 2 Phase Additional 3582 2195 907 1272 3582 Branch for future projection Approx 4000 492 Branch List of Rupali Bank Limited Annexure 05 SL NO OFFICENAME DISTRICT Corporate Branches 1 Anderkilla Corporate Branch Chittagong 2 Foreign Exchange Corporate Br Dhaka 3 Motijheel Corporate Dhaka 4 Rupali Sadan Corporate Dhaka 5 Local Office Corporate Dhaka 6 Ramna Corporate Dhaka 7 Purana Paltan Corporate Branch Dhaka Barisal Zone 8 BAZAR ROAD Barisa 9 RAHMATPUR Barisa 10 Bhavanipur Barisa 11 HEMAYETUDDIN ROAD Barisa 12 SADAR ROAD Barisa 13 SHIKAR PUR Barisa 14 Putiakhali Bandar Barisa 15 AGARPUR Barisa 16 Sagardi Bazar Barisa 17 Central Bus Terminal Barisa 18 Mahajan Patty Bhola 19 Bangla Bazar Bhola 20 LALMOHAN BRANCH Bhola 21 DAURI BANDAR Bhola 22 JINNAHGARH Bhola 23 KUTBA Bhola 24 BHOLA Bhola 25 Jhalakati Jhalakati 26 Kowrikhara Pirojpur 27 Pirojpur Pirojpur 28 SWARUPKATI Pirojpur 29 BANARIPARA Pirojpur 30 ZIANAGAR Pirojpur 31 HULARHAT Pirojpur 32 INDERHAT Pirojpur 33 KAWKHALI Pirojpur Bogra Zone 34 DUPCHANCHIA Bogra 35 JAHANGIRABAD CANTT Bogra 36 Bus Stand Sherpur Bogra 37 BOGRA CONTONMENT Bogra 38 HATF
318. ion tracking The system shall be able to track transactions received from any other system to the originating transactions created by any user Output Requirements System outputs The system shall support the following output requirements but not be limited to standing data reports authentication reports incoming message routing financial ledger journals confirmed deal tickets confirmation matching reports bi lateral multilateral settlement agreement details Payment receipt instruction slips Payment receipt instruction amendment slips bank statements bank reconciliation statements deal confirmation reconciliation statements Instruction reconciliation statement Collateral details Collateral maturity details Collateral details by business transaction deal Counterparty correspondent performance reports Using report generator audit reports History archive detail reports 8 3 3 9 Guarantees Requirement Compliant 3rd Party Non compliant Modification All points in the letter of credit section relating to the on line real time environment its associated verifications and control the separation of inputted and authorizer the history and audit trail considerations are valid for the letters of guarantee section This section refers to the issuing of guarantees to and the receip
319. iority queues e IEEE 802 3x Flow control e JEEE 802 3ad Link aggregation Security e 802 1x MAC port Limit RADIUS ACL Access Control List e Dynamic Address Resolution Protocol ARP inspection Unicast MAC filtering Unicast port flood blocking IP source guard e Secure Shell SSH Protocol Management e Centralized VLAN Management e Remote Monitoring RMON software agent to support four RMON groups history statistics alarms and events for enhanced traffic management monitoring and analysis e Support for all RMON groups through the use of a mirrored port which permits traffic e Monitoring of a single port a group of ports or the entire switch from a single network analyzer or RMON probe Analysis support including ingress port egress port warranty 3 years full warranty with parts and labour h RACK Standard Rack mu communication equipment st be offered in each Pilot Location to install necessary Wall mounted Rack Brand To be mentioned Model To Mentioned Country of Origin To be mentioned Country of Assembly to Be mentioned Width 600mm Height 9U Depth 600 and 19 Standard Front door Glass Vented Cooling Fan 2 pes PDU 5 Point Color Black 56 i LAN and Electric Line setup Basic Information No Branches 55 Fifty Five No of Control Office 01 one As per require ment Tenderer may visited the
320. ip giving relevant details When deal is accepted by the teller to automatically update necessary accounts and stock positions The current exchange rate displayed should be amendable at the base level as well as on a per transaction basis with superior authority The system must offer facilities for the following foreign currency transaction These cover foreign currency remittance and teller facilities Purchase and sale of Foreign currency cash Issue of foreign currency draft TT Encashment clearing of foreign currency cheques Purchase and sale of travelers cheques Currency Position Revaluation Frequency for the Branch The teller may sign off temporarily at any time during the day without balancing his positions This must be done with the entry of user ID and Password For all transactions the system updates the position figure for each teller and the amount involved For each type of position cheque cash totals are held which can be used to reconcile with the branch s General Ledger Facility to view cash position for each teller at any point of time Similarly facility to view consolidated cash position for the branch at any point of time without closing cash position A list of all transactions function wise Cash deposit cash withdrawal cheque deposit etc to be generated Rectification of incorrect entries to be allowed in each function A report on branch totals is to be produced when all the tellers in the branch have completed
321. ipur 362 BIBIRHAT Lakshmipur 363 Poddar Bazar Lakshmipur 364 Sonapur Lakshmipur 365 Ramgati Bazar Lakshmipur 366 Balua Chowmohani Lakshmipur 367 POURASHAVA MARKET Noakhali 368 KARIHATI BAZAR Noakhali 369 Eklashpur Bazar Noakhali 370 PALLA BAZAR Noakhali 371 MAIJDEE COURT Noakhali 372 Kabirhat Noakhali 373 RAJGONJ BAZAR NOAKHALI Noakhali 374 AMISHAPARA Noakhali 375 Golabaria Noakhali 376 KARAMBOX BAZAR Noakhali 377 _ CHOWMOHANI Noakhali 378 Bangla Bazar Begumgon Br Noakhali 379 CHATKHIL Noakhali Pabna Zone 380 AUTAPARA Pabna 381 Bonwari Nagar Pabna 382 Pabna Cadet College Pabna 383 GOPALPUR Pabna 384 BONOGRAM PABNA Pabna Annexure 05 385 SHIBPUR Pabna 386 Ishwardi Pabna 387 DOGACHI Pabna 388 Mothurahat Pabna 389 NAKALIA Pabna 390 SANTHIA Pabna 391 DEBOTTAR Pabna 392 Bera Branch Pabna 393 PABNA Pabna 394 BOALIA Sirajgonj 395 BAGABATIHAT Sirajgonj 396 SIRAJGONJ Sirajgonj 397 BELKUCHI Sirajgonj 398 BETIL Sirajgonj 399 DARIAPUR BAZAR Sirajgonj 400 Shiyalkol Sirajgonj Patuakhali Zone 401 BETAGI Barguna 402 BARGUNA Barguna 403 Khepupara Branch Patuakhali 404 KALISURI BANDAR Patuakhali 405 Dibuapur Patuakhali 406 BAHERCHAR Patuakhali 407 PATUAKHALI SCIENCE amp TECHNOLOGY UNIVERSITY Patuakhali
322. irement Note 2 VAT and any other taxes payable in Bangladesh shall be included here as specified in ITT Sub Clause 20 5 b Name of Tenderer Signature of Tenderer Date Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 60 05 2 09 IP TELEPHONY AND IP VIDEO TELEPHONY SYSTEM MAINTENANCE SERVICES AFTER THREE YEARS WARRANTY PERIOD 3 7 fle Oo ef ed Item Description Unit of Qty Unit Total price Warranty Maintenance No Of Related Service Supply Of units price Required col 4 x 5 add as many rows 1 phase IP TELEPHONY AND IP VIDEO TELEPHONY SYSTEM Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 SSS SS een ee een ee ee aaa Sas es 1 phase IP TELEPHONY unit of Executive and base Phone add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 a a ee ene ey y A 05 2 09 3 274 phase IP TELEPHONY unit of Executive and base Phone Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 __ Sub ttl OO an Grand Total Note 1 The Tenderer will complete these columns as appropriate following the details specified in Section 6 Schedule of Requirements or the offered Items as per requirement Note 2 VAT and any other taxes payable in Bangladesh shall be incl
323. irmation notes for all deals business types indicated by management These will be produced following initial deal entry amendment to a deal Deletion of a deal Confirmation content The system should produce confirmation notes detailing all information entered at deal entry amendment or deletion Management authorization details Counterparty details e g contact name address All payment receipt schedules principal interest other Confirmation by telex The system should be capable of sending a deal confirmation by telex to counterparties who are able to receive confirmations in this way Copies of confirmation notes The system should produce multiple copies of the confirmation note for each deal recorded These are intended for use as follows client copy investment manager copy financial controller copy BANK S filing copy Re print of confirmation slips The system should provide a facility to re print any deal confirmation upon user request These Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 231 Requirement Compliant Modification 3rd Party Non compliant should clearly be marked Copy Immediate reporting Immediate reporting of unmatched confirmations shall be produced On line viewing Unmatched confirmations shall be viewed on line Processing unmatched confir
324. is includes inward and outward remittance remittance Telegraphic Transfer TT in Taka and Foreign currency This includes inward and outward Whether system supports capturing details of remittance including remitter s name remitting bank for inward remittance correspondent bank s name amount of remittance purpose of remittance Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 199 Requirement Compliant Modification 3rd Party Non compliant country of remittance beneficiary s name beneficiary s bank name for outward remittance etc Whether FDD amp FTT can be issued in a automated manner through the module for outward remittance Whether fund can be automatically credited to the beneficiary s account after giving necessary input in the system for inward remittance Whether report can be generated for remittance received from a particular country for a particular time period for a particular currency for a particular beneficiary etc Whether search engine is available in the module to find out details of a remittance using amount of remittance remittance ref no country of remittance date of remittance etc Instant Cash Facility Whether Independent module is available in the core software to process the inward foreign remittances received from different exchange houses to be disbursed in cash or in other form by the central forei
325. ith ITT Sub Clause 3 2 The Tenderer with a consistent history of litigation or a number of arbitration awards against it shall not be eligible to Tender The Tenderer shall supply the information requested in para 3 3 of the Tenderer Information Sheet Form G 4 The Tenderer shall have the legal capacity to enter into the contract The Tenderer shall not be insolvent be in receivership be bankrupt or being wound up its business activities shall not be suspended and it shall not be the subject of legal proceedings for any of the foregoing The Tenderer shall have fulfilled its obligations to pay taxes and social security contributions under the relevant national laws and regulations All goods and related services to be supplied under the contract are eligible unless their origin is from a country specified in the TDS For purposes of this clause origin means the place where the goods are mined grown or produced or the place from which the related services are supplied The origin of goods and services is distinct from the nationality of the Tenderer For goods contracts requiring Design amp Civil work with installation commissioning implementation of Core Banking Solution with networking or similar services at site the Tenderer at the Tenderer s own responsibility and risk is encouraged to visit and examine the Site and obtain all information that may be necessary for preparing the Tender and entering into a contract for
326. itional or reduced cost shall not be separately paid or credited if the same has already been accounted for in the price adjustment provisions where applicable in accordance with GCC Clause 23 The Supplier shall not be liable for forfeiture of its Performance Security liquidated damages or termination for default if and to the extent that its delay in performance or other failure to perform its obligations under the Contract is the result of an event of Force Majeure For purposes of this Clause Force Majeure means an event or situation beyond the control of the Supplier that is not foreseeable is unavoidable and its origin is not due to negligence or lack of care on the part of the Supplier Such events may include but not be limited to acts of the Purchaser in its sovereign capacity wars or revolutions fires floods epidemics quarantine restrictions and freight embargoes If a Force Majeure situation arises the Supplier shall promptly notify the Purchaser in writing of such condition and the cause thereof Unless otherwise directed by the Purchaser in writing the Supplier shall continue to perform its obligations under the Contract as far as is reasonably practical and shall seek all reasonable alternative means for performance not prevented by the Force Majeure event Termination for Default a The Purchaser without prejudice to any other remedy for breach of Contract by giving twenty eight 28 days written notice of default m
327. itoring The system should provide for an on line facility to view deals entered by the dealers with a specified forward value date Nostro and vostro statement reconciliation Receipt of incoming statements The system shall receive incoming statements from correspondent banks Generation of reconciliation statements The system shall automatically process correspondent bank statements details against financial and deal records and shall generate a reconciliation statement The system does reconciliation on an account to account basis Full audit and reporting shall be undertaken highlighting unmatched statement lines Statement lines with value date differences Nostro Reconciliation would be made between Off line AD Branches and Head Office Investigation The system shall automatically queue outstanding items requiring investigation according to user defined instructions Follow up messages Follow up messages shall be generated to investigate outstanding un reconciled items and matches with a value date difference Retention of investigation details Investigation details shall be retained on line by the system and shall be linked to the outstanding items On line viewing All outstanding items and investigation details shall be viewed on line Manual reconciliation The system shall enable the user to manually match statement lines Re
328. ity Cache Memory 24MB L3 Cache Minimum per processor Internal Hard 4X 600GB 10 000 RPM Minimum Disk FC SAS SCSI Disk Drive with Mirroring for Operating System T O Slots Four Slots Minimum Ethernet Port 2X 1Gb Ethernet NIC Fiber Channel Two 2 Dual Port Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter 8Gbps to connect the Adapter External SAN Storage amp Tape Library DVD ROM DVD ROM or equivalent any device attached by which the requirement will be fulfilled Power supply Redundant Hot Swap plug Power Supply Benchmark Please submit the Benchmark TPC or SPEC Int amp FP or Oracle Information on proposed model of the server Operating Pre installed 64 Bit UNIX Operating System with CD and Manual System High availability ECC protected DDR3 memory PC3 10600 Registered memory features Memory double chip spare to overcome two DRAM chip failures Warranty 03 Years comprehensive warranty with onsite support Other If any other Hardware Software component or equipments are required for giving the solution please mention and quote for the same Power Should be mentioned in each server consumption Warranty 03 Years full Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 115 iv Tape Library and Backup software ve Brand To be mentioned Model To be mentioned Country of To be mentioned Origin Country of To be menti
329. ividual Tenderers 1 General Information of the Tenderer 1 1 Tenderer s Legal Name 1 2 Tenderer s legal address in Country of Registration 1 3 Tenderer s legal status Proprietorship Partnership Registered under the Partnership Act 1932 Limited Liability Concern Registered under the Companies Act 1913 Others 1 4 Tenderer s Year of Registration 1 5 Tenderer s business status Manufacturer Developer Local Agent Distributor of a foreign Manufacturer Stockist Others 1 6 Tenderer s Authorised Representative Information Name Address Telephone Fax Numbers e mail address 1 7 Tenderer s Value Added Tax Registration Number 1 8 Tenderer s Income Tax Identification Number TIN Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 71 1 9 Tenderer to attach copies of the following documentation a Articles of Incorporation or Registration of firm b Latest Income Tax Clearance Certificate c Latest VAT Registration Certificate d Original letter naming the person authorised to sign on behalf of the Tenderer 2 Qualification Information of the Tenderer 2 1 Number of years of overall experience of the Tenderer in the supply of goods and related services 2 2 Number of years of experience of the Tenderer in the supply of similar goods and related services 2 3 Total annual mon
330. ized root cause analysis and service management Interface for importing provisioning data into the NMS software so that you can correlate subscriber and service data with managed network resources vi IP Services Management The proposed solution should be able to map and manage enterprise MPLS VPNs by automating the provider connection resolution and monitoring the service health with an option to auto provision service assurance tests to proactively calculate the availability of remote sites The proposed solution should be able to discover CE routers peer with PE routers using the BGP Peer table like o Local Autonomous System Number ASN o Remote Autonomous System number o ASNSs registered with regional registries The proposed solution should provide a built in database of over 2000 ASNs The proposed solution should provide BGP Session Monitoring to monitor the health of the BGP peering session to determine traffic impact when the peering session is down as well as identify the root cause of any traffic outage The proposed solution should provide ASN pooling including discovery and management of multiple ASNs assigned to a single provider The proposed solution should be capable of managing the VPN Service including a complete Service Discovery of all the Devices and components that support each VPN The proposed solution must organize the VPN information so that all of the supporting PE Routers and Interfaces are collected under each VPN T
331. l systems namely Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 229 Requirement Compliant Modification 3rd Party Non compliant SWIFT Alliance Authorized users The authentication keys settings shall be secured and enabled to authorized users only Non authentication The system shall block all instructions to counterparties that cannot be authenticated by the system Releasing blocked instructions Blocked instructions shall be released with management s authorization once authentication keys become available Clearing blocked instructions Blocked instructions may be transferred to the history archive without further processing of those instructions Incoming message routing Routing The system shall enable automatic routing of incoming messages through the use of message codes user tables Exceptional incoming messages Any incoming messages which cannot be processed automatically shall be placed in an outstanding message queue for the appropriate department to process Re routing It shall be possible for the user to manually re route outstanding messages to another user department Manual priority re routing The system shall enable the user to manually highlight a high priority message prior to re routing Process outstanding messages It shall be possible to process and clear outstanding messages
332. l reject by the Purchaser as non responsive In exceptional circumstances prior to the expiration of the Tender validity period the Purchaser may solicit the Tenderers consent to an extension of the period of validity of their Tenders The request and the responses shall be made in writing The Tender Security provided under ITT Clause 27 shall also be suitably extended promptly If a Tenderer does not respond or refuses the request it shall not forfeit its Tender Security but its Tender shall no longer be considered in the evaluation proceedings A Tenderer agreeing to the request will not be required or permitted to modify its Tender Page no 16 27 Tender Security ane 27 2 27 3 27 4 27 5 27 6 28 Tender Format 28l and Signing 28 2 28 3 29 Tender Sealing ie and Marking 29 2 Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc The Tenderer shall furnish the tender security in the Technical Proposal Which is as part of its Tender a Tender Security in original form Form G 6 and in the amount specified TDS The Tender Security shall a at the Tenderer s option be either i in the form of a bank draft or pay order or ii in the form of an irrevocable bank guarantee Form G 6 issued by a Scheduled Bank of Bangladesh in the format furnished in Section 5 Tender and Contract Forms iii or defined in TDS 27 1 b be payable promptly upon written demand by the Purchaser in the case of the conditions listed in ITT Sub Clause 27
333. l transactions between trading desks Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 247 8 3 3 11 Asset Liability Management System Requirement Compliant Modification 3rd Party Non compliant A complete analysis by currency of the banks assets and liabilities by both legal and repricing maturities User defined reports Interfaces with General Ledger Deposit Module Money Market Module Loans Trade Finance Module 8 3 3 12 Investment Requirement Compliant Modification Brd Party INon compliant Ability to trace inter branch physical movement of securities Ability to interface with customers current accounts Ability to create automatic accounting records for different products operations Ability to show the banks and Mutual Funds Portfolio position on line Ability to allow buying selling transactions At branch level with separate inventories and compare the activity in branches Ability to support custody service by Charging the customers for this service according to predefined calculation method s a Providing custody accounts for customers b Providing historical information c Providing necessary reports and customer statements d Portfolio revaluation and profit loss analysis Ability to record at security level a number b type c date of expiration d date of coupons e number of
334. la o tale gt f ji ri 5 a e LEIE ss PAAT eon y tl R v2 007 e i RUPALI BANK OFFICE DILKUSHA C A DHAKA SCALE 1 50 Annexure 01 Rupali Bank Ltd Computer Division Floor Layout of DC 3 floor Head office Dhaka Communicati NOC room Archiving Server room 23 6 x 18 on room 97x 18 room L423 2 Le IS 1725 f B 1s 130 ft 145 5 f Reception room 10 x 15 150 f gt aad 2999 x 9909 Power room Battery Bank T 3 x63 9 x63 12 Px 114 12 4 x 114 139 69 f 139 69 f PM room 12 1 x 157 188 2 ft Testing SMC room DOC room room 43 x 16 10 710x179 9x179 TIn f 138 98 f 159 75 f Annexure 01 Ove taa eer ote Fame Oh a ARCHIVING ROOM PAC OUT DOOR CORRIDOR PAC COMMUNICATION ROOM Ea GFUNOEA RSF BATTERY BANK ROOM NOL Wauo38 RUPALI BANK LTD Annexure 01 wpe Tage ae athe rey on eu POLI YN ida Nonsaods ATEN NOOY DON WOOY SNINHSYY W994 VAL 2 WOOY NOL YOIINI O RECREATION woo WNVG AMALIE Ova 4OOMNOD Annexure 01 Rupali Bank Ltd Disaster Recovery Center Site Survey Report e Old but strong building e 2 Floor has been chosen for Data Center e Total floor details bellow Len
335. lances both in foreign and domestic currencies i e especially in respect of foreign currency transactions Produce transaction ledgers in multiple currencies with local currency as base currency parameter file Support a user sted number of levels of hierarchy Within a bank wide ar Create and maintain files containing levels of consolidation of financial information e g cost or profit center division department and company level of depth to be performed Assign account numbers to specific units of the overall organization E Calculate consolidated goodwill based on cost of investment and equity as ar and a Ry a a E Save and retrieve historical consolidated information under user specified control Print financial performance analysis by division department and corporate structure HEE tt aes papi consolidated providing flexible reporting of user defined financial ratios compared to similar ratios a for the previous period the same period last year and year to date a ee a ft EE Software should capable to consolidate one GL from the system by tagging uploading data from Off line branches Report Writer Allows an unlimited number of financial reports for balance sheet income statement supporting schedule and other user specific account analysis e CY Profit center cost center a R Range of account numbers with Range of account numbers with specified exceptions exceptions Rang
336. licies Maintain details of collateral for a loan Security revaluation Allow one loan to be granted against multiple collateral To confirm Lien marking one to one one to many many to many even 3rd party etc To remind the expiry of security revaluation maturity FDR Sanchaya Petra SP Bonds etc To provide auto generated client wise lien confirmation withdrawal eligible security and security release To provide pop up before i Encashment of security Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 212 Requirement Compliant _ lt S JNE a lilg 2 lkl ls A 9 5 Li Sls l Som inlzZ ii Further lien on that security if the loan is disbursed against 3 rd party s security FDR Loan Processing Interest Rates Standard Interest Calculation Methods Interest suspension Interest waiver Calculation of parameter driven penalty for early repayment to be waived with appropriate authority Interest amortization Support daily interest accrual based on the stored interest rate and the daily outstanding balance Support backdated interest rate change with all auto re calculation of interest accrual and installment due Support calculation and posting of late charge which is certain of the outstanding installment or a user defined minimum charge Support manual input of interest amount Loan Processing Fees amp Charges Support fixed and periodic loa
337. lineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 132 Line Printer 01 Brand PRINTRONIX IBM or equivalent Model P 7010 Country of origin USA Country of Assemble Singapore Main Feature Upper case and Lower case Support Interface RS 232 RJ 45 Network Interface Parallel Port Necessary Interface to connect the offered printer with IBM as 400 eServer iSeriees 9406 800 and windows operating system Printing Speed 2000 Line per minute high speed Paper size Continuous form width 3 to 17 with tear stripes when using rear exit the maximum is 16 inches Emultion IBM Proprinter iii XL Printronix P series XQ Serial Matrix Epson FX 1050 Printing Width 136 Column Compatibility Printronix Form Type Continuous Fan fold Edge Performatted Print Copy Up to 6 Copy Ribbon Alert Facility Ribbon Alert Observation facility Warranty 1 year manufacture warranty amp 2 years supplier warranty with parts amp Labor Operating Temp 10 40 Degree C Accessories One genuine ribbon power cable Data cable User manual Drive Disk CD Software and other accessories as necessary to install the printer to existing IBM AS 400 e Server iSeries 9406 800 Installation Bidder will install the printer with existing IBM AS 400 e Server iSeries 9406 800 Ribbon 20 pieces Extra Genuine Ribbon Flat Scanner 01 Brand International repu
338. lly responsive the Purchaser shall correct arithmetical errors on the following basis a if there is a discrepancy between the unit price and the total price that is obtained by multiplying the unit price and quantity the unit price shall prevail and the total price shall be corrected unless in the opinion of the Purchaser there is an obvious misplacement of the decimal point in the unit price in which case the total price as quoted shall govern and the unit price shall be corrected b if there is an error in a total corresponding to the addition or subtraction of subtotals the subtotals shall prevail and the total shall be corrected and c if there is a discrepancy between words and figures the amount in words shall prevail unless the amount expressed in words is related to an arithmetical error in which case the amount in figures shall prevail subject to a and b above Any arithmetical error or other discrepancy as stated in ITT Sub clause 39 1 is found it shall be immediately notified to the concerned Tenderer Any Tenderer that does not accept the correction of errors as determined by the application of ITT Sub clauses 39 1 its Tender shall be disqualified and its Tender Security may be forfeited The Purchaser shall firstly examine the Tenders to confirm that all documentation requested in ITT Clause 17 has been provided and to determine the completeness of each document submitted The Purchaser shall assess wheth
339. low payments to be Event driven on line Ability to interface with checks and promissory notes applications Ability to collect interest and or loan amount at maturity and or predefined dates periods Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 214 Requirement Z a 2 HFHH AlE JEIS JHE Ole a Z according to settlement instructions defined Ability to close the loan account and open a past due account with a penalty interest rate Predefined according to currencies For the uncollected portions Ability to define different period codes for interim interest accrual postings Ability to support the operations related with loans indexed to different currencies but issued in local currency by keeping additionally Indexed currency amount in foreign currency or FX rate on the date of issuing Ability to retain pre finance loans as a non cash loan System should be able to support workflow and imaging features in Loan application processing and credit Limit appraisal process System should be able to support online off line credit approval system real time batch process authority level as per user defined Authority table Authorities who enjoy delegation of business power for Credit approval System should be able to support Screening Preliminary Credit application in line with the approved PPGs Product program guide in the system with a
340. lter Worm Categories Phishing Spyware Virus DDoS Trojan Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 122 Bandwidth Hijacking P2P Walk in Worm Blended Threat VoIP Backdoor Zero Day Initiative OS Vulnerabilities Operational Need to operate in line in the network Features Protecting from external as well as internal threats Able to block malicious and unwanted traffic Able to prioritize applications that are mission critical Able to block attacks at multi gigabit speeds with extremely low latency Able to perform without degrading network performance Able to perform thousands of checks on each packet flow simultaneously Able to perform total packet flow inspection at Layers 2 7 Able to do traffic classification Able to do rate shaping Algorithm should allow automatic thresholds and throttling so that mission critical applications are given a higher priority on the network Able to protect network infrastructure by blocking attacks against routers switches DNS and other infrastructure equipment Should have measure for protection against new threats before vulnerabilities are disclosed to the public Zero day initiative Should have statistical protocol and application anomaly protection to protect against traffic surges buffer overflows unknown attacks and unknown vulnerabilities Should deli
341. lude details of stock description quantity current value Maturity date Stock used as collateral The stock used as collateral by BANK S should also be clearly identified through a separate portfolio enabling accounting for contingent liabilities control over movements of such stock Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 235 Requirement Compliant Modification 3rd Party Non compliant updating and reporting of a specific maturity ladder for the collateral portfolio Identification of the instrument to which the collateral refers Stock received as collateral The stock received as collateral from counterparties should also be clearly identified such as through a separate portfolio enabling control over movements of such stock Stock available for withdrawal by counterparty The system should provide an on line list of the stock available for withdrawal by counterparty This should be directly accessible from the withdrawal facility Exchanging facility The system should provide a facility which enables users to exchange stock used as collateral This facility should effectively perform a withdrawal followed by a lodge with all the facilities provided by those independent facilities Collateral positions Collateral position The system should provide an on line enquiry displaying the total balance of collateral lodged by and or with a specified counterparty The
342. m Accounting Reports standard transaction reports are defined in the system Marketing Reports standard transaction reports are defined in the system Statistical Reports statistical reports are defined in the system Reporting Tools third party reporting tools are supported Flexible Reporting Provision to define and set up ad hoc reports in the system Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 252 8 3 3 13 Merchant Banking Requirement S S w a s HERSE sis E5 Cle 7 Products Creation of different product type Features of the products should be parameterized Account Management Account opening editing closing Marking inoperative dormant deceased Margin loan ratio setting It should be parameterized individual security wise including implementation date Fund Management Cash receive payment amp confirmation Cheque receive payment amp honor dishonor Fund withdrawal Internal fund transfer Brokerage house wise netting and cheque receive payment Option for correction of wrong posting IPO amp Placement Management Right share management Dividend Management Cash dividend Stock dividend Fractional stock dividend Accounting Integrated with customer side Daily cashbook Daily Trial Balance Head wise subsidiary ledger ID us
343. m as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 Sub Total Total Cost Note 1 EXW means Ex works Ex factory Ex warehouse Ex show room or off the shelf as applicable Note 2 Unit Price EXW shall include all custom duties and taxes as specified in ITT Sub Clause 20 5 a Note 3 Price for inland transportation shall include insurance and other costs as specified in ITT Sub Clause 20 5 c Note 4 VAT and any other taxes payable in Bangladesh shall be included here as specified in ITT Sub Clause 20 5 b Name of Tenderer Signature of Tenderer Date Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 52 Price Schedule for Related Services Maintenance Form G 2B Invitation for Tender No Date Tender Package No 05 2 01 DATA CENTER DC PRICE OF MAINTENANCE SERVICES AFTER THREE YEARS WARRANTY PERIOD Description Unit of Qty it Total price Maintenance Of Related Service Supply Of units i Required col 4 x 5 st o o a g 5 year 6 year C T add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 4 Su 05 2 01 2 Furniture for DC add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 Ss technical Specification in section 07 2E as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requiremen
344. m must have full security facilities to control access to data and processing at each terminal meeting C 2 security standards Security and encryption means used by the system must comply with international standards Access to the system Passwords related to an individual not a terminal Passwords stored and transmitted in an encrypted format Password change frequency should be maintainable Terminal should be disabled after three unsuccessful log on attempts Automatic deactivation of a terminal after non use for a specified time Input to the system may require up to three levels of authority Each user to be presented with a tailor made menu which provides access to tasks for which he is authorized The user profiles should be defined on the central system Access to all central system functions subject to security needs should be available from all Outlets and the Outlet system should be wholly compatible with the central system Controls Ability to limit operators authority to a maximum amount for particular transaction types Transaction processing rules within the Bank identify the officers and levels of authority required to enter each type of transaction Rules to identify officers with authority to authorize each type of transactions built into the system Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 256 Audit e Access by each individual to be monitored and logged Starting time Ending time Time
345. mations Unmatched confirmations may be blocked by the user for investigation and transferred to a message history archive without further action taken or processed further with management authorization Unacknowledged confirmations The system should produce a report showing all confirmations which have not been acknowledged by the counterparty The system should enable the user to request a copy of the original confirmation note with the addition of a standard Please sign and return notice Limits Limits utilization shall be equal to the net fund transfer value net value outstanding if such an agreement is in force with a counterparty and is being applied Settlement administration Payments Payment instructions The system shall accept payment instructions generated by the Banking Operations System Investments Management System Financial Management System Authorization The payment instructions shall be queued pending management authorization for settlement Formatting On authorization the payment instructions shall be formatted for settlement via the external systems Payments to counterparties The system should produce payment notices for each payment through BANK S clearing accounts The instruction slip should show transaction identifier the counterparty name the underlying transaction details such as the account number of a banking client
346. ments Cancellation Payment of claim Letter of Guarantee Other Features Availability of word processing to type free format L C or Guarantee Connectivity whereby Credit Risk Department Commercial Banking and International Banking is linked to get up to date information Facility to check utilization of facilities by customers banks income by A c Officer Division Group wise Connectivity with communication dept full swift telex interface for both incoming and outgoing swift telex messages Facility to input any note on transaction for user s review before action taken Flexibility to accommodate new instructions regulations Facility to user to approve issuance processing of transaction despite non availability of limit Decimals in accordance with respective currency Ability to store reports on diskettes Daily weekly monthly back up Facility to Archive Purge Diarization facility Parameter file for each customer to store specific clauses used frequently and facility to copy amend the same when required Templates library to store A clauses required Updating of SWIFT formats and fields in the system by vendor where changes made by SWIFT SWIFT validation Authorization controls must be available per field and not per type of transaction Ability to apply two different exchange rates according to exchange rates slabs Fac
347. n The tenderer must keep the power provision to 15 RACK in server and communication of the room including other devices Tenderer Minimize single point of failure Assuming average power consumption 4 KW Rack Minimum 16 power outlet per rack Back Up Power Supply Generation System Power Protection System Lightning Protection System Heat Removal System Grounding System Remote Monitoring System Double Conversion Through Online UPS Manageability of large industrial loads 80mm Strikes orb module with IEC 61643 1 specification Selecting Module Type Redundant Power Supply Essential Main Switch Board EMSB UPS Distribution Board UPS DB Lightning Surge Protection Device SPD Power Distribution Unit PDU Lighting Small Power Distribution Board DB LP Mechanical Switchboard CRAC DB Interconnection electrical cabling International Standard Certified product like NFPA UL Under Laboratory FM Factory Mutual ULC ISO Electrical Cable Origin As per Brand design Type consideration Features International reported brand with BDTI approved Rated voltage 600 1000v of the permissible voltage 720 1200 fixed 40 to 70 degree centigrade Including earthling line Tenderer Industrial Socket Origin Brand As per Type design Features International reported brand with BDTI approved 3 point socket with earthling consideration point 220 to 250v AC operating temperature 5 degree to 55 degree centigrade with fire
348. n fees Support fixed and periodic loan charges Support penalty charges for early loan settlement Amortization of Fees Loans Processing Repayment Support for repayment methods like interest only installments Principal only Installments principal interest installments EPI Equated Periodic Installments Support for repayment by flat installments increasing installments declining installments Repayment Processing Unlimited number of repayment periods System should support all methods of disbursal and repayment cash clearing Cheque funds transfer Standing orders GL direct transfer and deduction from salary Support automatic generation of repayment schedule for interest rate change on individual loan accounts Automatic generation of repayment schedule for interest rate change on individual loan accounts Support for repayment holidays Auto generation of the required direct debit details for accounts held with the bank other bank Support auto re try of direct debit until 1 payment is made or 2 lapse of user defined re try cycle or 3 intervening action is taken Support partial payment of regular installment and also allow excess repayment i e the pay in amount is greater than the installment amount Initial repayment holiday Prepayment Prepayment of loans partial Prepayment of loans full Support payment of installment in advance Automatic re calculation of repayment schedule on early
349. n fees for agents Payment Method What type of commission payment methods are to the agent Cheque Capital Accumulator Banking Setup Is it possible to define and setup banking details Per Unit holder Per Other Banking Details Indicate the banking details Institution Name Institution Code Account Number Account Holder Branch Code Account Type Multiple Bank Accounts Does the system have the facility for more than one bank account for Unit holders Agents Others Number How many bank accounts can be maintained per Unit holder Agent Other Default Bank Details Does the system default the bank details for a transaction type for Unit holder Agent Other Pricing Pricing Method What pricing method can the system be based on Whether future or historic or Both Fund Pricing Is it possible to setup and define the pricing parameters for each different fund If so what parameters Decimal Points Is it possible to setup and define the number of decimal points for the prices Decimal Rounding Is it possible to setup and define the decimal point rounding for the prices Management Information and Reporting Agent Reports What standard agent reports are defined in the system Fund Reports standard fund reports are defined in the system Administration Reports standard administration transaction reports are defined in the syste
350. n for capacity planning and real time network monitoring purposes Warranty 3 Years 7 4 03 SWITCH 08 Brand CISCO Juniper or Equivalent Model Should be mentioned Country Of Should be mentioned origin Country Of Should be mentioned Manufacturing Ports 24 Port PoE Switch Performance o Switching Fabric Min 88 Gbps nonblocking o SDRAM Min 128 MB on board o At least 65 mpps forwarding rate Supported e Min 4 dual personality ports PoE auto sensing 10 100 1000Base T or SPF slot Features e 10GE uplink support e The Switch should be modular multilayer switch All ports should be POE capable e Support for Redundant Power Supply IEEE 802 1Q VLAN encapsulation e Should support IPv6 forwarding and 10 Gigabit extended interfaces e STP Root Guard to protects root bridge from malicious attack or configuration mistakes e Centralized VLAN Management and support for Voice VLAN e IGMP snooping Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 109 e Support for ingress and egress port monitoring e Support for the Link Aggregation Protocol LACP e Per port quality of service QoS configuration and Strict priority queuing e Support for Quality of Service for Broadcast Control Advanced classifier based QoS WRR SP WRR Committed Access Rate CAR and line rate e Support for Layer 2
351. n is given below The Tenderer may proposed better solutions based on floor spaces considering all functional unit of the DRC for smooth operation 1st Phase 2nd Phase Bundle 1 Bundle 2 Approx No of No of Area No of No of Area sft RACK Seat sft RACK Seat Server Room 423 08 N A 01 N A Communication Room 130 02 N A 01 N A Raised floor for Server and communication 553 room Network Operation Centre NOC 172 N A 04 N A 02 DRC Operation Centre 139 N A 04 N A 02 Power Fire Fighting and UPS Room 273 Archiving Room 145 N A N A N A N A Substation Space As required N A N A N A N A Generator Space Do N A N A N A N A Structure caballing layout Proposed Data recovery Center may be at S K Road Branch Rupali Bank Ltd Narayangangj Which is located near about 16 Kilometer form proposed Data Center So the interested tenderer are requested to visit the site with their own cost and submit the proposal for considering the same architecture and design approach of DC to perform the above area of unit The required items for DRC are defined below The tenderer must follow the same features and specification of Item Except the sizing of and capacity of Substation Generator UPS AVR APC and CAC etc those specified in the Data center and submit the proposal SI No Item Name with specification Q
352. n line at processing level On line performance of all types of calculations Account number structure to be fully compatible with our General Ledger package On line facility to print display customer position Liabilities Ability to handle consolidated limits provide various credit facilities Pending transactions not released by system to be added to new transaction for which credit approval is to be obtained Produce LC guarantee instrument on line basis with no limitations for number of forms Handle forward and backward value dates for Debiting crediting customer s account Debiting crediting Nostro and Vostro account Release SWIFT Telex Fax Mail messages after final approval instantly at option Multiple gate ways Refer to A C officer electronically for approval where required Reject Release of Transaction which is pending for Credit Approval Facility to Set up and Update Customers Correspondent Banks Country Limits Standard Optional Mandatory Clauses Insurance Companies Commodity Codes Banned Commodities Government restriction clauses Customers Account officers standing instruction s Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 220 Requirement Compliant Modification 3rd Party Non compliant Currency s LC PROCESSING Register L C Application
353. n that a the Purchaser or Supplier needs to share with institutions participating in the financing of the Contract b now or hereafter enters the public domain through no fault of that party c can be proven to have been possessed by that party at the time of disclosure and which was not previously obtained directly or indirectly from the other party or d otherwise lawfully becomes available to that party from a third party that has no obligation of confidentiality The above provisions of GCC Clause 11 shall not in any way modify any undertaking of confidentiality given by either of the parties hereto prior to the date of the Contract in respect of the Supply or any part thereof The provisions of GCC Clause 11 shall survive completion or termination for whatever reason of the Contract Communications between Parties notice request or consent required or permitted to be given or made by one party to the other pursuant to the Contract shall be in writing to the addresses specified in the PCC A notice shall be effective when delivered or on the notice s effective date whichever is later A Party may change its address for notice hereunder by giving the other Party notice of such change to the address Page no 30 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Patent and Intellectual Property Rights Copyright Assignment Sub contracting Supplier s Responsibilities
354. nce should support load balancing algorithm like persistent ip redirect static QOS client port round robin shortest response least connections cookie header and session based The appliance should support transparent proxy and triangular mode operations Round Robin Weighted Round Robin Least Connection Weighted Least Connection Load balancing Random Weighted Random algorithms Source IP Hash Source IP Port Hash j Destination IP Hash Best Performing Link Bandwidth HTTP Content RTSP Link Load Inbound and Outbound balancing ACL NAPT PAT NAT Server Port mapping DNS Query Flood SYN Security Flood ICMP Flood UDP Flood IP Spoofing Hotfix standard Radius Warranty 3 Years Security Manager Software Country of To be mentioned by the tenderer manufacturer Product part no To be mentioned by the tenderer Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 127 General Specification The Proposed Security Management System must combine Web based tools for configuring monitoring and troubleshooting e VPNs e Firewalls e Network Intrusion Prevention Systems IPSs e Host based Intrusion Prevention Systems IPSs e Router based IPSs The Security Management system should support 100 devices and should be upgradeable to 250 devices Security Management System must enable to deploy security infrastructures using the following features e Integrated management Must manage both the securi
355. nd information furnished to the Purchaser by the Supplier herein shall remain vested in the Supplier or if they are furnished to the Purchaser directly or through the Supplier by any third party including suppliers of materials the copyright in such materials shall remain vested in such third party The Supplier shall not assign in whole or in part its obligations under the Contract except with the Purchaser s prior written consent The Supplier shall obtain approval of the Purchaser in writing of all Sub Contracts to be awarded under the Contract if not already specified in the Tender Sub Contracting shall in no event relieve the Supplier from any of its obligations duties responsibilities or liability under the Contract Subcontractors shall comply with the provisions of GCC Clause 3 The Supplier shall supply all the Goods and Related Services specified in the Scope of Supply in conformity in all respects with the provisions of the Contract Agreement The Purchaser shall pay the Supplier in consideration of the provision of Goods and Related Services the Contract Price or such other sum as may become payable under the provisions of the Contract at the times and manner prescribed in the Contract Agreement The Goods and Related Services to be supplied shall be as specified in Section 6 Schedule of Requirements Unless otherwise stipulated in the Contract the Supply shall include all such items not specifically mentioned in the Co
356. nd 50kb in size Administrator Should be able to add files folders or extensions to an 3000 user Page no 139 exclude list so that they are not scanned on access Should enable automatic submissions of unknown suspected virus samples to vendor and automatic response delivery of the cure Administrator should be able to lock down all anti virus configurations at the desktop amp User should be prevented from being able to uninstall the anti virus software Administrator must be able to distribute new and update anti virus software virus definitions and Policies automatically to clients and servers from a central location Administrator Should be able to initiate virus sweeps remotely in case of an outbreak Alerts on virus activity should be passed on to administrator Antivirus solution Should have APPLICATION Control module with the ability to block or be alerted to the use of a long list of UnAuthorised applications E g File Sharing Games etc Antivirus solution should have integrated DEVICE control module with a features to set devices to Read Only Add Exceptions and Block Antivirus solution should have integrated Network Access control module with the ability of Quarantine feature that should block remote users that fail security checks from accessing network resources Antivirus solution should have integrated Network Access control module with th
357. nd compatible network browsers The browser client should provide a consistent and user friendly interface across all modules and applications within the application Open architecture What are the proprietary hardware components in the architecture Is the operating System a Proprietary system or an industry standard operating system Does the platform and operating system support industry standard networking protocols e g TCP IP Support for ANSI SQL standard RDBMS Does your database support queries using standard ANSI SQL Database Tools for data migration Support for maintenance of data integrity between application and database Capability to automatically detect inform and reverse transactions that may be incomplete due to hardware failures Industry standard Relational Database Parameterization Global Parameters Configuration of the system MUST be largely parameter driven including Printer option Menu option Authorizing and approval limits with security System functions Branch level Product level Screen level Transaction mnemonics Calendar Definition Define Business Non Business Day in a Calendar Define posting rule for a given type of transaction in relation to the calendar Define Weekly holiday Holidays as Regional National or Local Provide an internal calendar that will track holidays weekends end of month Half Year closing Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 166
358. nd confirmation to all incoming and outgoing positions Access information on open positions per account Search and print information by Amount exact and approximate Time period Reference Date Report on open and closed positions Application interaction General Ledger System Customer Information File Customer Accounting System Outputs and reporting Requirements Detailed listing of Deal transactions G L accounting entries Payment instructions Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 240 Requirement Non compliant Compliant Modification 3rd Party Customer Confirmations and Notices generated List of trades by dealer counterparty broker and currency List of unconfirmed trades Limits and the utilization of the limit by dealer currency country industry and counterparty Nostro positions showing the balance projection Maturity schedules by currency transaction type and counterparty Inward outward payment list Reports to support the reconciliation of Counterparty confirmations against the Bank s trading records Broker statements of trades and charges Nostro account balances Brokerage reports to allow the Bank to monitor and reconcile the brokerage charges These should show by broker Commissions paid also showing any discounts received Number of deals
359. nder this guarantee on or before that date Signature Signature Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 78 Undertaking Letter Form G 10 This is the format for the Undertaking Letter in accordance with Section 1 Clause 24 5 Contract No Date To Name and address of Purchaser With reference to the Contract no we hereby undertake that we will share the Source Code of the Core Banking Solution either directly or based on the ESCROW Agreement defined by the Bank once we successfully implement the project Signed In the capacity of Duly authorized to sign the authorization for and on behalf of Name of manufacturer Date Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 79 prices in Form G 2 as per point of supply and delivery schedule given below Section 6 Schedule of Requirements A List of Goods and Delivery Schedule Following Items and Quantity are expected by the bank for the project The Tenderer may proposed any other Items which is deem necessary for their solution or increase decrease quantity of items if necessary for their proposed solution considering better performance security reliability and scalability of the project The Tenderer shall Quote each item 1 2 3 4 5 6 Item No Description of Item Unit of Quantity of Point of Delivery Supply Supply Supply
360. nenssvacsees 17 29 Tender Sealing and Marking ccccecccecseessceseceeeceseceeecesecesceeaeceecseeesseenssenseenas 30 Tender Submission Deadline 0 cccccccecsceesceesseeseeeseeeceesceceseeseneseecneeeeseenseeneees 31 Tender Submitted Late c ccc cecccsssceseceseceeeeseceeseeeecsceeeeceseescessecsseenseesaeennes 32 Tender Modification Substitution or Withdrawal ccccccscceeseceeesscesseeeeseeeees F Tender Opening and Evaluation cscccccssssscsssssescssscssscssesesssssesssesescssesseessseesens 18 33 Tender Opening enaa ea ah eins a aaa aE aeea o EAs as 34 Tender Confidentiality ccccccccc sc cesccsscesceccsie ses oriei ii inis i E 35 Render Clarificatlon nennen e e E ei RARE itso ein 36 Tenderer Contacting the Purchase cccccccesccssecssceseeeeeeeseeeeeeseeereeeseeeseeneeeee 37 Tender Responsiveness cccsccescesscescesseessecssceeseecesesseeeseecneeeeseeeaeesseeeseeeseesees 38 Tender Non conformities Errors and OMISSIONS ccccccccccceesseceesssssseessseeeees 39 Tender Correction of Arithmetical Errors 0 cccccecsseesseessceseeeeeeeeeceeseseceeneesseeensees 40 Tender Preliminary Examination 0 ccceccccccesccessessceseceeseeenecseeeeeesceseeeneeeneeeaes 41 Tender Technical Evaluation 0 ccccccccccccssessseeseceeceseeseeceeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeneeeeneneees 42 Tender Financial Evaluation 0 cccccccsccessceseceseeessesseceseceseeeeseess
361. nes Tenderer Information Sheet Form G 4 ceccccseeseeseesceceseesseeeeseeseeseecneesneeenseeseeneeenes Manufacturer s Authorization Letter Form G 5 cceecceccesscceseeeseeeteeeneeeseceseeseeenseseesaeees Tender Security Form G 6 ccccccscccssscsssesscesscessceeeeeseceeceseseecetesceseeecesesceseeessesaeensees Notification of Award Form G 7 ccceccesscsssssseceseesseesseceseeeseecseseseeeneeeneeeeseeeneees Contract Agreement Form G 8 o cccecccecsceesseesecessceneeeseeesecesseeeseneseseseenseeeeeenseenes Bank Guarantee for Performance Security Form G 9 o cececeeseeeeeteeeteenees Undertaking Letter Form G 10 Schedule of Requirements sssssssssessccsesssssscssesscssesssssessssssssssssesessseees 80 Technical Specifications esesessesesessososeseseoeosososeosesesoseososososeososososescosososesee 87 DC DRC Design amp Floor Layout Load Balance DC Pilot Branch List and HW Requirement doc LAN HO IP amp Antivirus doc All Branch List of RBL Penalty Cause doc DC DRC Network Diagram doc Present Branch Banking System Information Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc _Pageno 4 Rupali Bank Ltd Head Office Computer Division 34 Dilkusha C A Dhaka 1000 Tel 9556966 Fax 88 02 9564148 E mail it rupalibank org Website www rupalibank org INVITATION FOR TENDER Tenders are hereby invited under the provisions of the Public Procurement Regulation 2008 and amendment of 2
362. nes for the purposes of this provision the terms set forth below as follows a corrupt practice means offering giving or promising to give directly or indirectly to any officer or employee of a Procuring Entity or other governmental private authority or individual a gratuity in any form an employment or any other thing or service of value as an inducement with respect to an act or decision of or method followed by a Procuring Entity in connection with the procurement proceeding b fraudulent practice means a misrepresentation or omission of facts in order to influence a procurement proceeding or the execution of a contract to the detriment of the Purchaser c collusive practice means a scheme or arrangement among two or more Tenderers with or without the knowledge of the Purchaser prior to or after Tender submission designed to establish Tender prices at artificial non competitive levels and to deprive the Purchaser of the benefits of free open and genuine competition and d coercive practice means harming or threatening to harm directly or indirectly persons or their property to influence the procurement proceedings or affect the execution of a contract The Supplier shall permit the Purchaser to inspect the Supplier s accounts and records and other documents relating to the submission of the Tender and Contract performance In interpreting the GCC singular also means plural male also me
363. network gt For IP Routing the switch should have support for Static RIP v1 RIP v2 OSPF IS IS BGP gt Should have support for Ipv6 from Day1 gt Should have support for IPv6 routing for RIP OSPF gt Standard and extended ACLs on all ports gt Switch should support a module which helps securing traffic with SSL or separate applience gt Should support IP Multicast Page no 120 gt IEEE 802 1x with voice VLAN feature should be there this would permit an IP phone to access the voice VLAN irrespective of the authorized or unauthorized state of the port gt The switch should have support for features which uses the network infrastructure to enforce security policy compliance on all devices seeking to access network computing resources thereby limiting damage from emerging security threats such as OS vulnerability viruses worms and spy ware This feature can allow network access only to compliant and trusted endpoint devices PCs laptops servers and PDAs for example and can restrict the access of noncompliant devices thereby maintaining the security posture of the entire networked environment Required VLAN Spanning Tree support gt The switch should support 802 1Q VLAN support gt The switch should support 802 1Q tag per port gt The switch should support 802 1Q VLAN trunking gt The switch should support MAC based VLANs gt The switch should have support for 802 1p gt
364. ng waived Severability a If any provision or condition of the Contract is prohibited or rendered invalid or unenforceable such prohibition invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provisions and conditions of the Contract Partial Supply a If partial supply is specified in the Schedule of Requirements references in the GCC to the Supply and to the Delivery Date shall apply to any portion of the Supply other than references to the Completion Date for the whole of the Supply The following documents forming the Contract shall be interpreted in the following order of priority a the signed Contract Agreement b the letter of Notification of Award c the completed Tender Submission Sheet as submitted by the Tenderer d the completed Price Schedules as submitted by the Tenderer e the Particular Conditions of Contract f the General Conditions of Contract g the Schedule of Requirements h the Technical Specifications i the Drawings and j any other document listed in the PCC as forming part of the Contract Page no 29 10 11 12 Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Eligibility Governing Language Governing Law Gratuities Agency fees Joint Venture Consortium or Association JVCA Confidential Information Communications and Notices 6 1 6 2 7 1 T2 8 1 9 1 10 1 11 2 11 3 11 4 11 5 12 1
365. ngs as are respectively assigned to them in the General Conditions of Contract hereafter referred to 2 The documents forming the Contract shall be interpreted in the following order of priority a the signed Form of Contract Agreement b the letter of Notification of Award c the completed Tender Submission Sheet as submitted by the Tenderer d the completed Price Schedules as submitted by the Tenderer e the Particular Conditions of Contract f the General Conditions of Contract g the Schedule of Requirements h the Technical Specifications 1 the Drawings and j any other document listed in the PCC as forming part of the Contract 3 In consideration of the payments to be made by the Purchaser to the Supplier as hereinafter mentioned the Supplier hereby covenants with the Purchaser to provide the goods and related services and to remedy any defects therein in conformity in all respects with the provisions of the Contract 4 The Purchaser hereby covenants to pay the Supplier in consideration of the provision of the goods and related services and the remedying of defects therein the Contract Price or such other sum as may become payable under the provisions of the Contract at the times and in the manner prescribed by the Contract IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed in accordance with the laws of Bangladesh on the day month and year first written above For the Purcha
366. niper or equivalent Model To be mentioned by the tenderer Country of origin US EU or equivalent Country of To be mentioned by the tenderer manufacturer Product part no To be mentioned by the tenderer gt 4 Gigabit amp 1 Fast Ethernet All required supported modules cards parts features software should be Interface E Requi t from same original equipment manufacturer OEM Seer At least 4 10 100 1000BASE T Interfaces At least 2 x 1OOOBASE X with SX Transceiver Memory gt Flash Minimum 64 MB Min Memory 256 MB Performance gt Maximum Firewall Throughput 05 Gbps gt Concurrent session 1 million gt High Availability Active Active Active Standby gt DRAM 512 MB gt Virtual LAN 150 gt VPN clustering and load balancing yes gt Management Web based management interface amp console Users Nodes Unlimited IEEE 802 1Q VLAN support VLANs 4000 Encryption DES 3DES AES Warranty At least 3 years on site with full labour parts amp replacement v IPS for Data center 02 Brand Should be internationally reputed Model Should be mentioned Part Product No Should be mentioned Country of Should be mentioned Origin Architecture Proactive Network Security Stateful detection and prevention High Availability HA option bypass Dual Redundant Power Supplies Inspected 600 Mbps Throughput Concurrent 60000 and above Sessions Management 1 x 10 100 Ethernet Interfaces Interface ports 6 x 10 100 1000 Ethernet Attack Fi
367. no 59 05 2 08 CORE BANKING SOLUTION FOR DC DRC AND PILOT BRANCHES INCLUDING PROJECTED REST BRANCHES AND CONTROL OFFICES OF RBL MAINTENANCE SERVICES AFTER THREE YEARS WARRANTY PERIOD Description Qty Of Related Service Of units Required col 4 x 5 specification and Business Projection at DC and DRC including free update Edition and Version of software add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 05 2 08 2 Maintenance Cost for 1 phase branches Division and Branches amp 55 03 01 Controal offices 55 pilot branches 3 Divisions and Control having facility to access from one Zonal Office add as many rows Offic Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 TCS tat S S S T S T 05 2 08 3 Maintenance Cost for 2 phase branches and control Branches amp 437 34 offices 437 branches and facility to access from 34 oa Zonal Control offices add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 Sub Total Grand Total Note 1 The Tenderer will complete these columns as appropriate following the details specified in Section 6 Schedule of Requirements or the offered Items as per requ
368. nowledge base of LSP Label Switch Path through the network from each site to the other and then enable users to view this PATH History within the operator Console The proposed solution must provide an MPLS Path History view which not only discovers all of the VPNs and VPN Sites but also discover the current traffic paths through the VPN cloud The proposed solution must provide Out of the box Locaters for LSPs Paths etc in an MPLS network The proposed solution must enumerate all discovered entry points into MPLS core network and provide End to end visibility across MPLS core network For LSPs having one or more MPLS Paths the proposed solution must be able to display in the topology hop by hop connections across MPLS core network NOC operators must be able to request a path trace on demand and generate a path history to understand what is normal for a VPN Site and when did the path change The proposed solution must be able to provision VRF Path Trace Tests and alert operators when excessive path change occurs within the network Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 156 The proposed solution must poll LSP Path for all sites to detect changes provide path history for troubleshooting and provide complete information regarding the current path previous path etc The proposed solution should be able to support response time agents to perform network performance tests to help identify network performance bottlenecks The proposed solution
369. ns and features such as date and time calling party name calling party number digits dialed and presence information It should also accommodate Extensible Markup Language XML applications that take advantage of the display Support for wideband G 722 codec adherence to TIA 920 including handset headset and speakerphone G 71la G 71lu G 729a G 729ab G 722 and iLBC audio compression codecs should be supported Ready access to missed received or placed calls plus intercom history and directories Incoming messages should be identified and categorized on the display allowing users to quickly and effectively return calls using direct dial back capability Support for corporate directory There should be an internal 2 port Ethernet switch allowing for a direct connection to a 10 100BASE T Ethernet network through an RJ 45 interface with single LAN connectivity for both the phone and a co located PC The system administrator should designate separate VLANs 802 1Q for the PC and IP phones providing improved security and reliability of voice and data traffic Phone should support positive device identity through X 509v3 Certificates digitally signed images cryptographically secure provisioning and secure signaling and secure media with AES 128 The phone should also support 802 1X supplicant and supports EAPOL pass through The IP Phone should support the following Support for IEEE 802 3af Support of Extension Mobility
370. nt Compliant Modification 3rd Party INon compliant Parameter Driven product Set up Interest behavior and nature per account type Creating And maintaining Product Group Type definition Service Charges Nature Behavior of Accounts Withholding tax ranges and tax exemption Average Daily Balance computation on all accounts User settings table Currency and exchange rates Dormancy period requirements Multiple accounts may sweep into or out of a simple target account The application software must be able to track the history of an account for Average available balances Average ledger balances Average collected balances Number of times overdrawn without sufficient funds with dates Number of times overdraft Number of times overdraft interest not serviced or fully serviced Number of Credits total credited amount Number of Debits total debited amount Facility to define various charges for different activities of Savings Bank account or Current account Set up and maintenance of interest rates Interest rate options must be flexible simple compound tiered etc and based on cleared balance average balance minimum balance etc User definable interest rates for debit and credit interest which can be amended with appropriate authority Functional Issues Facility to calculate provision amount automatically overdrawn ac
371. nt proceedings and the execution of contracts under public funds In pursuance of this requirement the Purchaser shall a exclude the Supplier from participation in the procurement proceedings concerned or reject a proposal for award and b declare a Supplier ineligible either indefinitely or for a stated period of time from participation in procurement proceedings under public funds if it at any time determines that the Supplier has engaged in corrupt fraudulent collusive or coercive practices in competing for or in executing a contract under public funds Should any corrupt fraudulent collusive or coercive practice of any kind referred to in GCC Sub Clause 3 4 hereunder come to the knowledge of the Purchaser it shall in the first place allow the Supplier to provide an explanation and shall take actions as stated in GCC Sub Clause 3 2 and GCC Sub Clause 38 1 c only when a satisfactory explanation is not received Such exclusion and the reasons thereof shall be recorded in the record of the procurement proceedings and promptly communicated to the Supplier concerned Any communications between the Supplier and the Purchaser related to matters of alleged corrupt fraudulent collusive or coercive practices shall be in writing Page no 28 3 4 3 5 4 Interpretation al 4 2 4 1 4 4 4 5 4 6 5 Documents 5 1 Forming the Contract and Priority of Documents Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc The Government defi
372. nt to ITT Clause 32 at the time on the date and at the one place specified in the TDS Tenders for which an acceptable notice of withdrawal has been submitted pursuant to ITT Clause 32 shall not be opened Tenderers or their authorised representatives shall be allowed to attend and witness the opening of Tenders and shall sign a register evidencing their attendance b After Technical Evaluation by the technical committee of the purchaser the successful Tenderer s financial offer will be open on the date time and place informed by the purchaser of successful Tenderer s or their authorised representatives shall be allowed to attend and witness the opening of Tenders and shall sign a register evidencing their attendance The name of the Tenderer Tender modifications substitutions or withdrawals total amount of each Tender number of corrections discounts and the presence or absence of a Tender Security any alternatives if so permitted and such other details as the Purchaser at its discretion may consider appropriate shall be read out aloud and recorded Only those discounts and alternative offers read out at the Tender opening shall be considered for evaluation All pages of the original of the Tenders except for un amended printed literature will be initialled by a minimum of three 3 members of the Purchaser s Tender Opening Committee Minutes of the Tender opening shall be made by the Purchaser and furnished to any Tenderer upon re
373. nterest after the moratorium period Nn BW N Moratorium for principal interest charges 7 Moratorium for an existing Term Loan middle of repayment i e rescheduling System should be able to support different due dates and repayment schedules for a loan account such as 1 Principal only 2 Interest only 3 Charges only 4 Orin combination of above System should be able to support different interest rates for a single customer System should be able to support Holiday marking facilitate change of interest rate with effect from a prior future date and the re computation of interest to be done globally and the dues to be adjusted with value dates in the affected accounts Collateral Details Ability to provide the following information for each collateral item Description Amount Signatory guarantor Currency code Insurance maturity date Collateral Details Miscellaneous Ability to allow multiple guarantors on a contract Ability to provide for collateral valuation updating Ability to monitor and report on arrears Ability to provide for customer loans statements Ability to provide for the automatic generation or statements at regular intervals Ability to provide for statement messages Ability to provide for on request statements Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 216 Requirement Compliant
374. nternal transactions between trading desks Swap Points given the Spot Rate and the Interest Rate Differential IRD Forward Rate given the Spot Rate and the Swap Points Swap Points given the Spot Rate and the Forward Rate Interest Rate Differential IRD given the Spot Rate and the Swap Points Can the system support a multi desk concept i e commercial desk interbank desk swap desk etc Can the system provide a unique dealer s code password Can the system provide multi level security access code authorization Can the system provide a log of all logins logouts with date and time stamp Can the system provide selection for regular or FCDU book Can the system process outright forward purchase and sale of Third Currencies Thirds against US Dollars USD or outright forward purchase and sale of USD against Thirds Can the system process outright forward purchase and sale of one third currency against another cross currency dealings Can the system allow the dealer to choose the base currency i e USD or Thirds Can the system be configured for forward FX position limits and controls Does the system allow the authorized user to define intraday overbought Oversold forward position limit per trader per trading desk Does the system allow the authorized user to define overnight overbought oversold forward position limit per trader per trading desk
375. ntract but that can be reasonably inferred from the Contract as being required for attaining delivery of the Goods and completion schedule of the Related Services as if such items were expressly mentioned in the Contract Page no 31 20 Change Orders and Contract Amendments 21 Packing and Documents 22 Delivery and Documents and Acceptance 23 Contract Price 24 Transportation 25 Spare Parts Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc 20 1 20 2 20 3 21 1 21 2 22 1 222 223 23 1 23 2 24 1 25 1 The Purchaser may at any time order the Supplier through a notice in accordance with GCC Clause 12 to make changes within the general scope of the Contract in any one or more of the following a drawings designs or specifications where Goods to be furnished under the Contract are to be specifically manufactured for the Purchaser provided such changes do not materially affect the scope of supply b the method of shipment or packing c the place of delivery and d the Related Services to be provided by the Supplier If any such change causes an increase or decrease in the cost of or the time required for the Supplier s performance of any provisions under the Contract an equitable adjustment shall be made in the Contract Price or in the Delivery Completion Schedule or both and the Contract shall accordingly be amended Any claims by the Supplier for adjustment under this Clause must be
376. oans System processes loan transactions to enable the Bank to provide loans and current credit facilities to its customers and to manage its exposure and customer relationships Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 202 Requirement Z 8 J BS E E AAE E Sle Els Ole 4 1Z The system should provide complete automation of loans processing on line It should handle a full range of loan products to fit day to day operation needs and information requirements essential for management The fundamental design principle behind this is that any process represents an extended unit of work which consists of a number of discrete tasks transactions linked together in a predefined sequence or sequences controlled by a number of decision criteria Therefore the automation of all processes can be handled through a generic process workflow framework Specific business processes can then be created using this framework in combination with the relevant business transactions tasks The Process Workflow module will enable a client to control and automate their existing front office processes in the same environment which already processes their existing transactions In addition to the primary benefit of an automated process control mechanism there are numerous secondary benefits such as a single database
377. ocument listed in ITT Sub Clause 7 1 that may become necessary as a result of the pre Tender meeting shall be made by the Purchaser exclusively through the issue of an Amendment pursuant to ITT Clause 10 and not through the minutes of the pre Tender meeting Non attendance at the pre Tender meeting will not be a cause for disqualification of a Tenderer At any time prior to the deadline for submission of Tenders the Purchaser for any reason on its own initiative or in response to a clarification request in writing from a Tenderer having purchased the Tender Document may amend the Tender Document by issuing an amendment Any amendment issued shall become an integral part of the Tender Document and shall be communicated in writing to all those who have purchased the Tender Document To give a prospective Tenderer reasonable time in which to take an amendment into account in preparing its Tender the Purchaser may at its discretion extend the deadline for the submission of Tenders pursuant to ITT Sub Clause 30 3 In the event that an amendment is issued with a period of only one third or less of the Tendering period remaining then the deadline for the submission of Tenders may be extended by the Purchaser if so requested by a substantial number of Tenderers C Qualification Criteria The Tenderer shall possess the necessary professional and technical qualifications and competence financial resources production capability with equipment and o
378. ods to a specified place of destination within Bangladesh defined as the Site transport to such place of destination including insurance and other incidental costs and temporary storage if any as shall be specified in the Contract shall be arranged by the Supplier and related costs shall be included in the Contract Price As specified in the PCC the Supplier may be required to provide any or all of the following materials notifications and information pertaining to spare parts manufactured or distributed by the Supplier a such spare parts as the Purchaser may elect to purchase from the Supplier provided that this election shall not relieve the Supplier of any warranty obligations under the Contract and b in the event of termination of production of the spare parts i advance notification to the Purchaser of the pending termination in Page no 32 26 Terms of Payment 27 Insurance 28 Taxes and Duties 29 Performance Security 30 Specifications and Standards 25 2 26 1 26 2 26 3 26 4 27 1 28 1 29 1 29 2 29 3 sufficient time to permit the Purchaser to procure needed requirements and ii following such termination furnishing at no cost to the Purchaser the blueprints drawings and specifications for the spare parts if requested The Supplier shall carry sufficient inventories to assure ex stock supply of spare parts as promptly as possible but in any case within the time
379. oducts and services offered and are fully responsible for the overall project management and co ordination of the supply installation integration testing training and commissioning for the implementation of the solution The scope of the bid includes design specification bill of quantity and prices of the items as detailed in this document and any other items that deem necessary but not mentioned in this document An inception report will be prepared by the bidder and submitted for approval by RBL during the first quarter after signing the contract This inception report will provide clarifications and justifications based on the proposal submitted by the bidder on the proposed detailed technical management financial and other relevant plans and will also indicate required specific support expected from RBL The inception report will also clearly set the milestones based on specific deliverables to be listed in the proposal Tenderer Prime lead or consortium member who wish to participate should meet the following eligibility criteria The Tenderer may be a national or international organization government organization Public sector unit Limited Company Private Limited Company or a combination of registered organizations Relevant documents of the same have to be submitted The Tenderer Prime Lead or consortium member have been in existence for and must be engaged in the business of integration of IT Projects for at least 3 Three years
380. of account Facility to open a c either by cash cheque or transfer from another branch Automatic generation of account no at the time of opening an account A customer can have various accounts at many branches in different currencies of different types and they can be accessed by a unique customer number Up to a maximum of six 6 signatories for joint company club association trustee accounts etc Recording of opening increases decreases and closing cash balances The system must allow for changes on account conditions including back valued changes The interest calculation must be able to handle any changes and recomputed the interest to those changes for any back valued period determined by the bank Facility to input Know Your Customer K YC and Transaction Profile TP information Grouping of accounts for offsetting balances and calculating interests and charges Dormancy Processing Feasibility of generating a report with an age wise analysis of dormant and inoperative accounts Back Dating Forward Dating Back dating Transaction Process Back Value interest and Fees Calculation Statement of Accounts Automatic generation at defined frequency for each account Option for not generating statement for some accounts Generation of mini statements on the spot statements Flexibility to generate statement for all accounts and or only the accounts with transa
381. offices signing mentioned in contract Annexure 03 06 11 0 IP Telephony and IP Video Telephony system a 1 Phase IP Telephony and IP Video Telephony Unit 01 Head Office 12 month from Device with related Software Projection DataCenter the date of nodes must be signing contract 2000 b 1 Phase Executive sets As per Annexure 4 unit 214 Head Office Control st 5 p z Office and c 1 Phase Basic sets As per Annexure 4 unit 355 Branches d 1 Phase Operator IP Phone with console unit 03 am phase Executive sets As per Annexure 04 unit 485 Rest Control 36 mth from the Office and 12 month of Branches __ the date of f 7 phase Basic sets As per Annexure 04 unit 709 do Signing g Any other necessary items if required Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 85 Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 86 Section 7 Technical Specification 7 0 Data Center DC and Disaster Recovery Center DRC A Design Consideration The interested Tenderer must consider the following to submit the Tender i Basic Consideration The Tenderer must consider Standard TIA 942 Tier 3 classification approach with respect to Uptime Institute guidelines in Developing RBL Data Center but certain exceptions are acceptable in which case RBL has no control over the rules and regulation of the Govt The Tender are requested to visit the site with their own cost before submit the tender for Da
382. ol of the contents and may use any metrics available within the corporate database Risk adjustment of profitability Provides an automated and integrated transfer pricing mechanism that accurately allocates the funding cost to each contract and account in the system Match and pool funding is available Secondary costs such as liquidity charges may also be automatically charged in a similar way The system will automatically allocate expense across different departments depending on a user defined matrix Allocation of these indirect costs enables the Bank to get a clearer view of each profit center s contribution The results of the analysis can be presented as reports as files or as part of the systems standard on line interface Ability to see various elements of a customer 360 overview including the to date Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 176 Requirement 3rd Party Compliant Modification INon compliant profitability from that customer Summary Statement Prints assets and liabilities statement financial position statement or balance sheet Ad Hoc Reports Provides an interactive tool for creating user specified reports that access select and sort on any field within the database calculate values including arithmetic percentages variances and statistics create new fields and compare between columns create multiple subtotals and grand totals access current period prior
383. on 07 051 062 storage Area Newark GAN pO 05 1 06 2 Storage Area Network SAN lt 05 1 06 2 Storage Area Network SAN gt Area Network SAN add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical E in section 07 05 1 06 3_ Network Devices SS E add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 Sb Totat Hardware for Office Automation at DRC add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 Sub Total Total Cost Note 1 EXW means Ex works Ex factory Ex warehouse Ex show room or off the shelf as applicable Note 2 Unit Price EXW shall include all custom duties and taxes as specified in ITT Sub Clause 20 5 a Note 3 Price for inland transportation shall include insurance and other costs as specified in ITT Sub Clause 20 5 c Note 4 VAT and any other taxes payable in Bangladesh shall be included here as specified in ITT Sub Clause 20 5 b Name of Tenderer Signature of Tenderer Date Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 47 05 1 07 PRICE OF REQUIRED RELATED GOODS HARDWARE FOR CORE BANKING SOLUTION AT PILOT BRANCHES AND CONTROL OFFICES TO BE SUPPLIED AND DELIVERY SCHEDULE
384. on Devices Alarm Devices Illumination Devices Electronic Actuators Manual Input Devices GAS Cylinder System Gas leakage test b Water leak detection Country of Origin 01 set with Country of Assembly other Brand necessary Model equipment Planning amp Design of an Integrated Linear Water Detection System with the liquid sensing cables covering all necessary area of Data Center with zone and point leak detection system Detection and Alarm device Detection and control system with provision for pre alarm Certification of NFPA UL Under Laboratory FM Factory Mutual ULC ISO 72E equipments NFPA UL Under Laboratory FM Factory Mutual ULC ISO 72E equipments Installation testing and commissioning of Water Leak Detection System Warranty 3 years c Smoke Detection Country of Origin 01 set with Country of Assembly other Brand necessary Model equipment Planning amp Design of an Integrated High Sensitivity Smoke Detector System covering all necessary area of Data Center in accordance with NFPA UL Under Laboratory FM Factory Mutual ULC ISO 72E equipments d Particle detection Country of Origin 01 set with Country of Assembly other Brand necessary Model equipment Planning amp Design of an Integrated High Sensitivity Smoke Detector System covering all necessary area of Data Center in accordance with NFPA UL Under Laboratory
385. on criteria specified in Sub Section C Qualification Criteria of the ITT Tenderers shall submit the Tenderer Information Sheet Form G 4 furnished in Section 5 Tender and Contract Forms Tenderers shall include the following information and documents with their Tenders a total monetary value of similar goods supplied for each of the last three 3 years b details of major supplies of similar types of Goods over the last three 3 years and clients who may be contacted for further information on those contracts c financial reports or balance sheets or profit and loss statements or auditor s reports or bank references with documents or a combination of these demonstrating the availability of liquid assets to successfully complete the contract d authority to seek references from the Tenderer s Bankers and e information on past 3 years litigation in which the Tenderer has been involved or in which the Tenderer is currently involved Tenders submitted by a JVCA shall comply with the following requirements and any other requirements as specified in the TDS a the Tenderer shall include all the information listed in ITT Sub Clause 24 3 for each JVCA Member b the Tender shall be signed so as to be legally binding on all Members c all Members shall be jointly and severally liable for the execution of the Contract in accordance with the Contract terms d one of the Members will be nominated as being in charge a
386. oned Assembly Drive Type LTO Ultrium 4 or better Native Data 1600 GB or more for each drive Capacity Architect Should support Fiber Connectivity to SAN environment EAR Y Capable to allow add or remove tape drives without schedule downtime No of Drives Minimum Four 4 Removable zi imediacapacity Minimum Sixty 60 Total Storage 48 TB native or more Capacity Interface Fiber Channel Hot Pluggability Hot Plug Tape Drives for online repair and capacity expansion Hot Plug Power Supply Upgradability amp Modular design to allow configuration add capacity and increase Scalability performance oss Ht 64 Bit UNIX Operating System Windows 2000 SP2 Novell NetWare 6 or uppo Red Hat Enterprise Linux or Substantially equivalent or latest Back up Support Proposed Enterprise Storage Software or substantially equivalent or better Form Factor Rack Mountable Tape Backup Tenderer should provide Backup Management Software Manager with Software 1 Online real time Data Backup Agents 2 Online real time Database Backup Agents 3 Online real time File Backup Agents 4 Online real time Email Backup Agents Backup software should provide the facility to instruct branch servers for backup in their tape cartridges Tape Backup software is required for Data Centre and Disaster Recovery Site v Tape Cartage 210 Brand Should be mentioned Model No Should be mentioned Recording LTO 5 Ultrium Technology Capacity 3 0 TB Compressed 2 1 Read Speed 280 MB se
387. onitoring and control system Fully rated automatic static bypass Sinusoidal output waveform ITHD lt 3 low harmonics Manual maintenance bypass switch Battery disconnect fuse switch Load Bus Synchronization board c w UPS interface card and control wiring Battery Life minimum 10 years Three years equipment warranty Service maintenance 2 times year Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 96 UPS output amp Power Distribution Out put distribution from UPS Minimize the number of single point of failures in the down stream path Bus ducting Copper shall or dedicated cable Cables trays are routed through the hot aisle amp occupy the minimum space in hot aisle Dedicated cables is provided to energize the each rack Bus ducting avoid sparking due to any kind of over heating Power Distribution Caballing Boot Top Digital metering for VOLTAGE AND CURRENT for ALL THREE PHASES NEUTRAL amp ERATH CURRENT Emergency Power Off Option inside the Data Centre Meet the manufacturers recommend minimal N G potential for healthy running of the equipments Certified and guaranteed for at least 20 years d Automatic Voltage Regulator Industrial Brand To be mentioned 01 Set with necessary Model To be mentioned equipment Country of origin To be mentioned Country of Assembly to be mentioned Capacity 200 KVA Input Voltage Range 380 400 V Output Vol
388. ons to save valuable time Input Cable 02 units IEC 320 C20 Warranty 3 three Years full warranty with parts and labour Transient Voltage Surge Suppression TVSS Brand To be mentioned Model To be mentioned Country of origin To be mentioned Country of Assembly to be mentioned Test class according to IEC Max operating voltage Un 3X480V Max discharge current 100KA Voltage protection level and Response time lt 250ns Standards Compliance Alarm board and Surge counter All equipments at DC must be protected Connection Type Parallel Operating Voltage Range 15 Surge Current Capacity 160kA Fault Current Rating AIC 65kAIC Operating Frequency Range 47 63 Hz Capacity Continuous EMI RFI Attenuation 40 db typical Response Time lt 0 5 nanoseconds Dry Contract rating 125 VAC 8 0A 1 0pf Operating Temperature 40 C to 50 C Operating Humidity 0 to 95 Status indication LEDs Dry Contacts Certifications UL 1449 CUL Three years full warranty with parts and labour 01 Set with necessary equipment g Surge Protection For Lighting Arrester Brand To be mentioned Model To be mentioned Country of origin EU USA or equivalent Country of Assembly EU USA or equivalent Test class according to IEC Max operating voltage Un 3X480V Max discharge current 50KA Voltage protection level and Response time lt 250ns Standards Compliance IEEE C62 41 IEEE C62 45 IEEE
389. ople s Republic of Bangladesh j Purchaser means the entity purchasing the Goods and Related Services as specified in the PCC k Related Services means the services incidental to the supply of the goods such as insurance installation training and initial maintenance and other similar obligations of the Supplier under the Contract l PCC means the Particular Conditions of Contract m Subcontractor means any natural person private or government entity or a combination of the above including its legal successors or permitted assigns who has a Contract with the Supplier to carry out a part of the supply in the Contract or a part of the Related Services of the Contract n Supplier means the natural person private or government entity or a combination of the above whose Tender to perform the Contract has been accepted by the Purchaser and is named as such in the PCC and the Contract Agreement and includes the legal successors or permitted assigns of the Supplier 0 Writing means any hand written type written or printed communication including telex cable and facsimile transmission Subject to the order of precedence set forth in the GCC Sub Clause 5 1 all documents forming the Contract and all parts thereof are intended to be correlative complementary and mutually explanatory The Government requires that Purchasers as well as Suppliers shall observe the highest standard of ethics during the implementation of procureme
390. or a single deposit and printing of multiple receipts for a single account wg Each of the instrument should be for at least the minimum amount defined and thereafter in defined Eg Branch Teller Operations Teller Operations to support the following functions Cash deposit in any account type Cash withdrawal from any account type using withdrawal slip Withdrawal of cash using cheques Since a cheque is being used for withdrawal cheque number stop payment instructions to be validated Other Functions The system should be able to support denomination wise stock in hand at teller position and the main safe vault Facility to waive or reduce exchange charge for a class of accounts or specific accounts System should also provide flexibility to waive reduce the charge on specific transactions for any account with appropriate approval System should allow the user to define what amendments are possible in the instrument details without canceling the instrument Facility for on line approval of transaction by auto referral to the appropriate authority On accounts with allowable overdraft option define the number of days allowed before the expiry notice is generated Allow user to make changes to deposit processing dates and certain interest parameters before the end of day processing is activated Multi level Sweeping of Account Able to generate credit debit advice for the above transactions Define priority account for transferring of funds Define a
391. or modify the features of existing deposit schemes Modification 3rd Party Support for multiple currency options Facility to store minimum and maximum deposit amount and minimum and maximum time period for each type of deposit Support for maintaining settlement instructions of each account Facility to maintain and view at transaction time the operating instructions for an account Support for marking multiple liens on term deposit account Account Opening Support for different categories of entities opening an account e g Individuals Partnerships Joint Ltd Company Clubs Association etc System should support account opening by Cash Cheque local clearing or outstation clearing Transfer from another branch Transfer from another account of the same branch Pay Order or draft If account is opened by transfer from another existing account in the same branch system should validate the cheque check the amount debit source account and credit FD account Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc a Sf us oe fea E Caas Page no eee ele eres CAM sd ee ener 190 Requirement Compliant gl S g EIA Slt sin INon compliant If cheque is submitted for opening deposit account account should be opened only after cheque is cleared value dating of transaction Facility to maintain and inquire account opening details Deposit can be opened with a val
392. ority Skirting Approx 2500 Supplying fitting amp fixing of 4 height Skirting of homogeneous mirror polish floor tiles sft and racking out the joint with tiles grout including cutting and laying tiles in proper way and finishing with care etc Paint Works Plastic emulsion paint of approved colour of Berger to wall column of inside wall of two coats over a coat of brand specified primer scalar collapsing specified time for drying recoating including cleaning drying making free from dirt grease wax removing all chalked and scald materialism fungus mending grid the surface defects sand papering the surface and necessary scaffolding by roller spray etc and printing with two coats of synthetic enamel paint approved color over a coat of priming etc all complete as per direction Paint must be crack and damp proof within o C to 50 C Approx 3000 sft PVC Door Supply fitting and fixing of plastic door Supper United Size 7 0 X 2 6 with all hardware materials and removing the existing door all complete as per direction Toilet use only 0l set Tempered Glass Door size 3 0 X 7 0 As required Supply and installation of 10mm thick tempered glass swing door in cl fitted with by the design concealed best quality door closer key locks handle etc all complete as per direction Fire Rated Door 2hr rated for DC 4 x 7 Ol set Fire Rated Door 2hr rated Fire Stair Case 3 x 7
393. ork throughput as performance needs increase Modular Multi Service Architecture Should support Voice and Data Should support VRRP Should have integrated Advanced Encryption Hardware Accelerator Should have minimum 4 Interface Slots Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 118 Memory Minimum 256 MB DDR SDRAM upgradable 512 MB Compact Flash Minimum 512 MB upgradable to 1 GB Memory Fixed Interface Min 2 10 100 1000 Mbps Ethernet Interface 4 x 10 100 1000 Mbps Ethernet port Modules Interface Support FE GE Serial ADSL E1 T1 Wireless access Should support 3G broadband bridging access point support USB Interface 2 Forwarding Minimum 350 Kpps Performance Switching 180 Mbps paerformance Layer 2 protocol IEEE 802 1D Spanning Tree IEEE 802 1w RSTP IEEE 802 1s MSTP IEEE 802 1Q IEEE 802 1x IEEE 802 3 IEEE 802 1p IGMP snooping Mirroring Layer 3 Protocols Comprehensive IPv4 and IPv6 routing capabilities Static RIP vl and v2 OSPF OSPFv3 BGP IGMP PIM DM PIM SM Policy Routing PPP and Multilink PPP MP PPPoE Frame Relay IP services TCP UDP ARP Policy based routing unicast multicast DHCP server relay and client OSPFv3 for IPv6 BGP QoS MPLS shoul
394. ort Manager It should provide automated report creation and distribution It should have facility to export reports to PDF Excel and Word formats It should have Reports for Alarm Asset Availability Change Top N and Trend with secure remote access It should have out of the box reports with advanced and dynamic grouping It should provide centralized report administration and access control of business critical information It should have Intuitive easy to use web based delivery platform iii Network Configuration Management The system should be able to clearly identify configuration changes as root cause of network problems The system should support secure device configuration capture and upload and thereby detect inconsistent running and startup configurations and alert the administrators The proposed system should be able to administer configuration changes to network elements by providing toolkits to automate the following administrative tasks of effecting configuration changes to network elements o Capture running configuration Capture startup configuration Upload configuration Write startup configuration Upload firmware The proposed fault management solution must able to perform load amp merge configuration changes to multiple network devices The proposed fault management solution must able to perform real time or scheduled capture of device configurations The proposed fault management solution mus
395. otal Note 1 The Tenderer will complete these columns as appropriate following the details specified in Section 6 Schedule of Requirements or the offered Items as per requirement Note 2 VAT and any other taxes payable in Bangladesh shall be included here as specified in ITT Sub Clause 20 5 b Name of Tenderer Signature of Tenderer Date Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 55 05 2 04 HARDWARE FOR CORE BANKING SOLUTION AT DATA CENTER DC PRICE OF MAINTENANCE SERVICES AFTER THREE YEARS WARRANTY PERIOD 1 2 4 5 6 11 Maintenance Description Unit of Qty Unit Total price Of Related Service Supply Of units price Required col 4 x 5 05 2 04 1 Development and Testing Environment add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 Sub Total ae Live Production Environment O T I A S A add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 Sub Total _ 05 2 04 3 Storage Area Network SAN add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 SS ee ee ee eS Ee es ea ea Se SS ees es 05 2 04 4 Network Devices o J ST ST T T T T T E e 05 2 04 4 Network Devices add as many rows Each It
396. ould be able to act as IP PBX for v pass through v Codec support for G 711 and G 729 vV Should support H 323 SIP MGCP Should support Voice call processing of at least 30 IP Phones in the event of WAN link failure to central location housing Central call processing Engine Should support bandwidth optimization features like Voice Activity Detection Silence Suppression Echo cancellation Management Shall have support for Web based management CLI Telnet and SNMPv3 Shall support Secure Shell for secure connectivity Shall support Out of band management through Console and external modem for remote management Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 143 Standards and e UL IEC EN 60950 1 Certifications Warranty At least 3 years on site with full labour parts amp replacement ii Call Manager 02 Brand To be mentioned by the tenderer Model To be mentioned by the tenderer Country of origin US EU or equivalent Country of To be mentioned by the tenderer manufacturer Product part no To be mentioned by the tenderer Call Control System e A comprehensive IP based solutions based on a Server Architecture amp Architecture running on Linux OS Redundancy e The call control system should have SIP based architecture and will provide support for integrated telephony solution for Analog amp IP Phones PSTN gateways over IP architecture e The call con
397. ould have at least the following features Condition codes may be attached to a customer s account number and or customer number This condition code can trigger alerts or reference information when transactions are initiated using the said account customer number Transaction codes will automatically be created by the application software acted upon activated by another transaction or by time or by a batch run All branch abbreviations and codes should be easily available through the Help System by way of pull down menus at the activated or current transaction screen Change in rate information may be saved by the application software for X number of years Rate information may be input at Head Office whether on a daily basis or at specified change dates The proposed application software MUST be able to support all currency formats zero to four decimal places as local or foreign currency or any other condition codes set by the user The application software should provide the Bank the options of specifying in which format the dates are to be entered displayed and printed by the system User defined Input Defaults and Posting Parameter Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 167 Requirement Z MARE Elsie JE B E e 8 EIS e e e f iz Olz
398. ount outstanding for a customer group Industry sector or country Ability to collect penal interest for drawings permitted in the excess of the sanctioned credit line System to maintain the history of modifications to the credit lines with before and after image of the change date and time stamp as well as user id of the person who affected the change A drawing power register isto be maintained with the following information Account number Credit line Name of the account Customer Credit grade Security type Nature of charge Margin percent amount Statement received date Due date Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 210 Requirement 2 S Els le B E E 3 E e e Sle lvi S Ole 15 zZ Penal interest Unit face value Units Market Value No of units Distinctive numbers Total value of securities Drawing power Other Function Validity period for drawing power Drawing power as per QIS statement Ceiling limit It should be possible to link the drawing power maintenance to an individual account or a Credit line used by a number of accounts g Customer Master Profile Requirement Customer name Company Registration Number Registered address Physical address Immediate holding company Ultimate holding company Customer
399. ournal entries online or in batch g ee e cE F ae ii Eaa mE Create multiple batches of journal entries at one time Automatically accept and post journal entries from other systems Require each journal entry to have a unique number Accept only balanced journal entry transactions debits equal credits HRE Look up account numbers and descriptions during entry EHHH Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 172 Requirement Non compliant Allow unlimited number of entries to the same account within a journal Post only batches of journal entry transactions that are balanced Close a batch of journal entry transactions that is not balanced Enter and maintain statistical information either along with or independently of journal entries Enter and maintain one sided transactions that contain statistical information only no journal entry Create automatic recurring journal entries Processing Create one or multiple charts of accounts for divisions departments and zones Post all transactions received from other systems to a GL suspense or holding pending review and adjustment before actual posting w R Q 3 Produce edit exception reporting for all transactions posted to the GL from other systems mim The application software must have the capability to generate general ledger transaction and if required to interface and integrate with a third party gener
400. ow dealers to verify details of transactions prior to having it processed Can the system allow authorized officers to approve transactions and override limit exceptions via direct entry into workstations with passwords as security feature Given the transaction inputs can the system provide real time summary on the day s transactions as follows Total forward purchase transactions Total forward sale transactions Net overbought oversold forward FX position Value today forward cash position Value tomorrow forward cash position Value spot forward cash position Can the system generate confirmation of forward purchase or sale after each transaction Can the system provide calculator mode for simulating P amp L Can the system provide real time intraday trading gain losses in USD amp PHP per dealer as well as total P amp L per desk including transaction volumes Can the system perform on line real time forward purchase and sale transactions with branches units as counterparties Can the system track separately the price used between a Treasury and branch and b the branch and the client separate P amp L for Treasury and branch Swap points given the spot rate interest rate differential IRD and tenor Forward rate given the spot rate and the swap points Swap points given the spot rate and the forward rate Can the system process interna
401. p Control Zonal Office on ratio basis after Data Migration Implementation and training No Interest will be pay to the supplier for the payment delay period All risks insurance including war risks riots fire damage and or strikes shall be acquired for 110 of the delivered cost of the goods on Warehouse to Warehouse basis GCC 29 1 The Performance Security shall be reduced to ten 10 percent of the Contract Price GCC 31 2 The Inspections and tests shall be conducted at destination place of goods and related services mentioned at TDS against ITT 20 5 c The Purchaser s right to inspect test and where appropriate reject the Goods after delivery shall in no way be limited or waived by the reason of Goods having previously been inspected tested or passed by the Purchaser or its representative prior the Goods shipment GCC 32 3 amp GCC 32 5 Warranty i The Tenderer s shall guarantee that the items shall be new and of best quality in workmanship and materials shall meet the requirements of the buyer and shall be in all respects suited to the purposes intended Warranty period for all items as specified in the schedule of requirement or items offered by the Tenderer will be 3 Three years except Civil Work Furniture Structure Cabling Earthling and UPS Battery ii The warranty of Civil Work Furniture Structure Cabling Earthling and UPS Battery will 20 twenty years iii The war
402. p time for all the components in side the DC and DRC The device shall be SNMP compatible amp can browser accessible which can monitor multiple parameters of all the IP based equipments in Data Center infrastructure like uninterrupted power supply units Cooling units power distribution units rack level PDUs Environment monitoring units DG sets Cameras etc vi Total Cost of ownership All the above design parameters shall help RBL to reduce the capital investment as well as the operating amp maintenance cost of the DC and DRC RBL intends to build a highly efficient data center infrastructure which can maintain a PUE of Power utilization effectiveness less than 2 This means the DC and DRC over all efficiency shall be maintained above 50 starting from 30 loading to 100 loading The component level recommendations to improve the over all Data center efficiency is 1 High efficiency IGBT front end modular scalable ups Chilled water based in row cooling units Closed coupled hot aisle containment systems Capacity management solutions Energy efficient data center lighting 6 Air flow management solutions Sie tat B Supply Installation Commissioning Testing and Documentation i Supply Installation The broad scope of work during this phase will include the following as per Schedule of Requirement Section 06 and detail Technical specification below but is not limited to Design of the DC and DRC Physical Infrastru
403. pali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 191 Requirement 3rd Party Modification System should not allow payment until loan account is closed System should support payment by cash only payments less than X amount cheque pay order or transfer to another account Support payment of principal into one or more account cash or cheque Maturity reminder for fixed term deposit accounts Support payment of interest into one or more account cash or cheque These accounts can be different from the accounts for principal payment Rollover Renewal System should support automatic rollover as per the terms of standing instructions e g Interest amp principal interest only interest and part of principal principal only etc If no settlement instructions given by depositor system must to support rollover on the existing terms and conditions or allow transfer to overdue account A new deposit receipt is to be issued on rollover System should allow rollover on existing conditions and or new conditions System to automatically recalculate interest amount using new interest rate New rate of interest to be applied from date of renewal Penal interest to be waived if period of renewal exceeds left over period from previous deposit If not rolled over system should automatically transfer the deposit to overdue deposit account System to permit adjustment of interest when a fixed deposit is broken T
404. payable in Bangladesh shall be included here as specified in ITT Sub Clause 20 5 b Name of Tenderer Signature of Tenderer Date Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 51 05 1 11 PRICE OF REQUIRED RELATED GOODS FOR IP TELEPHONY AND IP VIDEO TELEPHONY SYSTEM Item Description Unit Name Qty Unit price Total price Point of Delivery N Of Item Of units col 4 x 5 And Delivery Period Required Offered Note 1 Note 2 Note 3 and Note 4 05 1 11 1 1 Phase IP TELEPHONY AND IP VIDEO set 01 DC DRC TELEPHONY SYSTEM Sub Tot 05 1 11 2 1 Phase IP Telephone unit of Executive Phone set 214 Head Office 36 month from the date contract Division and Pilot agreement add as many rows For Each Item as per Schedule of require location 1 Phase IP Telephone unit of Basic phone set 371 For Each Item as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 1 Phase IP Telephone unit of Consol for 3 Operator set 01 Help centre For Each Item as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 Sub Total 05 1 11 3 2 Phase IP Telephone unit of Executive phone set 485 Branches and 36 month from the date contract Control Offices agreement For Each Item as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 2 Phase IP Telephone unit of Basic phone set 709 For Each Ite
405. perations Raid Support amp 1 Offered Storage Subsystem shall support Raid 0 1 1 0 Raid DP 5 Virtualization and Raid 6 2 The storage array should support virtualization at the storage controller level by ensuring that multiple different raid sets For example Raid and Raid 5 from same set of spindles simultaneously Data Protection Incase of Power failure Storage array shall have de stage feature to avoid any data loss Host Ports amp Back end Ports 1 Offered Storage shall have minimum of 16 FC host ports DC and 08 FC host ports DRC for connectivity to servers 2 Each and every FC port shall be running at minimum 4Gbps speed 3 Offered Storage System shall support mixing of FC and iSCSI ports in a native fashion 4 Offered storage System shall have the option for two additional native IP ports for the storage based replication Ports Bandwidth Offered storage shall be end to end 4Gbps where each drive and drive shelf shall be connected through dual active active paths Global Hot Spare 1 offered Storage Array shall support distributed Global hot Spare for offered Disk drives 2 Global hot spare shall be configure as per industry practice Performance Storage shall be provided with Performance Management Software Maintenance Offered storage shall support online non disruptive firmware upgrade for both Controller and disk drives Snapshot Clone
406. period and prior year data print to printer screen or disk save and modify versions and download in standard PC Mac spreadsheet or database format Cash Flow Forecast Expected sources and uses of cash based on anticipated payables established budgets open invoices and outstanding purchases anticipated receipts open invoices and pending customer orders and projected payroll expenses Cash Flow Analysis Projected cash requirements for the next four weeks and the next two months Comparative Income Statement Customized income statements by customer product showing budgets income expenses and net profit or loss for the current month and year to date Should also show percentage increase and decrease over similar balances to the previous year and also show budget variances Differences in inter branch reconciliation Differences in Reconciliation with other banks TA Deposit trend with mix Interest rate wise total deposit Variance between budgeted amp actual deposit Branch wise total deposit mix and growth Graphical presentation of total deposit Graphical presentation of scheme deposit Graphical presentation of budgeted amp actual deposit Fae oe Graphical presentation of fund position Loans and advances trend with mix Interest rate wise Loans and advances Branch wise loans and advances mix and growth Graphical presentation of budgeted amp actual advances Branch wise deposi
407. port HTTP and SNMP simultaneously B The system shall receive SNMP traps from managed equipment and display the alarm notification in a graphical user interface C The system shall be based on SNMP Open Protocols D Open protocol support shall include e HTTP s e TCP IP v4 TCP IP v6 e SNMP v 1 SNMP v 2 The system will have the capability of being remotely monitored and managed 24 hours a day 7 days a week by the manufacturer The system shall have the ability to be deployed world wide The system shall operate as a client to server application The Web interface of each managed device shall integrate directly into the system The system shall support Enterprise level databases including Microsoft SQL The system shall support exporting of all recorded parametric trend data The system shall operate on a server defined by the customer Specific server brand or function is not permissible L The system shall support virtual server environments by default m T The Data Centre must be designed for 24x7 operations Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 103 07 02 Detail Specification of Data Recovery Center DRC Same as Data center all servers must be deployed in Racks in Data Recovery Center Initially we will complete 1 Phase and there will be provision for extension as 2 Phase based on business projection The required no of room with approx area including no of RACK and Seat allocatio
408. processing Customization The system should support easy customization especially of the following features Transaction details data items Functionality of each product category and the sub products under it Operation details Input amp output layouts Calculations validations and default values Help screens and help levels Batch functions Output of reports Frequency of document generation Approval Authority levels Document Generation Documents can be generated automatically immediately after the completion of a transaction and or according to the generation criteria specified by the end users The end users can decide whether to generate the document for a transaction The contents of the document including data items and the layouts can be defined by the end users Cross currency exchanges can be applied before the actual debit or credit of accounts Conversion calculation will be handled automatically by applying the exchange rates extracted from the exchange rate table The end users can select to override the defaulted figures by using spot rate or forward contract or even a combination of them for the exchange with proper authorization levels System should be able to support To capture the Collateral details to be linked to a loan facility System should also allow maintaining the details of collaterals taken The collaterals can be receivabl
409. quivalent Length 6 Six Feet Width 2 5 Two and Half Feet Height Standard Colour Wooden Blcak Material Wood Frame with Top Glass 01 set Sofa set for Waiting and Recreation room size 6 x2 5 Brand OTOBI or Equivalent Length 6 Six Feet Width 2 5 Two and Half Feet Height Standard Colour Wooden Blcak Material Wood Frame with foam and fabrics 02 set g Reception Desk Min 5 x 2 5 desk made of perforated sheet in fornt with glass top counter and laminated pasted parts board work top supported by wooden framing including drawer unit key board tray and best quality hardware materials 01 set h Wall Mounted Cabinet with file cabinet two hours fire rated humidity amp Magnetic control File cabinet Min 170 Litre 01 set 7 01 03 SECURITY AND ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING SOLUTION a Gas Fire Prevention Detection and Suppression System with necessary Equipments Suppression Agent Gas NAFS 125 or equivalent Fire Suppression System Country of Origin Country of Assembly Brand Model 80 Ltr Cylinder with all Accessories Server Room Solenoid Actuator Assy 24V DC Manual Actuator Discharge Hose Master Cylinder Adapter ENOT Pneumatic Actuator Assy Pilot Hose Assy Warning Sign Stickers Manifold with Check Valves Discharge Pressure Switch Cylinder Supervisory Pressure Switch Brand To be mentioned by th
410. r 30 port activated along with SFP transceiver from day 01 Port Bandwidth At least 8 Eight Gbps non blocking higher preferable Aggregate Device Bandwidth Please specify end to end Redundant Components Please specify if any Hot Pluggable Swappable Components Please specify if any High Availability Hot code activation single field replaceable unit etc required please specify Security Features Please specify Manageability Web Tools required Please specify others Software Please specify the features of all the software in details All the software have to be licensed for unlimited users Peripherals and All required peripherals and Accessories accessories Other Features Please mention if any Warranty 3 Years iii Backup Server 01 Brand Should be internationally reputed Model Should be mentioned Country of Should be mentioned Origin Country of Should be mentioned Manufacturing Form factor 19 inch wide Rack Mountable with rail kit adjustable depth Blade Node Type Architecture Processor Type 64 Bit RISC Itanium or equivalent or better Processor No of Processor Minimum 8 Core based RISC Itanium or equivalent or better Processor with highest clock speed Memory RAM 16 GB Registered PC3 10600 DDR3 1333 MHz ECC DIMMs memory Minimum with Expandabil
411. r at the host computer site All subsequent transactions input are to be marked as off line transactions When line is restored and connection is re established system should automatically switch to on line mode and the transactions marked off line should be automatically transmitted to the host or main server The system must be designed to operate over the telecommunication connections such that there is no loss of data or file damage in the event of communication line failure It must be possible for a teller to resume his work immediately after the telecommunication line has been reconnected Fields should be available to define the maximum on line and off line value The values can be for a transaction or for a user Batch Input and Device Support Other financial transactions not captured at the teller position e g posting of clearing remittances or transfer batch entries where a number of debit transactions balance with a credit item and vice versa can be entered at the back office in batch and the batch checked and balanced before it can be posted Other than keyboard input the system should provide support for connecting other Devices such as swiped card reader Salary processing capability Capability to accept Electronic Input Automatic Transfer of Funds from corporate account to employee account Precision Support minimum 4 decimal places for currency amounts What is Maximum decimal number of decimal places supported Locker
412. r due authorization and should store the history and the date of change System should be able to support Current future dated Interest Rate change System should be able to support back date application of interest System should be able to support a To have ability to set product fees with specific business rules e g additional fees charged for different customers overdrawn accounts etc b To have the option regarding early settlement fee application fee deferral fee Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 215 Requirement Compliant Modification 3rd Party Non compliant commitment fee etc c Collection of Fees amp services charge on arrear basis d Tocompute processing fee as percentage basis of limit sanctioned e To set parameters indicating when and by how much fees should be waived This should include certain balances types of customers promotions etc f Collection of charges in the modes of i Concurrent to an event ii Periodically on defined frequencies g Provide facility to charge customer for i Account statement sent ii Duplicate account statements iii Ad hoc account statements System should be able to support to have facilitate the followings 1 Moratorium for interest only including penal interest payable at the end of the moratorium period Moratorium for principal only Moratorium for charges only Moratorium for principal interest charges repayable Capitalization of i
413. r level redundancy should be achieved through VRRP Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol Alternately HSRP Hot Standby Routing Protocol or any other better alternative could be suggested with proper justification c Redundancy amp High Availability Inside DC we need Redundancy in all possible level In core router there will be power supply level redundancy Distribution switch have the support of redundant power system In Core layer two core routers amp distribution switch will provide device level redundancy Two server farm firewall will work as active active or active standby mode design should be backed by appropriate justification d Features of Server Farm For server farm connectivity server farm switches will be connected with the distribution Switches via high speed gigabit Ethernet link Server farm consist with all database and application server that will be accessed through intranet All components in Server Farm should be able to operate in 10 GB Ethernet or faster Server farm will be secured via Firewall from any external threat Server farm firewall will populated with IPS module so intrusion will be prevented Firewall will be the gateway for all servers in server farm zone To access server farm from internet location VPN profile is recommended We need encrypted VPN profile to provide secure connectivity e Network Monitoring Management Systems NMS The Bidder should propose network node management software s
414. r whose offer the greatest value cost and other factors considered Purchaser chooses the offer that will be more comprehensive Information relating to the examination clarification evaluation and comparison of bids and recommendations for the award of a contract shall not be disclosed to Tenderers or any persons not officially concerned with such process until the award to the successful Tenderer has been announced Any efforts by a Tenderer to influence the Purchaser s processing of bids or award decision may result in rejection of the Tenderer s bid Cost proposal will be evaluated for cost reasonableness allocability alloability cost effectiveness and realism adequacy of budget details and financial feasibility The Purchaser reserves the right at the time of Contract Award to increase or decrease the quantity per item of Goods and Related Services originally specified in Section 6 Schedule of Requirements provided this does not exceed the percentages indicated in the TDS and without any change in the unit prices or other terms and conditions of the Tender and the Tender Document Prior to the expiration of the period of Tender validity the Purchaser shall notify the successful Tenderer in writing that its Tender has been accepted Until a formal Contract is prepared and executed the Notification of Award shall constitute a binding Contract The Notification of Award shall state the value of the proposed Contract the amount of the
415. ranty period will be counted from the date of satisfactory commissioning certificate to be issued by the Bank after completion assignment Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 38 iv The warranty period for Core Banking Solution shall be counted from satisfactory commissioning certificate to be issued by the Bank after 1st phase completion of Pilot Branches Control Offices and Divisions v The warranty period shall be extended by counting down time The down time will be counted in days vi Upgrade models from the same seller of the same capacity of original one will be acceptable in the warranty period ii The Tenderer shall provide remedy at free of cost to the bank for all defects in design materials and workmanship which may develop under normal use during warranty period iii Full warranty will cover 24x7 hour operation of DC DRC and Core Banking Solution Maintenance i On expiry of the warranty period the bank may sign a maintenance contract with the Tenderer s for smooth functioning of supplied equipment hardware and software used by the Bank ii The Tenderer will provide maintenance guarantee in the form of Bank Guarantee for smooth maintenance of supplied equipment hardware and software at rate of 15 of the maintenance contract value iii The Tenderer s without any interruption of normal operations DC DRC and CBS iv The Tenderer s shall have to give an undertaking to execute maintenance agreement
416. ration number of resources location etc End user training and any customized training programs if required Cover the following areas in the documentations Installation Guide 5 copies Administrator s Guide 10 copies Module wise User Manuals 5 copies for DC amp DRC each and 1 copy for each amp every branch Security Manual 5 copies Customization Documents 10 copies Quick Reference Guide 10 copies Data Dictionary 10 copies Consolidated Release Notes 10 copies These documentations should also be supplied in CD DVD electronic form Adequate documentations for various job profiles Administrator Technical staff Business team management end users customization team Periodicity of updating of these documentations M Functional Issues Preferred network Maximum number of simultaneous logged on users supported by the system Logging all details of a transaction Please explain what details are logged for the On line transactions M Proposed Systems should have capability of handling multi processors M indicates Mandatory Requirement If the vendor s response to a Mandatory Requirement is NO then the bid shall be treated as technically NON RESPONSIVE 8 03 3 0 Functional amp Technical Requirement Vendor s Response to Functional amp Technical Requirement of On Line CBS This must be completed and submitted by the vendor with the technical bi
417. ray fabricated from heavy gauge aluminium The drip trays must be double angled for condensed flow easily removable for cleaning 1 4 Compressor The compressor shall be of high efficiency Copeland make SCROLL design with an E E R of not less than 11 6 BTU H Watt COP of not less than 3 5 Compressor shall have inbuilt overloads and shall be mounted on anti vibration mountings There shall be one Compressor in each Precision AC unit The compressor shall have automatic variable capacity control for delivering resultant effectiveness from 10 to 100 of rated capacity for obtaining best energy saving considering internal load and ambient temperature fluctuations 1 5 Evaporator Fans There shall be one no Evaporator fans in each Unit The fan can be direct driven EC type with backward curved blade profile The fan shall have minimum 25 Pa static pressure and adjustable speed for delivering up to 5000 cfm 1 6 Electrical heating The electrical heating elements shall operate at a heat density level not exceeding 60 kW Sqmtr The low watt density elements shall be of finned tubular construction The heating circuit shall include dual safety protection through loss of air and high temperature controls 1 7 Service Area The unit shall be serviceable with a maximum service space of 1000mm in front of the unit No side amp rear access required for servicing 1 8 Air Filtration Filtration shall be provided by dry media disposable filters capable
418. rd In addition the Purchaser Board will also define details about criterion to be used during the evaluation The broad outline of the evaluation criterion is as follows a Understanding of the existing environment adaptability and the assignment organization Management plan including partnership arrangement work plan and Performance Monitoring plan 20 b Personal and Institutional Capacity and Experience 10 c Technical Approch 40 d Financial Offer 30 If after the examination of the terms and conditions and the technical aspects of the Tender with the marking criteria the Purchaser determines that the Tender is not substantially responsive in accordance with ITT Clause 37 it shall reject the Tender The Purchaser shall thirdly evaluate each Tender that has been determined up to this stage of the evaluation to be substantially responsive To evaluate a Tender the Purchaser shall consider the following a the Tender price as quoted in accordance with ITT Clauses 18 and 20 excluding local taxes VAT and other taxes which will be payable by the Tenderer on the goods if contract is awarded b price adjustment for correction of arithmetical errors pursuant to ITT Sub Clause 39 1 c the applicable economic factors of evaluation is 30 marks of the total financial value as set out in ITT Sub Clause 42 3 The Purchaser s economic evaluation of a Tender will take into account in addition to the delivered price o
419. rdware and software and testing of the same The Bidder will be responsible for installing the applications with all the customizations duly tested The Bidder will set all the parameters in the applications as accepted in the test environment The Bidder shall be responsible for accuracy of the parameters set according to business needs of the Bank The Bidder will be responsible for migration of the legacy branch data to the new system The Bidder will be responsible for ensuring that all the client software is installed at the branch Head Office Divisions and Control Office as specified in Pilot Location in Annexure 03 The Bidder will be responsible for imparting the required training to the branch Division and Control Offices personnel prior to implementation The Bidder is required to be present at each of the branches offices under migration for at least the first two weeks after the branch has been migrated to the proposed solution for handholding troubleshooting and hands on training Adequate Bidder personnel are required to be present on site conversant in all business areas of that branch The Bidder will assist the Bank in testing the reports generated using the proposed application with those generated by the old system during the parallel run The Bidder personnel will investigate any differences observed in the report generated using legacy system as compared to the report generated from the On Line CBSand initiate corrective
420. re based VPN encryption acceleration Required Management e Support Web View Telnet SNMP Console RMON CLI Features Remote Monitoring RMON with 4 RMON groups history statistics alarms and events e IEEE 802 1s IEEE 802 1w IEEE 802 1x IEEE 802 3ad IEEE 802 3x full duplex on 10BASE T 100BASE TX and 1000BASE T ports e IEEE 802 1D Spanning Tree Protocol IEEE 802 1Q VLAN Required Security Features IEEE 802 1x Support for Remote Authentication Dial In User Service RADIUS PPPoE 802 1X RADIUS RSA LDAP Access Control Lists ACL Filtering NAT NAPT PKI SSH v2 State full Firewall support Required Protocol and e IEEE 802 1Q 802 1D 802 3ad 802 1w 802 1s Standards Support e 1000BASE X SFP 1OOOBASE SX 1000BASE LX LH e RMON and II standards e SNMPv1 SNMPv2c SNMPv3 e IGMP v1 v2 v3 e IGMP Snooping e RIP e Should Support BGPv4 OSPF e Should Support IPv6 Manageable Switch Brand CISCO Juniper or equivalent 56 Model To be mentioned by the tenderer Country of origin US EU or equivalent Country of manufacturer To be mentioned by the tenderer Form factor Rack mountable Architecture Layer 2 switching Memory Flash Min 64 32 MB Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 136 Forwarding Speed Min 10 1 Mpps 10 100 1000 BaseT 24 Port Up link 02 port GE dual purpose both fiber amp Ethernet option Standard Supports e IEEE 802 Ip prioritization with min four pr
421. re required to be delivered within an acceptable range of weeks as specified in Section 6 Schedule of Requirements No credit shall be allowed to earlier deliveries and Tenders offering delivery beyond this range shall be treated as non responsive Page no 20 b c d e 42 5 43 Tender No pss 4 43 2 Negotiation 44 Tender Ba Comparison 45 Tenderer Post 43 1 qualification 45 2 Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Within this acceptable range an adjustment per week as specified in the TDS will be added for the purpose of evaluation to the Tender price of Tenders offering deliveries later than the earliest delivery period specified in Section 6 Schedule of Requirements Or iii The goods covered under the IFT are required to be delivered in partial shipments as specified in Section 6 Schedule of Requirements Tenders offering deliveries later than the specified deliveries will be adjusted for the purpose of evaluation by adding to the Tender price a factor equal to a percentage as specified in the TDS of the Tender price per week of variation from the specified delivery schedule Cost of components and mandatory spare parts The schedule of items and quantities of major assemblies components and selected spare parts likely to be required during the initial period of operation specified in the TDS is annexed to Section 7 Technical Specifications The total cost of these items at the unit prices quo
422. rement si J HEIE ASES Elg S Iegis Ole alz The system should ensure that unauthorized payments are prevented Settlement administration Receipts Receipt instructions The system shall accept receipt instructions generated by the Banking Operations System Investments Management System Financial Management System Authorization The receipt instructions shall be queued pending management authorization for settlement Formatting On authorization the receipt instructions shall be formatted for settlement via the external systems Recording receipts The system should provide a means of recording the successful receipt of funds within the nostro accounts Receipt instruction details The system instruction to receive facility should permit the entry of unique receipt identifier system generated counterparty amount of receipt BANK S corresponding bank and nostro account details narrative text Record all receipt instruction details Updating of other systems On confirmation of receipt of funds at BANK S nostro accounts the system shall update the Banking Operations System with the funds received on behalf of banking clients whose account shall be updated accordingly the Investments Management System with the funds received in settlement of any investment related fund movement to be reflected in the Bank s portfolio accounts The Financial Management System with the relative accounting entries of the nostro and other acco
423. rements The documents to be furnished by the Supplier shall be specified in the PCC and shall be received by the Purchaser at least one week before arrival of the Goods and if not received the Supplier shall be responsible for consequent expenses Acceptance by the Purchaser shall be processed not later than fourteen 14 days from receipt of the goods at final destination in the form of an Acceptance Certificate unless any defects in the supply any damage during transport or any failure to meet the required performance criteria of the supply are identified and reported to the Supplier in accordance with GCC Clause 31 and GCC Clause 32 In such cases the Acceptance Certificate will be issued only for those parts of the contract supplies which are accepted The Acceptance Certificate for the remaining supplies will only be issued after the Supplier has remedied the defects and or any non conformity in accordance with GCC Clause 31 and GCC Clause 32 The Contract Price shall be as specified in the Contract Agreement subject to any additions and adjustments thereto or deductions therefrom as may be made pursuant to the Contract Prices charged by the Supplier for the Goods delivered and the Related Services performed under the Contract shall not vary from the prices quoted by the Supplier in its Tender with the exception of any price adjustments authorised in the PCC Where the Supplier is required under the Contract to transport the Go
424. resses setting up or amending standing orders stop cheques cheque book request etc Display Screen Facilities Name Civil Identification Code Account Opening Branch Account Currency Account Type Residency Status All functions must be executed with use of menu options which must include Maintenance Screens Input Fixed Data Change Fixed Data Interest Rates Create New Accounts For Fixed Tier deposit product Types Creation and maintenance of Fixed deposit Details Creation and maintenance of fixed Deposit interest rates Inquiry screens Display customer accounts in operation Transaction history from Date 1 to Date 2 Balance and account status Today s transactions Interest rates List of dormant accounts Directory Accrued interest Fixed Term Deposit certificates information Foreign Cheques for Collection System should support pooling of transactions from branches not authorized for dealing in foreign currency at an authorized branch Facility to maintain a FCBC register Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 197 Requirement w 5 5 E BS E E Bele 8 I S e S itie O la Z FCBC transaction number to be automaticall
425. rict operator access to different areas of information based on user security rights assigned by the administrator e The system needs to support concurrent multi user access to the management system enabling multiple read write access to different areas of the management domain e The solution must enable administrator full access to the management system information remotely using ISDN ADSL or IP dial up Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 154 The system should provide vendor specific device support for the managed network devices in the network using information gathered from MIB2 and vendor specific extensions The system must be designed for multi technology and Multi vendor network environment and operation The system should have self certification capabilities so that it can easily add support for new traps and automatically generate alarms The system should have the capability to manage NAT based environments and environments with duplicate IP address spaces The system should support secure device configuration capture and upload and thereby detect inconsistent running and startup configurations The system should be able to clearly identify configuration changes as root cause of network problems The tool should provide sufficient reports pertaining to asset and change management alarms and availability of critical network resources as well as network response times for critical links The tool should provide a d
426. riginating Outlet Account and Transaction Type turnover Average balances Best and Worst Position Management of Archived Data e The system should contain an historical data archiving system Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 255 e The System must provide access to the archived data in a time not exceeding 3 hours however the data not older than 2 years must be accessible in time not exceeding 15 minutes e Support of existing historical data must be assured in the event of change of the version of the application and or database e The system should contain an archiving system for selected reports for the Host Centre using the write once media In addition to the management administration and security requirements specified in each section covering the various hardware and software components of the System the System must also provide for the following management administration and security features at the overall system level Technical Management and Troubleshooting Supporting network software will be required to provide Performance monitoring and diagnostic tool giving immediate system information Assurance of availability and optimal performance of Network Operating System Software Automation of data protection and media management Accurate and timely reports to prove IT service quality levels For centralised software distribution SECURITY MANDATORY General Requirements The syste
427. ring performance statistics on access times frequency of accesses of tables in the system Please indicate what data is not stored in the database How is this data synchronized with the database System Status Monitoring amp Recording Monitoring Transaction Queue from Branches ATM etc Monitoring Connectivity to Branches Monitoring Device Status Disk full Condition Etc Network Status Monitoring Recording of Exception Conditions User Interfaces Multi windowing capability On line context sensitive help facility Error action messages for wrong entries Graphic capability Use of colors Graphical user interface Consistency of the interface screen layouts messages key stroke handling and other elements of the user interface should be consistent throughout the system Data input and validation at source On line help Hot keys for access to common functions Other General Features Should be able to accept and process payroll payments from business customers Should be able to make payments on Govt etc instruction to customers non customers and reconcile same Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 69 Requirement Compliant Modification 3rd Party Non compliant Interfaces All modules in the system MUST provide On line processing Real time update Batch
428. rior Decoration of DRC including modification of Beam and existing Room if necessary a Server Room 423 sft Room 01 Location and 12 mth b Communication Room 130 sft Room site for DRC from the 4 c Network Operation Centre NOC 172 sft Room will be month of d Power Fire Fighting and UPS Room 100 sft Room 01 Suan ini e DRC Operation Centre DOC 139 sft Room 01 award of f Archiving Room 145 sft Room 01 contract g Raised Floor for Server Room 553 sft Room 01 h Cable Ladder structural Cabling set As required i Substation Room As Estimated Room 01 a Generator Room As Estimated Room 01 06 02 0 Furniture for DRC a Computer Table for DRC unit 04 Do Do b Revolving Chair unit 04 Cc Reception Desk unit 01 d Two hours fire rated humidity amp Magnetic control unit 01 File cabinet Min 170 Litre 06 02 03 Security and Environmental Monitoring Solution a Fire Prevention Detection and Suppression set 01 Do Do System with necessary Equipments b Water leak detection set 01 c Smoke Detection set 01 d Particle detection set 01 e Access control System set 01 f CCTV set 01 06 02 04 Power Cooling and Lighting Location and 12 mth a Substation set 0l site for DRC from the 4 b Generator set 01 Paes ji aw f S UPS set 03 the time of Signing d AVR set 01 award of e Automatic Transfer Switch ATS set As required contract f Transient Voltage Surge Suppression TVSS set 01 g Surge protection for
429. rmation details as well as provide a drop down window for counterparty code client name Can the system maintain a database on counterparties as follows Total forward purchases and weighted average rate per counterparty per booking unit branch per value date Total forward sales and weighted average rate per counterparty per booking unit branch per value date Total trading gain loss per counterparty per booking unit branch per value date Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 246 Requirement Compliant I _ alils S J JS Ele ls Ss I ls IS a lz Can the system maintain a database of all underlying reference numbers Based on the exchange rate can the system compute for the USD equivalent given the third currency amount or vice versa Can the system automatically generate transaction reference numbers chronologically per transaction or as defined by dealer Can the system define the status of each transaction as follows Confirmation status if printout of confirmation sheet is still pending Approval status if transaction is still pending approval by authorized officer Alert status for transactions that violate prescribed limits if the transaction has been approved and the limit exception overridden by an authorized officer Can the system provide an Accept command for each transaction to all
430. rocess settlement with applicable exchange rate in accordance with rate slab Calculate interest from date of negotiation at applicable rate Calculate acceptance commission at applicable rate Interest on acceptance bill from maturity date Calculate interest commission as per tariff interest to be charged from maturity if acceptance bill not settled on due date Generate necessary entries such as Advances against L C interest commission postage telex nostro for acceptance documents on approval reversal of acceptance liability Refund of amendment commission to customer a c payment of agents commission where applicable For documents where shipping guarantee is issued settle bill against margin held Update Limit Module CIF Print debit credit advices Produce Swift Telex payment authorization to reimbursing bank for net proceeds at option Produce Telex Swift remittance advice Produce swift telex advice Release reserve message where applicable Cancel fully partially utilized L Cs 30 days after expiry date provided no outstanding bill exists Generate necessary entries i e reversal of outstanding liability margin if any commission on fully unutilized L Cs as per tariff Update Limit Module CIF Print cancellation advice Fax cancellation advice debit credit advice to opener indicating unutilized amount Cancellation At Request Input L C number
431. rol Each user signs on with a unique sign on name and a password The password must be changed at a frequency defined by the security officer Data Security It is possible to make certain data inaccessible to specified users or user groups Should have multiple levels of users with strong password management and capability authorization list and conform Bangladesh Bank security guidelines Ability to encrypt passwords and customer sensitive data based on industry standard encryption mechanisms System must have the provision to print out on demand Audit report Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 171 08 03 3 1 General Ledger Requirement Compliant Non compliant Support calendar of fiscal business year accounting upport user defined accounting periods Define different accounting periods and fiscal years Include effective from and to dates in master files to distinguish codes not applicable to all accounting periods Support both cash and accrual accounting Support balance forward accounting In the event of a hybrid of centralized and distributed processing modes in respect of distant branches and or type of application GL consolidation should be handled by the system Inquire online into all accounts and transactions including master summary and detail records for current period prior periods and prior year periods at the bank division d
432. rom OEMs Software Licenses Training material will be provided which will include the presentations used for trainings and also the required relevant documents for the topics Floor Layout Drawings Drawing of BMS components Single Line diagram Complete cabling system layout as installed including cable routing The layout shall detail locations of all components and indicate all wiring pathways The bidder shall be responsible for preparing Standard Operating Procedure SOP related to the operation and maintenance of each and every component of the RBL Data Center as per ISO 27001 The prepared process document shall be formally signed off by RBL technical committee before completion of final acceptance test The selected bidder shall document all the installation and commissioning procedures and provide the same to RBL within one week of the commissioning of Data center along with final configuration dumps and implemented solution details The selected bidder shall be responsible for documenting configuration of all devices and keeping back up of all configuration files so as to enable quick recovery in case of failure of devices Detailed Specification of work for each of the above mentioned components is given below C Detail Specification of Data Center DC We are going to deploy all servers in Racks to our Data Center Initially we will complete 1 Phase and there will be provision for extension as 2 Phase based on bus
433. romptly give the Supplier a notice thereof and the Supplier may at its own expense and in the Purchaser s name conduct such proceedings or claim and any negotiations for the settlement of any such proceedings or claim If the Supplier fails to notify the Purchaser within twenty eight 28 days after receipt of such notice that it intends to conduct any such proceedings or claim then the Purchaser shall be free to conduct the same on its own behalf The Purchaser shall at the Supplier s request afford all available assistance to the Supplier in conducting such proceedings or claim and shall be reimbursed by the Supplier for all reasonable expenses incurred in so doing The Purchaser shall indemnify and hold harmless the Supplier and its employees officers and Subcontractors from and against any and all suits actions or administrative proceedings claims demands losses damages costs and expenses of any nature including attorney s fees and expenses which the Supplier may suffer as a result of any infringement or alleged infringement of any patent utility model registered design trademark copyright or other intellectual property right registered or otherwise existing at the date of the Contract arising out of or in connection with any design data drawing specification or other documents or materials provided or designed by or on behalf of the Purchaser The copyright in all drawings documents and other materials containing data a
434. rporate security policies across several locations The solution must includes workflow processes for generating approving and deploying configurations This will help the organization s delegate tasks to different administrators while still functioning as a team It is particularly for the organization having separate groups for network and security operations An audit of the changes must be maintained e Centralized role based access control RBAC The management software must allow RBAC and enable groups to have different access rights across different devices and applications providing precise and secure control Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 128 Features required Firewall Management The Security NMS provides coverage for centralized management of proposed firewalls Using Smart Rules the user must able to configure a common rule such as allowing all HTTP traffic one time and can apply this rule globally to all firewalls The software must support an extensive list of device settings all of which can be defined globally and inherited by all applicable firewalls Configuration Update Server for Firewall Management e It must allow firewalls periodically and automatically to contact the update server for any security configuration Network Based IPS and Router Based IPS Management e To configure network IPS and router based IPS Many IPS sensors must be configured quickly u
435. rs experience in this regard If the link provider is a partner or consortium member of the tenderer than partnership consortium agreement must be submit with the proposal 74 0 LAN INFRASTRUCTURE OF HEAD OFFICE Basic Information No of Floor 09 nine Total No of Port 400 approx Each Floor size maxi 900 Square Feet No of Port per floor is defined in Annexure 4 The Tenderer may visit the sit with their own cost and provide Visio drawings of HS MS LAN The Tenderer may visit the site and provide Design for Network Cabling Structured Network Cabling for 9 storied building Cable type CAT 6 Cable Brand to be mentioned Country of Origin of the offered cable to be mentioned Fiber Optic cable for backbone and vertical wiring All horizontal wiring must be terminated in patch panels located in the rack at the main interconnect device All vertical and horizontal wire management and wire identification must be installed All wire must have plastic cover with structure channel to hide patch cords 400 ports 7 4 01 RACK Standard Rack must be offered in each floor to install necessary communication equipment Brand IBM Dell or equivalent Model To be mentioned Country of Origin To be mentioned Country of Assembly To be mentioned Width 600mm Height 9U Depth 600 and 19 Standard Front door Glass Vented Cool
436. rt Ethernet switch allowing for a direct connection to a 10 100BASE T Ethernet network through an RJ 45 interface with single LAN connectivity for both the phone and a co located PC The system administrator should designate separate VLANs 802 1Q for the PC and IP phones providing improved security and reliability of voice and data traffic Phone should support positive device identity through X 509v3 Certificates digitally signed images cryptographically secure provisioning and secure signaling and secure media with AES 128 The phone should also support 802 1X supplicant and supports EAPOL pass through The IP Phone should support the following Support for IEEE 802 3af Support of Extension Mobility 24 user adjustable ring tones DSCP amp IEEE 802 1q p standards Provisioning of network parameters through DHCP IP phones should be available with Software camera to support video telephony LNNANRK Warranty At least 3 years on site with full labour parts amp replacement iv Basic IP Phone Brand To be mentioned by the tenderer Model To be mentioned by the tenderer Country of origin US EU or equivalent Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Country of To be mentioned by the tenderer manufacturer Product part no To be mentioned by the tenderer General e The IP Phone should provide two programmable backlit Specification line feature buttons and four interactive soft keys th
437. ry log files Date time and user stamped transaction checklist are on line generated for different transactions Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 185 Requirement Compliant Modification 3rd Party INon compliant Detailed information including G L entries generated processing users and documents generated are registered in the transaction checklist All transaction screens should display system information including Function ID and Name Processing Date Current Time Current User Daily activity reports are provided to highlight all the transactions being processed during the day Audit Journals provides the information needed to cross verify all data entered into the system and will be used mostly for audit and historical purposes Are the following supported Demand Draft Issuance List Demand Draft Pay Order outstanding List Check Book Request Un posted transactions Static file changes Posting Journal Exception monitoring report Non monetary transaction report Inward clearing listing Ledger Balance Listing Dormant amp Unclaimed Monies Accounts list Directory List of Overdrawn Non Performing Customer Accounts All reports dated and Page Numbered Support for 3rd Party Audit Tools General Has the system has been evaluated by an independent assessment to attest the reliabilit
438. ry of Assembly To be To be mentioned mentioned add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 Name of Tenderer Signature of Tenderer Date 05 3 08 0 RDBMS OS AND OTHER RELATED SOFTWARE FOR CORE BANKING SOLUTION FOR DC DRC AND PILOT BRANCHES INCLUDING PROJECTED REST BRANCHES AND CONTROL OFFICES OF RBL SI No Required Item and Specification defined by the Bank 05 3 08 1 Supply Installation and customization of RDBMS OS and other Related Software for Core Banking and other Solution to comply Current Business Dimension amp Future Projection of Rupali Bank Ltd defined in Table 01 Page 08 Including free Update version and edition add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 Name of Tenderer Signature of Tenderer Tenderer s offered Qty Tenders s Offered Item Brand with Specification To be mentioned Date Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 68 Model To be mentioned I Country of Origin ii Country of Assembly To be mentioned 05 3 09 CORE BANKING SOLUTION CBS FOR RUPALI BANK SI No Required Item and Specification defined by the Bank Tenderer s Tenders s Offered Item I Country of Origin offered Qty with Specification ii Coun
439. s e The Solution is capable of managing Network Resources deployed over a heterogeneous mix of media e It would be possible to use the Policies and Tasks defined at the Base for all the functional modules running on top of the base e EMS features an object oriented architecture that is open distributed highly scalable and multi platform e Solution is able to delegate authority It would be possible to provide the means to define multiple administrators each with their own level of authority suitable to their responsibility and experience level Using role based administration it would be possible to control administrator access to appropriate function and or other resources The solution can be divided into Policy Regions a logical collection of resources based on organization or geography e Web based user interface e centralized scalable architecture e Capability to monitors virtual environments including all VMware MS Hyper V and Sun Solaris Zones monitoring capability Optional FireWall 1 Cisco Works Citrix XenApp COM F5 Big IP Generic Database using JDBC queries IBM DB2 IBM WebSphere Application Server IBM WebSphere Performance Servlet IBM WebSphere MQ Server JBoss Application Server JMX metrics Macromedia ColdFusion Server MAPI Microsoft ASP Server Microsoft Exchange Microsoft IIS Microsoft SQL Server Microsoft Windows 64 bit Editions Oracle Application Server Oracle BEA Tuxedo Oracle BEA WebLogic Applic
440. s Arrival Register Documents Received Input L C Number drawing amount name of forwarding bank and courier air way bill number Allocate Registration Number Produce list of documents received Update L c status Process Arrival of Documents Consistent discrepant on approval basis Input Registration number Drawing type Drawing Amount Negotiation date Description of goods Shipment details documents details and Discrepancy ies observed Display registration number L C number amount opener s name expiry date unutilized balance and observations such as Excess drawing Late Shipment Late presentation L c expired Agent Commission not deducted Produce discrepancy Telex Swift message Transmit to concerned parties at request Fax Arrival Advice to customer indicating discrepancies if any Diarize 3 days before maturity and report to Dealing Room Usance L C Diarize maturity date to process settlement Usance L C Telex swift advice to negotiating bank confirming maturity date for Usance Bills Telex swift to negotiating bank where negotiation not advised by telex as per LC Sight L C Generate necessary entries such as Liability Nostro advances against LCs refund of amendment commission to customer s account telex recoveries Agent s commission etc Update limit module CIF Diarize documents received on approval basis for follow up
441. s a participant c Syndication participated by RBL RBL will be a participant System should be able to support to switch the status of the Bank from one to another such as not limited to a Lead Arranger b Facility Agent c Security Agent d Participant System should able to support participant s management where bank is the lead arranger a Pro rata limit information b Pro rata disbursement c Pro rata repayment interest and principal d Fees allocation amp sharing e Interest rate fixation etc in real figure as percentage and as spread f Pro rata security sharing System should be able to support to have built in mechanism a To generate repayment schedule with all possible parameters i e Payment of IDPC separately without capitalization in the moratorium period without capitalization at the end of moratorium period or in the repayment period but separately from principal b To calculate for pro rata for each disbursement amount of different participants as per their respective stakes participations System should be able to support to calculate record and track details of all fees and commissions including but not limited to a Arranger fee agency fee b Participation fee c Commitment fee d L C Commission arranger s skim front Bank skim pro rata to others etc System should be able to support to have various options to operate a Debt Service Collection Account DSCA b
442. s ensure that front end development is achieved with a minimum of effort with all the following utilities e Report Designer Enquiry Designer Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 70 Requirement w Jg Sla l lg alez AIZIR 8 JEICEF Sli S Olz le IZ e Report Generator e Screen Designer e Menu Designer e Database Designer e Data Dictionary e Template Programming Environmental and Security Requirement MUST be capable of operating in Real Time with Time Stamp Must have Comprehensive Documentation Software is easy to customize enhance and maintain On Line and quick backup recovery capabilities Vendor MUST assist in conversion and migration of the existing data to the new system formats Software MUST be easy to install configure and maintain Audit Requirements MUST have Logging of details of a transaction what details are logged Operational controls Controls on data integrity System Controls Historical and Audit trail reports EDP audibility As a standard controls MUST be parameter based dynamic and flexible to meet changes in business environment User Profile Log in Protection the Security Management System checks each activity against the user profile to determine acceptable and unacceptable actions Unacceptable actions are prevented and recorded Password Cont
443. s information on detailed functional and non functional requirements 08 03 1 4 Systems Specifications Requirement Study The successful bidder will conduct a detailed systems requirements study and provide a Functional Requirements Specification Manual FRSM relating to the functionalities as required to support the various products and services offered currently by the Bank or to be offered by the Bank in the near future in terms of its business strategy In doing so the bidder is expected to take into account the minimum requirements laid down in General amp Technical Requirements Also it should include all the areas where the Bidder is suggesting a work around If the work around involves re alignment or re engineering of a business process the re aligned re engineered process should be included in the FRSM The FRSM should include the standard operating procedure proposed for the re aligned re engineered process The Bidder is expected to assist the Bank in aligning engineering the business requirements with the application so as to enable centralization of desired business process eliminate redundant and duplicate processes increase operational efficiency and improve customer service Bidder is expected to prepare detailed documentation presentation workflows for the business processes affected due to implementation of On Line BAS delivery channels and other applications implemented by the Bidder The Bidder is also expected to s
444. s information on the field s changed the original and the changed date the user ID workstation ID and the date and the time of the change Security system allows authorized user to define the menu options that the staff in branches or head office may execute Commonly used names to be listed as Prohibited passwords which no user can use as Passwords Dual Password Control by system administrators on User Profiles and Passwords Single User ID Password access to all the systems User ID must allow names up to 15 characters Parameter definable Number for unsuccessful wrong attempts resulting disabling the user ID Disabling User ID on X Non Consecutive unsuccessful Log In attempts during the day Approval Authority Control User profile to specify the authorization level of each individual end user in the transaction approval process The authorization level can be defined so that for the same transaction type different end users can approve transactions of different amount Number of approvers required for a particular transaction type and depending on the amount can be specified in the user profile Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 187 Requirement w 5 w B s amp TERLER Ei Zizie a 6 Elim iced User Defined Tran
445. s may not be possible with items such as passports or if the item itself is lodged somewhere for safekeeping Lodging collateral Secured instruments where collateral has not been lodged The system should provide an on line enquiry of all secured instruments loans deposits repos etc where the lodging of collateral has not been recorded insufficient collateral has been recorded Excess collateral has been recorded Direct lodging The system should allow the user to select an instrument and go directly to the lodging facility Lodging facility The system should provide a facility which enables users to record the lodging of securities as collateral by with a counterparty This facility should for any single secured instrument enable entry of Counterparty Safe custody indicator default from counterparty file Third party custodian agent indicator Maturity date default from instrument maturity date Stock description Quantity of stock and Value of stock As an amount or As a percentage of the secured instrument value loan repo etc The system should provide a means of entering and maintaining details of third party custodians agents that BANK S or counterparty may use Stock available The system should provide an on line list of stock held by the bank which is available to the Bank for lodging with counterparties in exchange for secured instruments This list should be directly accessible from the lodging facility and inc
446. s network operators to gather a variety of sophisticated network statistics and information for capacity planning and real time network monitoring purposes Warranty 3 Years 07 5 0 Hardware for Core Banking Solution at Data Center DC Following are the proposed core Application Server hardware and operating system platform for ensuring high level safety security and integrity of data and applications and underlying databases Tenderer may propose their respective solutions based on n tier application platform 3 tier or n tier keeping the following guidelines in view a Database at DC and DR sites Platforms 64 Bit RISC platform or substantially equivalent or better b Application Platform which must ensure high performance openness functionality c The OS platform in the Application Server and Database servers should be Unix of any flavor These servers should provide enhanced level of support for virtualization The servers can support up to 16 or 24 dynamic domains virtual machines Domain partitioning granularity has been extended to one processor chip four DIMMs and two IO slots in extended partitioning mode These servers should incorporate several mainframe class RAS features such as end to end ECC protection guaranteed data path integrity automatic recovery with instruction retry total SRAM and register protection ECC and Extended ECC protection for memory memory mirroring and predictive self healin
447. saction Codes The proposed application software must have a centralized code management and control system that will ensure data integrity and uniformity within It must either be The security module must allow branch Head office to define employees the branch attached to the menu options or functions accessible and even workstation from which they can operate All menu selections must be logged as branch may wish to track activities of specific users Any user can be locked out of the system Capability to set up a user based on another user s profile Financial Transaction limits that can be defined by transaction by subsystem at a system level Establishing users that can be assigned to different branches Data Consistency Control During transaction input fields are automatically validated to ensure the validity and consistency of data Automatic linkage among the various products ensures the consistency of data between these products Automatic generation of G L entries and all kinds of documents provide additional control features to safeguard data integrity and consistency of data flowing between each application system and other external systems networks Purge information from system as defined by user The application software must be able to retain in file all closed accounts for X specified number of years Provide a full set of operational and audit trail reports for each of the modules Misc Must support both Inward and Outward
448. sasana as Ac a och et fo aati A ed ah sewed Teen TO Sub Contractyn e e Ta aae a a ewes baad delete ma Aa A SECERA EE Eana 17 S pplher S R sp nsibilities seieren a e a 18 Purchaser s Responsibilities cccccecssseseeseceseeeeseeeecesecsceeeeeneeeneeeneeenseeeseenes 19 Scopeof Supp hye a a edie ed et ee eho kts aa a riae s ORN 20 Change Orders and Contract Amendments ccceccceesceeseceneeeeeeeseeeeseeeseeeneees 21 Packing and Documents sa eiar enere ee nenene aratott ne greinni noi 22 Delivery and Documents and Acceptance cccccceceeseeseeteeeneeeeeeeseeeeeesseesneees Pe Contract Price EE N AE E A 24 Transportation a nk aes aa a a aa antes asar Ea die eres 25 Spare Parts ecccrccwecrccrcdesercesccecsvevscdicdesecdesdeeeves nesta deedercddecdeseldsdesacdesienlanddedcaneetecess 26 Verms Of Pay ii a a sensehastes sean delice aecsses cael chads cased aes eS Dike AMSUPAN C6 ienn cee ce dcauwdetives sencte R dea sew E E E EATA 28 Taxes And DUT Seii aa a a a aan aE aaa a a a eea ar aaae 29 Performance Security mounn nra a a ated Sere i 30 Specifications and Standards cccccccccscceccsseeeneceseeeeesseceseeesecseceeseesseeeseeseees 31 Inspections and Tests ccccccccesscessceseesseessecseeessecssecesesceececseeeseseseesseeseeeneeeaes 32 Warranty ce E E coe duveeusdugsncsnedevors fovinn E EE R 33 Extensions Of Time 0 ccecceccccesscsssesseceseeescecseceseeeseeceecesecseeseesseseseseees
449. seeenseeneees 34 Laquidated Damages Zenera onene a a e ae a wet a Rea 35 Limitation of Liability 2 0 ccceccecseceseceseeeneeeseeeeecseeensecsscesseeeeesseeenseeneeenseeaes 36 Change in Laws and Regulations 0 0 cccecccescceesesseceseeesceeseeeneeeseeeseeesseenseeenenes B72 Force Majeure siectes 8s cite etee eck Bates A EAs reed SS TEMNA O 3ci sc ict ikt hae phased ics bd Socks bathed bes fesagacth othsitedtenss ine aa e aa Nia toch 39 Settlement of Disputes meai act seek ees aed N EER 40 Project Reporting oo eeccecccecsesscessecseceseeceeeeseeeesecsseeeseeeseeeseceseeeeeeeseeneaeees Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc _Page no 3 Section 4 Section 5 Section 6 Section 7 Annex 1 Annex 2 Annex 3 Annex 4 Annex 5 Annex 6 Annex 7 Annex 8 Particular Conditions Of Contract ccccsccsssssssssssssssscsscssesssscscesessesssessenes 37 Tender and Contract Forms ssesesssssescososesescososesescescsoseseseosesesorsososesoseseseses 40 Tender Submission Sheet Form G 1 ccccceceeccecssessseessceseeeseeeeseeeeceeseesseeeeecseeeseeeeseeneees Price Schedule for Goods Form G 2A ccccccccesessceseessesseeeseeesseceeceeseeseeensecseeeneeeneeeneeenas Price Schedule for Goods Form G 2B cccccccssecsseesseeseeeseeeeseeeseeseeeseeeseceseeeeeeseeeeeensees Specifications Submission Sheet Form G 3 cccceccecssesssecseeeeeeceeecseeeecseeeseeenseeaeee
450. ser For the Supplier Signature Print Name Title In the presence of Name Address Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 77 Bank Guarantee for Performance Security Form G 9 this is the format for the Performance Security to be issued by a scheduled bank of Bangladesh in accordance with ITT Clause 50 Contract No Date To Name and address of Purchaser PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE No We have been informed that name of supplier hereinafter called the Supplier has undertaken pursuant to Contract No reference number of Contract dated date of Contract hereinafter called the Contract for the supply of description of goods and related services under the Contract Furthermore we understand that according to your conditions Contracts must be supported by a performance guarantee At the request of the Supplier we name of bank hereby irrevocably undertake to pay you without cavil or argument any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of Tk insert amount in figures and in words upon receipt by us of your first written demand accompanied by a written statement that the Supplier is in breach of its obligation s under the Contract conditions without you needing to prove or show grounds or reasons for your demand of the sum specified therein This guarantee is valid until date of validity of guarantee consequently we must receive at the above mentioned office any demand for payment u
451. should also allow for repayment holidays Provision to accept repayment by cheque post dated cheque or automatic debiting of any other account System should generate periodical reminder to relevant party e g employer of borrower co obligant etc System should generate report to borrower on status of post dated cheques System should provide for transfer of deposit interest to loan account for loans against non reinvestment deposit Else provision to update interest collected System should provide for periodical checking of pending interest payments reminders generation report generation Different reminder frequencies can be defined for different loan types reminders will be printed automatically at the end of each period Standard sets of advice can be printed on line or in batch mode users can change their own sets of advice for every transaction interactively without affecting the original standards Payment Default System should automatically generate end of period reports for irregularities in account performance Different procedures can be specified for different periods of defaults Corresponding advice reminder to be automatically generated by the system Provision to record all follow up activities undertaken Provision to maintain customer health code depending on nature of default Provision to mark loan as NPA as per pre defined criteria System to automatically generate
452. siness Dimension amp Future Projection defined in 2 2 in page no 04 with their offered CBS It is noted that the Control Offices will access the system only for reporting purpose So the Tenderer must proposed the following Items with their estimated specification and quantity as format below 07 05 0 Hardware for Core Banking Solution at Data Center DC 07 05 01 Development and Testing Environment i Application Server 01 Brand Should be internationally reputed Model Should be mentioned Country of Origin Should be mentioned Country of Should be mentioned Manufacturing Form factor Node 19 inch wide Rack Mountable with rail kit adjustable depth Blade Type Architecture Processor Type 64 Bit RISC Itanium or equivalent or better Processor No of Processor Minimum 16 Cores based on RISC Itanium or equivalent or better Processor with highest clock speed Memory RAM 64 GB Registered PC3 10600 DDR3 1 333 MHz ECC DIMMs memory Minimum with Expandability Cache Memory 24MB L3 Cache Minimum per processor System Memory Should be mentioned Bandwidth GB s System I O Bandwidth Should be mentioned GB s Internal Hard Disk 4X 300GB 10 000 RPM Minimum FC SAS SCSI Disk Drive with Mirroring for Operating System T O Slots Five Slots Minimum Ethernet Port 4X 10Gb Ethernet NIC Fiber Channel Adapter Three 3 Dual Port Gigabit Fibre Channel Ad
453. sing group profiles Additionally a powerful signature management feature must be there to increase the accuracy and specificity of detection e Hierarchical configuration for signatures allowing group and global policy changes with minimal keystrokes Host IPS Management It must deliver management for Host IPS that protect servers and desktops also known as endpoints The management solution is scalable to thousands of Host IPS agents to support complete organization deployments VPN Router Management The NMS must include functions for the setup and maintenance of large deployments of VPN connections and provides users with a point and click interface for setting up and deploying connections This is for scalable configuration of site to site VPN connections in a hub and spoke topology for centralized multi device configuration and deployment of Internet Key Exchange IKE and IP Security IPSec tunneling policies on VPN routers Security Monitoring e It must provide integrated monitoring to minimize the number of security monitoring consoles required The software must increase the accuracy of threat detection lower the operational costs for event monitoring The software must delivers event correlation to identify attacks that are not easily recognizable from a single event a flexible notification scheme and automated responses to critical events It must also offer a Security Device Event Exc
454. sortium or partnership the Foreign partner should have to provide a schedule to RBL with the submitted bid regarding Technology Transfer to local counterpart This is required to ensure availability of quality service locally 08 03 1 12 Flexibility Flexibility in design should allow fast and inexpensive system changes to support new regulations and changes in products and services as well as changes in reporting requirements Should have the ability to expand the system changes in reporting as amp when require without charging any additional cost 08 03 2 Vendor Response to Technology Requirement This must be completed and submitted by the vendor with the technical bid Requirement Criteria Level Vendor Response Remarks if any Supported Platform Centralized Database Server RISC based CISC based The system should support more than one industry standard hardware platforms Operating System Open System i e Linux Unix any Windows etc The System should support more than one industry standard operating system Database Open Industry standard Relational Database The system should support more than one industry standard RDBMS Application Server RISC based CISC based Mention Units No Of Processors Memory etc Product Architecture Based on open systems and use industry standard platforms and technologies Core application based on an n tier architecture Browser based thin client as
455. spatch our reference number tenor remittance instruction etc Produce courier covering letter for dispatch by courier Produce acknowledgment to drawer payee Diarize for 20 days from the date of processing to send tracer in case of non receipt of payment acceptance advice Payments Input Bill reference number Nostro A c number deduction made by correspondent payees account number etc Generate necessary entries Print credit advice fax to drawee Update status of bill Update cash flow in Treasury system Tracer Swift Telex Mail Produce tracer by swift telex mail to collecting bank in case bill proceeds not received within Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 226 Requirement Z a 2 a 2 IENE ze 2 5 Fiz e s Ole 14 Z 20 days of bill sent Unpaid Bill returned by Collecting Bank Input bill number recoveries correspondent charges Print debit advice for our charges amp correspondent charges Produce swift message for charges to be remitted 8 3 3 8 Settlements and Messaging Requirement a 2 eis ia S S E E o s a gt Fle z s Salz Standing data Dealer The following information should be available for a dealer dealer initial dealer name dealer code book s portfolios to which a dealer has authority to view and or trade Instruments a dealer have
456. ssage to issuing bank stating discrepancies Diarize transaction pending for approval Capture discrepancy ies from SWIFT TELEX message sent to issuing bank First advising bank Payment Input Export L C number Beneficiary s account number and bank charges Nostro account etc Generate necessary entries Produce credit advice swift transfer Clearing voucher Update Limit Module CIF Expired Unutilized L Cs Remove from active record Fully Partially unutilized L Cs 15 days after expiry date provided no outstanding bill exists Generate entries for confirmed L Cs Update Limit Module Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 224 Requirement Non compliant Compliant Modification 3rd Party Claim charges from issuing bank as per tariff Send tracers for payment of unpaid charges Process claim Input our reference amount claimed negotiating bank payee bank method of payment Refer to A c Officer electronically for approval where required Generate entries Produce debit advice swift notification to opening bank Credit advice swift notification to negotiating bank Facility to create L C reimbursement Input Opening bank s name who maintains account with us L C number negotiating bank expiry date charges currency amount inclusive of tolerance Any remarks concerning payment Captures above not
457. ssary Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 72 B Individual Members of a Joint Venture 4 1 Each Member of a JVCA shall provide all the information requested in the form above Sections 1 3 4 2 Attach a power of attorney for each of the authorising signatories of the Tender on behalf of the JVCA 4 3 Attach the Agreement among all Members of the JVCA and which is legally binding on all Members which shows that a All Members shall be jointly and severally liable for the execution of the Contract in accordance with the Contract terms b one of the Members will be nominated as being in charge authorised to incur liabilities and receive instructions for and on behalf of any and all Members of the joint venture and c the execution of the entire Contract including payment shall be done exclusively with the Member in charge Note The above represents the minimum requirements These may be added to buy the Purchaser on a case by case basis as necessary Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 73 Manufacturer s Authorisation Letter Form G 5 This letter of authorisation should be on the letterhead of the manufacturer and should be signed by the person with the proper authority to sign documents that are binding on the manufacturer Invitation for Tender No Date Tender Package No To Name and address of Purchaser WHEREAS we name and address of manufacturer are reput
458. ssessssesssssssscessssecsssessssssesscsesecessssecsaseeseseres 11 Va CE A TN a E AEE EA E S A ERE 11 l Scope of Tenders a at en a r a r s 2A SOurce OF BUMS enese aa het es fasten rede E ss valet e E A 3 Corrupt Fraudulent Collusive or Coercive Practices cccccsseseeseetseessesseeesees 4 Eligible Tenderers scz5ct nics thar a a cach cote at a Sheen bes eee eee 5 Eligible Goods and Related Services 0 cccccesssesseescesseeseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeenseeeseeeseenes 6 Site Visiten taenn en e et Hers ea et cere teh eee erent ie dete B Tender Document 00 csccscsscssssccesccccccsscescssesssssessecssssescsscscssccssssesssscesssssesssssssoessooees 12 7 Tender Document Sections ccccesceesscessesseessecsseeesseeeceseeeeeeneeessecneseneeeeeeeenes 8 Tender Document Clarification aiats NE 9 Tender Document Pre Tender Meeting cccccceseeseeeeteesceceeeeeseeseeeeeneeneeeneees 10 Tender Document Amendment ccccceeccesecesesseceseceeeseecseecneeeneeenseeseeseeeaes C Qualification Criteria siscicisssciccsssosccssonsecsssssascesevsnscssondessesendesdusessacesseseusceseseuessesveseevevence 13 Wks gt General sCritetia ce 3 e ots tiie a a ates Ati stedeeges ev Menke teh Mises Mise Re 12 Experience Critema sc nee a een I ae 13 Financial Criteria sss se sch ohintatta dea ocd a a a fale dedechdtedd a aa aee D Tender Preparation cccccsssscssssscssscssescescsscsscscesccssssscssesceesess
459. st Silencer e Battery cables and f Skid Fuel Tank g Expansion Joint h Canopy Acoustic Type i AMF Switch Board j 24V Nickel Cadmium Battery c w rack amp cable k 8 x Dry contact for critical alarms 1 Automatic Transfer Switch ATS Site preparation for the proposed generator room including size and equipment layout drawing Interconnectivity drawing between primary source and generators backup source floor layout drawing showing equipments LT cubicle Synchronization Earthling Switchgears Power transformer PFI Plant Harmonic amp TVSS filters etc dimension 3 three Years warranty with parts and labour 02 sets with necessary equipments UPS Brand APC Emerson or equivalent Model To be mentioned Country of Origin USA Europe or equivalent Country of Assembly To be mentioned System capacity 60 KVA Type of redundancy N 1 where N 2 Capacity Upgradeable up to 120KVA Backup time 30 Min with full load Hot Scalable Power Runtime amp Factory Fitted output Modular Power Distribution Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc 03 sets with necessary equipments Page no 95 Input Phase Three TP N E if one input phase fails out of three full UPS system all UPS modules to run with other two phases automatically Input Power Factor 0 99 Output Power Factor 1 Efficiency gt 95
460. stand that your written Notification of Award shall constitute the acceptance of our Tender and shall become a binding contract between us until a formal contract is prepared and executed We understand that you are not bound to accept the lowest evaluated Tender or any other Tender that you may receive Signed In the capacity of Duly authorised to sign the Tender on behalf of the Tenderer Date Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 41 Price Schedule for Goods Form G 2A Invitation for Tender No Date 05 1 01 DATA CENTER DC Price of Related Goods Design and Civil Work with Interior Decoration of DC Including Modification of Beam and Existing Room If necessary fee A a nn ae ___d_ 1 Item Description Unit Name Qty of units Unit price Total price Point of Delivery N Of Item Required col 4 x 5 And Delivery Period Offered Note 1 Note 2 Note 3 and Note 4 05 1 01 1 Design and Civil Work with Interior Decoration of DC Including Modification of Beam and Existing Room If necessary add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in Offered by the section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 tenderer Sub Total 05 1 01 2 Furniture for DC add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 Sub Total 05 1 01 3 Security and Environmental Monitoring Solution for DC ad
461. submitted within twenty eight 28 days from the date of the Supplier s receipt of the Purchaser s Change Order Prices to be charged by the Supplier for any Related Services that might be needed but which were not included in the Contract shall be agreed upon in advance by the parties and shall not exceed the prevailing rates charged to other parties by the Supplier for similar services The Supplier shall provide such packing of the goods as is required to prevent their damage or deterioration during transit to their final destination as indicated in the Contract During transit the packing shall be sufficient to withstand without limitation rough handling and exposure to extreme temperatures salt and precipitation and open storage Packing case size and weights shall take into consideration where appropriate the remoteness of the goods final destination and the absence of heavy handling facilities at all points in transit The packing marking and documentation within and outside the packages shall comply strictly with such special requirements as shall be expressly provided for in the Contract including additional requirements if any specified in the PCC and in any subsequent instructions ordered by the Purchaser Subject to GCC Sub Clause 20 1 the Delivery of the Goods and completion of the Related Services shall be in accordance with the Delivery and Completion Schedule specified in the Section 6 Schedule of Requi
462. system should allow the user to select a particular counterparty collateral balance and show a breakdown of items contributing to that balance Detailed reports are available Collateral position revaluation The system should revalue the collateral position with a counterparty following each lodge or withdrawal Secured instrument The system shall identify the instruments business for which collateral has been lodged As such the system shall identify and report which collateralized instruments relate to which secured instrument when the collateralized instruments will be released Collateral valuation and monitoring Market pricing The system should enable all collateral to be valued each day using a mark to market valuation method This process shall be applied to collateral lodged by the BANK S and collateral lodged by counterparties For market quoted instruments such as Equity etc Monitoring collateral Following valuation the system should provide a means of assessing whether value collateral allowing for margin lt gt value secured instrument Statistics The system shall maintain statistics related to performance of counterparties holding nostro accounts Statistics shall include Reconciliation differences between own account and counterparty account details Value date differences Performance monitoring On line performance monitoring will be enabled
463. t Dark Fiber Network linewith necessary 01 set equipments between DC located at Rupali Bank Ltd Head office Dhaka to DRC located at S K Road Branch Narayangonj Minimum 1 Mbps or higher as proposed by the Tenderer to perform smooth operation of their proposed CBS including other existing services of bank like BACH BEFTN EL DORADO ATM and Mail services act The Tenderer must submit the Valid BTRC License with latest Renewal certification form BTRC in the name link provider The link provider must have three years experience in this regard If the link provider is a partner or consortium member of the tenderer than partnership consortium agreement must be submit with the proposal 07 03 02 Redundant Point To Point Dark Fiber Network Between DC amp DRC 01 set Supply install and customize of dedicated Point to pint Dark Fiber Network line with necessary equipments between DC located at Rupali Bank Ltd Head office Dhaka to DRC located at S K Road Branch Narayangonj Minimum 01 Mbps or higher as proposed by the Tenderer to perform smooth operation of their proposed CBS including other existing services of bank like BACH BEFTN EL DORADO Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 107 ATM and Mail services act The Tenderer must submit the Valid BTRC License with latest Renewal certification form BTRC in the name of link provider The link provider must have three yea
464. t able to store historical device configurations captured in the database and thereby enable comparison of current device configuration against a previously captured configuration as well as compare the current configuration against any user defined standard baseline configuration policy The proposed fault management solution must also support a self certification option to support device configuration load and capture thereby enabling users to self certify devices not supported The proposed system should be able to monitor compliance amp enforce change control policies within the diverse infrastructure by providing data amp tools to run compliance reports track amp remediate violations and view history of changes oo0 0 Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 155 iv Fault Tolerance A major advantage of using this Fault Tolerance approach is the ability to set up redundancy between management servers creating a fault tolerant environment A secondary SERVER can be provided as a redundant backup or standby so that network management would continue even if the workstation running the primary Server fails When a failure occurs that disables the primary Server the secondary automatically takes its place and applications automatically use the redundant Server v Network Fault Manager Add on points Information from multiple element management systems into a single console These events are then available for custom
465. t and loans and advance ratio Product wise loans and advance trends Graphical presentation of Product wise loans and advance trends Branch wise Budgeted and Approval position Graphical presentation of weighted average interest rate on Call Money rate of TBL amp Market rate day to day cash requirement Regulatory Compliance Report Graphical presentation of Monthly Budgeted amp Actual operating profit Bangladesh Bank prescribed report for Minimum Capital Requirement Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 177 Requirement g Be Be amp a z S aS a a 9 g sig 6 Q nz Bangladesh Bank prescribed report for Stress Testing Detailed worksheet of Bangladesh Bank report Credit Rating Mapping Auto generation of reminder against irregular account Loan Documentation Check List status Loan Statement regular SMA Classified Account with interest suspense Segment wise Loan and advances agro factor automobile cement and building materials chemical and pharmaceuticals edible oil energy and power fisheries steel and engineering textile and garment food and allied construction Trading telephone and transport others with Geographical location wise loan and advances district wise division wise with Large loan borrower statement including funded and non funded Top N Loan defaulter statement Recovery statement cash reschedule writ
466. t in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 SS SSS O a ES ee ee E e 05 2 01 4 Power Cooling and Lighting for DC add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 E 0 eee Ie or ae ee eae Total Note 1 The Tenderer will complete these columns as appropriate following the details specified in Section 6 Schedule of Requirements or the offered Items as per requirement Note 2 VAT and any other taxes payable in Bangladesh shall be included here as specified in ITT Sub Clause 20 5 b Name of Tenderer Signature of Tenderer Date Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 53 05 2 02 DATA RECOVERY CENTER DRC PRICE OF MAINTENANCE SERVICES AFTER THREE YEARS WARRANTY PERIOD an a oa l aa o e a e ee e a Description Unit of Qty Unit Total price Warranty Maintenance Of Related Service Supply Of units price Required col 4 x 5 PT year_ 2 year year 4 year Syo eyer 05 2 02 1 Design and Civil Work with Interior Decoration of DC Including Modification of Beam and Existing Room If necessary add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 Sub Total arr SSS eS ee ee eee eS ee Furniture for DC es ee l O add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule
467. t of guarantees from third parties and counter guarantees by another bank on behalf of its customers in favour of us or one of our clients System must be able to support processing sanction accounting monitoring etc in the life cycle Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 237 Requirement Compliant 5 E alle 2ie amp ile Sls I Sant i alzZ of Bank Guarantees such as 1 Bid Bonds Tender Guarantee Performance Guarantee Advance Payment Guarantee 2 3 4 Shipping Guarantee Indemnity 5 Security Bond Payment Bond cash guarantee 6 Standby Letter of Credit retention guarantees The data requirements can be classified as follows guarantee number Customer account number Correspondent Beneficiary guarantee amount guarantee type date issued effective date Expiry date margin or other security Commissions rate standard special commissions collected due dates for next payment amendments made Date amount increase decrease expiry date margin increase decrease etc cancellation date guarantee history Some of the other system features The set up of a guarantee must be subject to the verification of availability under an approved credit limit Outstanding amounts must be controlled by customer and product type The
468. ta Center at the 3 floor Rupali Bank Head Office Dhaka as per Schedule of Requirement in Section 06 For better understanding of the tenderer the following information and drawing are attached in the schedule i Existing Floor Layout for Data Center at the 3 floor Rupali Bank Head Office Dhaka is defined in Annexure 01 ii Appox Room Area of each functional unit is defined in Schedule of Requirement in Section 06 iii A Sample Floor Layout and Diagram depending on schedule of requirement is defined in Annexure 01 The Tenderer may proposed better solutions considering the above information depending of the floor layout in Annexure 01 for smooth operation of the Data Center The tenderer must consider the Load Balance of the said floor for preparation of the Data Center The Present Load Balance information is mentioned in Annexure 03 So the Tenderer must submit the tender on the basis of this information and recommendation The Tenderer must analysis the total power consumption of the proposed Data Center DC and Data Recovery Center DRC The present power sources of the proposed location of DC and DRC are given billow Head Office Building 3 Floor for DC S K Road Branch Narayangonj 1 floor For DRC Substation 1000 KVA Source P D B Substation Not available now Function load 604 KW Load 400 KW Use 300 KW Generator Not available now Generator 500 KVA 225 230 KW Considerin
469. tage 400 V 1 5 Frequency 50 Hz Control System Combined Phase Controlled servo type with digital control Phase Three Phase Protection Over and Under Voltage Over Load Short Circuit Surge Spike Transient Protection and Phase Missing Protection Cooling System Air Cooled Correction Accuracy 0 5 2 Voltage Correction Speed 30 V S 100 V S Wave Form distortion 0 Delay Time 3 Sec Protection Over Voltage Over Current Loss of Phrases Short Circuit Sag Surge Spike RF Noise Black Out Brown out Display LCD Reset Auto Power Factor 0 8 Temperature Range 50C 550C and humidity of 98 Three years full warranty with parts and labour e Automatic Transfer Switch ATS Brand To be mentioned Min 05 As per design consideration Country of origin To be mentioned of the Tenderer Model To be mentioned Country of Assembly to be mentioned Type Automatic switching power redundancy to single corded equipment Input Voltage 200V 208V 230V Frequency 47 63 Hz Dimension H X W X D 44x 432x229 mm Output Voltage 230V Form factor 2U Manageability Network manageable through TCP IP Transfer Time Zero Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 97 Capacity 32A Display LCD display for operating information Output Connection 16 IEC 320 C13 2 IEC 320 C19 Interface SNMP and Telnet Allows users to access configure and manage units from remote locati
470. tatic RIP v2 OSPF IS IS BGP Should support for IPv6 routing for OSPF Standard and extended ACLs or Similar Feature on all ports Should support IP Multicast Should support Data Voice amp Video Traffic High e Shall support Equal cost routing for load balancing and redundancy Availability e Shall support fast reboot for minimum network downtime features Shall support Non Stop forwarding for fast re convergence of routing protocols e Shall support boot options like booting from TFTP server Network node and Flash Memory e Shall support multiple storage of multiple images and configurations e Shall support link aggregation using LACP as per IEEE 802 3ad Shall support VRRP or equivalent Required e IEEE 802 1Q 802 1D 802 3ad 802 1 w 802 1s Protocol and e 1000BASE X SFP 1000BASE SX 1000BASE LX LH Standards e RMON and II standards Support e SNMPv1 SNMPv2c SNMPv3 e IGMP v1 v2 v3 e IGMP Snooping e RIP e Should Support BGPv4 OSPF e Should Support IPv6 e QoS Should support control plane policing e Should support dynamic routing protocols like RIP OSPF BGP and multicast technologies like PIM SM Should support IGMP v1 v2 and v3 Required e TIEFE 802 1x Security Features e Support for Remote Authentication Dial In User Service RADIUS e Rate limiting Committed Information Rate CIR function Through CIR bandwidth should be guaranteed in increments as low as 8 kbps Bandwidth should be allocated based on
471. te chronological transaction reference numbers for each transaction Does the system allow the user to define its own exchange rate format Can the system maintain a database on counterparties and their corresponding credit settlement limits Can the system monitor outstanding availment against counterparty limits and provide real time line availability per counterparty Can the system issue an alert message for every transaction that exceeds counterparty limit Does the system allow the authorized user to define the end of day and intraday net overbought oversold FX position limits of the trading desk Can the system issue an alert message whenever limits or Management Action Trigger MAT levels are breached Can the system define the status of each transaction as follows Confirmation Status if printout of Confirmation sheet is still pending Process Status if transaction is still pending backroom processing Approval Status if transaction is still pending approval by authorized officer Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 244 Requirement Compliant s a TAE a liSl g SJ JS Ele s ke Li ls IS a lz Alert Status for transactions that violate prescribed limits if the transaction has been approved and the limit exception overridden by an authorized officer Can the system provide default entries into certain fields e g deal date defaults to current date Can the system process i
472. ted brand Hp Epson Samsung or equivalent Model Update Model Country of Origin To be mentioned Country of Assembling To be mentioned Regulation 1200x1200 dpi Pixel Density 48 bit Document Size Letter A4 Type Color Flatbed Single Pass CCD Scanning Speed 10 Sec OS Compatibility Compatible with offered Operation Interface USB Parallel Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 133 07 06 0 Hardware for Core Banking Solution at Data Recovery Center DRC The Tenderer must proposed the following Items with the same specification as defined in DC to perform smooth ONE LINE BANKING operation from Branches Divisions and Control Offices considering same features and Current Business Dimension amp Future Projection defined in 2 2 in page no 04 with their offered CBS 07 06 00 Hardware for Core Banking Solution at Data Recovery Center DRC Quantity 07 06 01 Live Production Environment Application Server 01 Database server 01 07 06 02 Storage Area Network SAN i External Storage System 01 ii Storage Area Network Switch 02 07 06 03 Network Devices i Core Router 01 il DMZ Internet Router 01 iii Core Switch 01 iv Core Firewall 01 Vv Internet Router 01 vi Internet Firewall with Content Security 01 vii IPS for Data Recovery Center 01 viii Server Farm and DMZ Switch 04 ix x Load Balancer 01 xi xii Rack with PDU and KVM 03 07 0
473. ted in each Tender will be added to the Tender price Spare parts and after sales service facilities in Bangladesh The cost to the Purchaser of establishing the minimum service facilities and parts inventories as outlined in the TDS or Section 7 Technical Specifications if quoted separately shall be added to the Tender price Projected operating and maintenance costs Operating and maintenance costs of the goods will be evaluated in in accordance with the criteria specified in the TDS or in Section 7 Technical Specifications Performance and productivity of the equipment i Tenderers shall state the guaranteed performance or efficiency of their equipment offered in response to Section 7 Technical Specifications For each drop in the performance or efficiency below the norm of 100 an adjustment for an amount specified in the TDS will be added to the Tender price for the purpose of evaluation representing the capitalized cost of additional operating costs over the life of the plant using the methodology specified in Section 7 Technical Specifications Or i Equipment offered shall have a minimum productivity specified under the relevant provision in Section 7 Technical Specifications to be considered responsive Evaluation shall be based on the cost per unit of the actual productivity of goods offered in the Tender and adjustment will be added to the Tender prices for the purpose of evaluation using the methodology specified in Sec
474. ted on the premises of the Supplier or its Subcontractor all reasonable facilities and assistance including access to drawings and production data shall be furnished to the inspectors at no charge to the Purchaser The Purchaser or its designated representative shall be entitled to attend the tests and or inspections referred to in GCC Sub Clause 31 2 provided that the Purchaser bear all of its own costs and expenses incurred in connection with such attendance including but not limited to all travelling and board and lodging expenses Whenever the Supplier is ready to carry out any such test and inspection it shall give a reasonable advance notice including the place and time to the Purchaser The Supplier shall obtain from any relevant third party or manufacturer any necessary permission or consent to enable the Purchaser or its designated representative to attend the test and or inspection The Purchaser may require the Supplier to carry out any test and or inspection not required by the Contract but deemed necessary to verify that the characteristics and performance of the Goods comply with the technical specifications codes and standards under the Contract provided that the Supplier s reasonable costs and expenses incurred in the carrying out of such test and or inspection shall be added to the Contract Price Further if such test and or inspection impede the progress of manufacturing and or the Supplier s performance of its other oblig
475. the Tender and b the cost of components mandatory spare parts and service c the availability in Bangladesh of spare parts and after sales services for the equipment offered in the Tender d the projected operating and maintenance costs during the anticipated life cycle of the equipment e the performance and productivity of the equipment offered f the effective transfer and migration of data SQL from the existing Infinity Banking Solution ITT 42 4 b Cost of components and mandatory spare parts None ITT 42 4 c Cost of Spare parts and after sales service facilities in Bangladesh None ITT 42 4 d Projected operating and maintenance costs None ITT 42 4 e Performance and productivity of equipment None ITT 43 1 The purchaser may decide to negotiate technical detail with only the successful Tenderer ITT 43 2 G Contract Award ITT 48 1 The maximum percentage by which quantities per item may be increased or decreased is 15 ITT 50 1 The amount of Performance Security shall be BMO percent of the Contract Price ITT 53 2 The name and address of the office where complaints to the Procuring Entity under Regulation 51 are to be submitted is Managing Director Rupali Bank Ltd 34 Dilkusha C A Head Office Dhaka Bangladesh Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 27 1 Definitions 2 Contract Documents 3 Corrupt Fraudulent Collusive or Coercive Practices Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Section 3 Gener
476. the conferences is having 8 users Should be a server based architecture with two 10 100 fast ethernet connections The system should have dial in and dial out capability for getting users joined for a conference The system should support segmented meeting access for external and internal users All users using the IP Phones and Analog phones should be able to use their IP amp analog phone whichever applicable to join the conference Should support SIP H 323 G 729a and G 711 codecs Should support integration with LDAP and Microsoft AD The system should announce entry and departure of conference participants with the help directory as and when they join or leave the conference for security and ease of operation Should provide mute and un mute facility to the user during the conference The conference participants should be able to perform one is to one and one is to all instant messaging during the conference Should preferably provide integration facility with email platform for automated document delivery to the users email box Should support broadcasting announcements during a conference Should support H 323 H 261 H 263 H 264 SIP protocols The system should be configurable in a way so that users have to authenticate themselves before accessing a conference Should support Concurrent 20 connection amp at least 3 Session Voice Conferencing Features Real time mixing of up to three simultaneous speakers
477. the entire proposed module all the delivery channels and all the 3rd party software proposed The Bidder will convey to the Bank that all the customizations that are required to Go Live as agreed upon and signed off by the Bank are completed and the solution is ready for testing The Bidder will set up a test server to accommodate a minimum of 25 concurrent users which shall support simultaneous data migration testing and install the applications including the customizations parameterize it as Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 161 oe per Bank s requirement and upload live data of a sample branch in the test server The Bank expects the test environment to be available to the Bank at all times for the purpose of testing The Bidder is expected to provide for the requisite test and development infrastructure including hardware software operating system and database for all applications including any 3rd party solutions being offered by the Bidder The Bank expects the Bidder to set up the required solutions including the client desktops and provide connectivity to test server at DC DRC at the desired testing center of the Bank for the purpose of testing The Bank shall not pay any additional amounts to the Bidder for the purpose of creating the test environment The Bidder will install client version of the solution on the PCs provided by the Bank The Bidder will assist the Bank in preparing test cases including test dat
478. ther physical facilities including after sales service where appropriate managerial capability specific experience reputation and the personnel to perform the contract as specified in the TDS To qualify for tenders are invited in the Invitation for Tenders The Tenderer shall demonstrate having resources and experience sufficient to meet the aggregate of the qualifying criteria of the tender The Tenderer shall have the following minimum level of supply experience to qualify for supplying the Goods and Related Services under the contract a a minimum number of years of overall experience in the supply of goods and related services as specified in the TDS b specific experience in the supplying of similar goods and related services as specified in the TDS c a minimum production capacity or availability of equipment as specified in the TDS and d in case of a Tenderer offering to supply goods which the Tenderer did not manufacture or otherwise produce the Tenderer has been duly authorized by the goods manufacturer or producer to supply the goods The Tenderer shall have the following minimum level of financial capacity of qualify for the supply of goods under the contract a The satisfactory completion of supply of similar goods of value stated in the TDS under a single contract in the last five years and b Availability of minimum liquid assets or working capital or credit facilities from a Bank as specified in the TDS Page
479. tion Ability to automatically settle the internal accounts and generate reports inter branch settlement Ability to enter data related to financial entities through magnetic media for later settlement of accounts Central Bank National Banks and Foreign correspondents Ability to define related income expense and receivable payable accounts a according to G L code b according to product type Ability to set up automatic reconciliation accounts list outstanding non reconciled items Ability to open G L accounts from the master G L account index table for branches automatically Ability to produce profit and loss statements and balance sheet daily Ability to provide daily average balances of G L accounts on monthly basis Ability to keep the local currency equivalent for all G L records and during the trade account revaluation process convert update local currency equivalents of all G L records in foreign currency Ability to reconcile and report a total ledger balances of customer accounts b other records such as securities inventory outstanding checks outstanding L G records etc with related G L balances if separate G L records are kept in the system Ability to set related G L accounts with counter G L s in order to be reconciled and reported accordingly ex G L account A s balance should be equal to G L account B s balance or G L account A s balance should be equal
480. tion Ability to provide financial report to any user defined level Ability to provide a suspense account details report b accepted journal entry reports Ability to report actual results compared to historical on the following basis a Current month vs same month in previous year b Current month vs previous month c Current year to date vs previous year to date Ability to report actual result compared to budget on he following basis Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 179 Requirement Compliant 2 l Sis ela cake sin INon compliant a current month versus current month budget b current month variance c current month as of budget d year to date versus year to date budget e year to date variance f year to date as of budget Ability to allow on line Inquiry on accounts a inthe current month b inthe previous month c any specified month previous to current month Ability to support budget input on a monthly basis Ability to allow input of next year s budget Ability to provide forecasting Ability to include cost allocation in the budget process Ability to control access by a Password mechanism b user defined usage profile Ability to restrict access to individual work stations Ability to record and report access violation attempts Ability to keep a date b reference c source information about every transac
481. tion Following is an indicative list of the details to be accepted Facility to update comments accept reject details from multiple authority levels The levels involved may vary according to the amount involved System should generate note to the party indicating sanction or rejection and terms and conditions of the loan System should track whether acceptance letter from the party has been received System should automatically open a loan account and assign an unique account no For a new customer generate new customer code and an account code For an existing customer refer existing customer code and generate a new account code Provision to create a current account and link to the loan account Automatic generation of loan account Generation of corresponding GL account heads Facility to accept or transfer margin money where applicable Documents handling Generation amp recording Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 204 Requirement Compliant Modification 3rd Party Non compliant Facility to accept details with reference to loan folio no on documents submitted by borrower E g application cum lien letter title deeds valuation report etc Documents to be generated by the system include a Repayment Advice b Drawdown Advice The details can include document date validity period signatories safe custody location etc
482. tion quantity unit price total amount b copies of the packing list identifying the contents of each package c manufacturer s supplier s warranty certificate if any d inspection certificate issued by the nominated inspection agency or Purchaser and or the supplier s factory inspection report if any e certificate of origin moaoge ga Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 37 GCC 23 2 GCC 25 1 GCC 25 2 GCC 26 1 GCC 26 4 GCC 27 1 The prices charged for the Goods delivered and the Related Services to be performed shall be fixed for the duration of the contract The total tender value shall be clearly shown and shall include all costs including duties taxes and VAT etc related to this tender for each unit of Application Software and other environmental software required for each of the branches and Head Office under reference for automation The quotation should be prepared on a branch by branch office basis Additional spare parts requirements are specified in Annex of the Specifications None Within weeks of placing the order and opening the letter of credit N A The method and conditions of payment to be made to the Supplier under this Contract shall be as follows The payment of the bill will be made in Bangladesh Taka after receipt of the bill in the following manner 01 Advance payment will not be allowed and No interest will be paid for delay payment 02 On completion of an
483. tion 7 Technical Specifications To determine the lowest evaluated the Purchaser shall a evaluate only which comply with the requirements specified in ITT Sub Clause 20 3 b take into account i the experience and resources sufficient to meet the aggregate of the qualifying criteria ii the lowest evaluated Tender for calculated in accordance with the requirements of Evaluation Criteria iii the price reduction and the methodology for their application as offered by the Tenderer in its Tender and iv the Contract award sequence that provides the optimum economic combination taking into account any limitations due to constraints in supply or execution capacity determined in accordance with the post qualification criteria under ITT Clause 45 No negotiation shall be held with the lowest or any other Tenderer A Tenderer shall not be required as a condition for award to undertake responsibilities not stipulated in the Tender Document to change its price or otherwise to modify its Tender The Purchaser shall compare all substantially responsive Tenders to determine the lowest evaluated Tender in accordance with ITT Clause 42 The Purchaser shall determine to its satisfaction whether the Tenderer that is selected as having submitted the lowest evaluated and substantially responsive Tender is qualified to perform the Contract satisfactorily The determination shall be based upon an examination of the documentary evidence of the T
484. tion as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 Name of Tenderer Signature of Tenderer Date Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 62 05 3 02 DATA RECOVERY CENTER DRC SI No Required Item and Specification defined by the Model I Country of Origin Bank ii Country of Assembly To be To be To be mentioned mentioned mentioned 05 3 02 1 Design and Civil Work with Interior Decoration of DC Including Modification of Beam and Existing Room If necessary add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 05 3 02 2 Furniture for DC add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 05 3 02 3 Security and Environmental Monitoring Solution for DC add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 05 3 02 4 Power Cooling and Lighting for DC add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 Name of Tenderer Signature of Tenderer Date Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 63 05 3 03 0 DATA COMMUNICATION INFRASTR
485. to Generate real time on line debit credit entries for updating to accounts Provide an on line inquire facility to view information Provide On line Account Statement Display amp Print Provide on line exception processing The frequency or period of interest calculation Minimum balance to accrue interest Maintaining balance of the account Number of transaction for service charging Resident and non resident tax rates Drafts and Pay orders hereinafter referred to as drafts Facility to automatically generate branch serial number speedometer Printing of demand drafts in user definable formats Facility to print draft in pre printed stationery Reconciliation of outstanding balance pay orders on periodic basis The frequency should be user definable Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 200 Requirement Compliant w g EINE alle 2 aie 6 ele 3 Slp ig ln lz Facility for transfer of outstanding pay orders beyond a cut off date period to central office with relevant details Automatic updating of draft issue register Issue of duplicate drafts Facility to record pre requisite conditions for duplicate issue Validate against these conditions before duplicate issue Facility to issue duplicate drafts link with original drafts and print duplicate drafts Facility to customize the format of dupli
486. tomer s account and draft is different This would involve cross currency transactions Auto generation of test key numbers in case of TTS It should be sent for auto referral 8 3 3 5 Travelers Cheques TC Requirement w S S w T EERIE amp E TERE Ole 17 System to support transactions for purchase encashment and issue of TC TCs may be issued and en cashed for any Foreign Currency or for Taka Support for TC issue either by Debit to customer s account or Against cash Similarly payment for TC encashment can be made by Credit to customer s account or Cash Other Functions System to maintain Foreign currency Stock Register The columns for this should be user definable System should support printing of TCs in pre printed stationery Encashment of TCs Maintenance of correspondent bankers account for en cashing TC Reconciliation of TCs outstanding payment from correspondent 8 3 3 6 Loan and Advance Requirement S S ele gt 2 o e g lt Q a 2 2 8 JAFE OJ la Z System should provide workflow and imaging features to provide a generic method for the automation control and management of complex banking processes such as opening a client relationship and loan application processing The automation of all processes can be handled through the workflow framework Specific business processes should be created using this framework in combination with the relevant business transactions tasks The L
487. trol system will be of centralized architecture so that a single system can support all end points viz IP phones analog phones gateways etc in a region containing multiple sites connected across wide area network e 22000 user capable e The call control system should be fully redundant solution with NO single point of failures amp should provide 1 1 redundancy to all IP amp analog phones in the region e The call control system should support various architectures like centralized distributed with clustering over the WAN distributed with centralized call control remote survivability e Support for call processing and call control e It is desirable to have all the appliances in the call control system should have dual redundant and hot swappable power supply and fans for high availability e All appliances in the call control system should have hot swappable storage media if any to ensure high availability e All appliances in the call control system should preferably be connected over gigabit Ethernet for connectivity to the network e Shall support signaling standards Protocols SIP MGCP H 323 Q Sig e CODEC support G 711 G 729 G 729ab e Should support following phone types IP Phones IP Softphone for PCs Analog Phones e Having inbuilt administration software e Able to add bulk add delete and update operations for devices and users e Conference Bridge provides software conference bridge resources t
488. try of Assembly To be mentioned 45 LCD LED TV Directly communicate and customized with related equipment and device Warranty 3 years with parts and labour O ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING SYSTEM Graphical User Interface GUT software Interface module capable to connect up to 12 wits of equipment directly communicate with equipment eg UPS CRAC Leak detection amp etc YO Modules capable to connect up to 32 nos contact points enables to monitor analogue digital input points or dry contact eg Genset alarms TVSS fire alarms rectifier alarm sub switchboard or DB amp etc Third party Interface module capable to connect third party equipment with MODBus amp BACnet directly communicate with equipment eg DPM Genset H L I VRV amp etc Temperature Humidity sensor Auxiliary contact at Main Switchboard Sub Switchboard ESMSB etc Generator auxiliary contact Fire Alarm SMS Modem Software development and configuration Transformer and enclosure for all module Site Scan installation works as per following item UPS power supply to I O modules amp etc Communication cable PDU individual branch circuit monitoring c w hardware module amp cabling works Data Center Circuits track Rack based Power Humidity Temperature Smoke Water monitor A The system architecture shall consist of network interface cards that will be installed in all critical infrastructures that at a minimum sup
489. try of Assembly To be mentioned To be mentioned To be mentioned 05 3 09 1 Supply Install and customize of CBS according to technical specification as specified in section 07 to comply Current Business Dimension amp Future Projection of Rupali Bank Ltd defined in Table 01 Page 08 add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 Name of Tenderer Signature of Tenderer Date 05 3 10 0 CAPACITY BUILDING OF RUPALI BANK LTD 1 2 3 4 6 07 Item Description Course No of Participant per Duration Training Location N Of Item Name course 05 3 10 1 1 phase Core Team for Training amp Technology Transfer 100 add as many rows For Each Course Name with detail information as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 05 3 10 2 1 phase Implementation and Operation Team for Pilot 130 Project add as many rows For Each Course Name with detail information as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 05 3 10 3 2 phase Support Team for Control Offices 70 add as many rows For Each Course Name with detail information as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 05 3 10 4 2 phase Implementation and Operation Team for 1278 Pranahac add
490. ts 492 existing branches all over Bangladesh The bank has a vision to expand the bank by increasing its number of branches to in between 700 and 1000 branches Out of the existing 492 branches 145 branches operation is currently automated through Branch banking software named Infinity Banking solution The bank has decided to automate the operation of rest of its branches using the same solution by the year 2011 This will ensure capturing all the branches data in electronic format necessary to migrate to Core Banking solution as well as prepare the mind set and ability of the users to use automated banking solution RBL is planning to rollout in all branches control offices and Head office Divisions the activities mentioned in the bid through this contract in a shortest possible time and the Tenderer is expected to provide a time frame for the assignment which will form the part of the contract period of three years 1 2 Present Capital Structure Authorized Capital Tk 7000 million US 120 70 million Paid up Capital Tk 1250 million US 21 55 million Break up of paid up Capital as on 31 12 2010 Government shareholding 92 77 Private shareholding 07 23 Present Share Structure Total Number of share Each lot 10 1 25 00 000 Share Demated by shareholders as on 31 12 2010 1 03 65 174 2 KEY INSTRUCTION 2 1 Scope of Bid Rupali Bank Limited RBL wishes to receive a details proposal from the firms for establish
491. ty 7 02 01 DESIGN AND CIVIL WORK WITH INTERIOR DECORATION OF DRC Dismantling Works As specified in DC Approx 1500 sft Removing Mosaic Works As specified in DC Approx 2500 sft Construct Beam if necessary for Load bearing as per Annexure 3 As required Brick Works As specified in DC Approx 1400 sft Plaster Works As specified in DC Approx 1300 sft Floor Tiles As specified in DC Approx 2500 sft Skirting As specified in DC Approx 2500 sft Paint Works As specified in DC Approx 3000 sft PVC Door As specified in DC Ol set Tempered Glass Door size 3 0 X 7 0 As specified in DC As required by the design Fire Rated Door 2hr rated for DC 4 x 7 Ol set Fire Rated Door 2hr rated Fire Stair Case 3 x 7 with Panic bar Ol set Tempered Glass Partition As specified in DC Approx 400 sft Frameless 10 mm Glass Partition As specified in DC Approx 900 sft Dry Wall As specified in DC Approx 700 sft 0 p Substation and Generator Room Grounding floor height must be out of flood As calculated range The sufficient Exhausting fan must be installed for sufficient air flow 7 02 02 FURNITURE FOR DRC a Computer Table for DOC 4 Same features as defined in DC 04 set b Revolving Chair Same features as defined in DC 04 sets c Reception Desk Same features as defined in DC 01 sets d Wall Mounted Cabinet Same features as defined in DC As required Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 104 7 02 03 Security and
492. ty infrastructure and the network infrastructure It should deliver integrated monitoring of firewalls Router Software network based IPSs and host based IPSs along with event correlation It should allow to manage these components through one solution e Scalable foundation The Security Management System must provide a foundation that makes it easy to scale management to many devices It should provide users with a consistent GUI to reduce learning time workflow to allow multiple administrators to work together and coordinate tasks access control server integration to precisely control access support for Windows and Solaris platforms use of a robust database engine a new simplified installation and more It should provide Auto Update feature which allows numerous devices to be updated easily and quickly Auto Update to enable devices even remote and dynamically addressed devices to periodically call home to an update server and pull the most current security configurations Auto Update to effectively scale remote office firewall deployments across intermittent links or dynamic addresses This feature should avoid a manual process required to update each remote device It must provide a dramatic scalability improvement for the organization to deploy devices with many remote and local locations e Consistent implementation of corporate security policy The Security Management System must enable organization to easily implement co
493. uded here as specified in ITT Sub Clause 20 5 b Name of Tenderer Signature of Tenderer Date Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 61 Specifications Submission Sheet Form G 3 Invitation for Tender No Date Tender Package No The Tenderer must submit the detail technical specification of each offered Item in the following format according to the schedule of requirement specified in section 06 and technical Specified in section 07 05 3 01 DATA CENTER DC SI No Required Item and Specification defined Model I Country of Origin by the Bank ii Country of Assembly To be To be To be mentioned mentioned mentioned 05 03 01 1 Design and Civil Work with Interior Decoration of DC Including Modification of Beam and Existing Room If necessary add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 05 03 01 2 Furniture for DC add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 05 03 01 3 Security and Environmental Monitoring Solution for DC add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 05 03 01 4 Power Cooling and Lighting for DC add as many rows Each Item Name and Specifica
494. ue date back value as well as future value date Automatic generation of account no at the time of opening A common customer code and varying account should link all accounts of the customer codes For a new customer generate new customer code For an existing customer use existing customer code to generate a new account code At time of opening maturity date and maturity value to be calculated with and without taking into account tax to be paid where applicable If maturity date is a holiday system should have provision to calculate additional interest for the holiday period in case of encashment of deposit This should not be mandatory To What extent is back value dating accepted System should be able to generate new deposit receipt for renewal At time of opening Face value Deposit value discounted value and maturity date to be calculated based on principal of discounting The formula for discounting and calculating the Face value should be user definable and modifiable Interest Calculation Provision to input back value date at the time of Transaction Back Value Interest amp Fees Calculation Ability to calculate maturity date and interest amount when opening account time deposits recurring deposits etc Customizable interest rates and interest calculation depending on deposit period deposit type etc Interest can be simple or compound Simple Interest Interest payment by cash pa
495. uggest suitable Business Continuity procedures applicable to its solution in case the solution is unavailable These procedures should ensure that the customers of the Bank are not denied banking services due to the solution being unavailable to the Bank s users The FRSM should include capabilities to automatically detect inform and reverse transactions that may be incomplete due to hardware failures The Bidder shall provide the FRSM to the Bank for review and comment and any comments or suggestions of Bank will be incorporated therein The Bidder will suggest the number and volume of the Functional and Technical Group for the bank and their responsibilities The Bank will identify the functional heads for each process who will be responsible for the review comments and sign off of the FRSM The FRSM will deem to be completed when signed off from the Bank The bidder is also expected to carry out and document a detailed current assessment study for all business activities product and service offered by the bank to gain understanding of the bank s existing business and operations The bidder is expected to help the bank to parameterize the product and provide valuable inputs at the time of system parameterization based on the current state assessment study undertaken by the bidder The Bidder will suggest the number and volume of the Functional and Technical Group for the bank and their responsibilities Rupali OnlineTenderSch
496. uitable to manage all the resources to be procured under the packages The proposed software should have proven capability to perform such functionality The bidder may propose software such as Unicenter Tivoli OpenView or any equivalent or better solution In addition the bidder should also propose necessary hardware required for the software with proper justification f Structured Cabling Solution RBL decided to implement Systimax Structured Cabling solution capable of handling 01 Gigabit Ethernet RBL also needs Systimax iPatch Ready System for Identifying and Managing the Physical Layer Connectivity in its Network To undertake Data Centre structured cabling necessary for system integration and overall solution as per the commercial building telecommunications cabling standards TIA 568 B 1 TIA 568 B 2 TIA 568 B 3 commercial building standard for pathways and spaces TIA 569 B administration standard for telecommunications infrastructure of commercial buildings TIA 606 A commercial building grounding and bonding requirements for telecommunications TIA 607 ensuring 15 Fifteen year Extended Product Warranty and System Assurance Warranty and certification by OEM of the structured cabling system Considering the above features the Tenderer must proposed the following SI No Item Name with specification Qty 7 03 01 Point To Point Dark Fiber Network Between DC amp DRC Supply install and customize of dedicated Point to pin
497. uited All others are general Banker Few of them have IT Knowledge T 1 Phase Pilot Project Core Team for Training amp Developing a core team of at least 100 professionals for 100 Technology Transfer ensuring the implementation of the system beyond the project period Training area and No of participant for Core Team must be as follow or the Tenderer may proposed their own concept to cover all area of the project i System Management and Operation 10 ii Database Management and Operation 10 ili Network Management and Operation 15 iv DC DRC Management and Operation 15 v Core Banking functional training 225 vi Core Banking Technical Training 225 Total 100 Implementation and Operation The Tenderer will responsible for training at least 2 Two 120 Team for Pilot Project officers of each Branch Division and Control Office as On Site Training define in Pilot Project The area of Training and total No of Participant are given below Operation of CBS Simple Trouble Shooting of System and Network 60 Offices x 2 Participant 120 Participants 2 Phase Rest Branches and Control Offices Support Team for Control Offices The Tenderer must build up a two member team in each 70 control office to support its related branches for the following area or the Tenderer may proposed their own concept to cover all area of the project i System Management and Operation ii
498. unts Security The system should ensure that unauthorized or unidentified receipts are reported and monitored until they are cleared Settlement administration Fund transfers Method The system shall process fund transfer instructions as for simultaneous payment and receipt instructions maintaining all relevant controls Intermediary transactions The system shall convert incoming payment receipt instructions into clearance instructions to transfer funds between client accounts held by the Banking Operations System Intermediary transaction dates The system shall forward date back date intermediary transactions posted to the Banking Operations System to the value date indicated in the incoming message Back dated transactions Back dated transactions shall be highlighted for management authorization prior to settlement through the Banking Operations System Account postings The system should perform account updates to all relevant BANK S and counterparty client accounts following processing of intermediary transactions Settlement detail amendment The system should provide the facility to amend settlement details following a previous instruction to settle where this has occurred This facility should enable countermanding preceding settlement instructions and should provide a warning which requires override in these circumstances Entry of further settlement information received following successful settlement Position adjustments
499. ure seamless automatic takeover is mandatory Link redundancy is a must at all levels The redundant links are required to operate in parallel for bandwidth aggregation In case of failure seamless automatic takeover is mandatory Secure solution for accessing data center resources files Emails and others by authorized users from outside the RBL network as and when required User level access should be controlled individually e Dedicated and redundant Dark fiber link will connect DC and DR LAN SAN and any other level required for real time replication and or synchronization e All vital devices which could become single point of failure for the whole system should have both power supply amp device level redundancy e Dedicated router Firewall for internet facility in perimeter zone A DMZ should be there for placing Email web server etc depending on design provided e The windows active directory and network management server will be placed in Admin zone e There will be several service providers to provide branch level redundant connectivity e In all location we have chosen high performance multi protocol router considering amount of data processing All modular slots can be used for any type of connection in future Ethernet Serial E1 e High Availability should be considered in each and every level of components including but not limited to router switch IPS etc e Email and web security management is also part of th
500. uthorised to incur liabilities and receive instructions for and on behalf of any and all Members of the JVCA and e the execution of the entire Contract including payment shall be done exclusively with the Member in charge 24 5 The Tenderers should agree to share the Source Code of the Core banking Solution based on the ESCROW Agreement defined by the Bank This has to be in an undertaking letter submitted with the Tenderers Proposal Form G 10 23 3 24 Tenderers 24 1 Documents Establishing Qualifications 24 2 24 3 24 4 25 Tenderer 25 1 Disqualification 25 2 26 Tender Validity 26 1 26 2 Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc The Purchaser shall disqualify a Tenderer who submits a document containing false information for purposes of qualification or misleads or makes false representations in proving its qualification requirements If such an occurrence is proven the Purchaser may declare such a Tenderer ineligible either indefinitely or for a stated period of time from participation in future procurement proceedings The Purchaser may disqualify a Tenderer who has a record of poor performance such as abandoning the supply not properly completing the contract inordinate delays litigation history or financial failures Tenders shall remain valid for the period specified in the TDS after the date of Tender submission prescribed by the Purchaser pursuant to ITT Clause 30 A Tender valid for a shorter period shal
501. uto transfer arrangements Withholding tax ranges and tax exemption re it al System to allow periodic input of base exchange rate for different currencies a ee System should allow overriding of the base rate for specific transactions with appropriate authority approval Any exchange difference to be automatically debited credited to Exchange Difference account Ses Taka equivalent to be calculated by the system by multiplying the foreign currency amount by the predetermined rate Support for maintaining multiple types of exchange rates for a currency i ee All foreign exchange transactions to be routed through NOSTRO accounts Facility for periodic reconciliation of NOSTRO Accounts System to allow charging of service charges wherever desired Rate and need to charge service charges is left to the discretion of bank Service charge could be flat tiered or variable d Other requirement of Deposit account Requirement w 5 S 2 lla lS Z ISIE E a 2 3 I Fleliels o la lz nterest bearing where the interest rate may be ixed eil foatng EE Multi tiered a Banded Non Interest Bearing Define Account Rules Hg acility to define the period after which the HLA becomes eligible for drawing loan against it O Deposits Unitization he whole deposit to be held in units of user definable amount Every unit to be held as a separate account on the system The account numbers for each unit Ep One deposit receipt to be generated for
502. vailability of exception approval System should be able to support processing sanction renewal monitoring tracking reporting and accounting of Non funded and Funded Credit facilities System should be able to support to track Loans at different stages from origination to settlements as per user defined format System shall be able to support to generate and update the ceiling of the Single borrower group exposure of the Bank To generate the Loan Facility number loan account number automatically manually It should be able to link the loan facility number to the customer ID Group and CIF s System should be able to support Classification and provisioning of Loan portfolios Asset as per Bangladesh Bank guidelines product wise and borrower wise System should be able to support to calculate following interest application a Simple b Compound c Fixed d Floating interest rate linked to an interest index code e Tired based interest rate based on amount and term f Reducing accelerating g Base rate margin Modes of Interest Accrual methods such as a 30 360 b 30 365 c Actual 360 d Actual 365 e Actual Actual System should be able to support to shift interest calculation from one method to another method e g Account running with Quarterly interest rest and applied Monthly could be changed to simple nature with half yearly yearly interest application The system should support such changes in computation scheme unde
503. ver traffic normalization to eliminate malformed or illegal packets and performs TCP reassembly and IP de fragmentation Able to conserve bandwidth and server capacity to provide complete application protection by rate limiting or blocking unwanted traffic Quarantine protection Able to provide attack isolation and network discovery of vulnerable devices Protocols IP VLAN IMAP TCP RPC OSPF ICMP HTTP FTP Telnet SMTP Applications UDP High VRRP Availability Layer 2 Fallback High Availability Traffic passing ability in the event of power loss Fault Tolerant Configurations System CLI Web HTTP HTTPS able to manage multiple systems Management Security Common Criteria EAL2 Certification Safety UL60950 CSA 22 2 60950 EN60950 Immunity EN 55024 EMI EN 55022 Class A EN61000 FCC Part 15 VCCI Warranty 3 Years vi Server Farm and DMZ Switch 04 Brand CISCO Juniper or equivalent Model To be mentioned by the tenderer Country of origin US EU or equivalent Country of To be mentioned by the tenderer manufacturer Product part no To be mentioned by the tenderer Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 123 e 48 Ethernet 10 100 1000 ports and 2x10G port with Fiber Module server farm 02 qty e 24 Ethernet 10 100 1000 ports and 2x1GE port DMZ 02 Qty Performance gt Switching Fabric Min 128 Gbps gt DRAM Min 128 MB gt Flash Min32 MB gt Total VLANs 1005 gt VLAN IDs 4K gt Jumbo Frame 9000 Byte
504. vide a user configurable event to alarm mapping system that sets a differentiation that events do not necessarily need an alarm to be generated e The system must provide a user configurable event processing policies that helps to reduce volume of information at the console by classifying events as alarms only if it meets a set of user specified criteria such as event occurrence frequency event sequence and duration of event in active state e The proposed solution should provide out of the box root cause analysis with multiple root cause algorithms inbuilt for root cause analysis e The system must use advanced root cause analysis techniques like Inductive modeling technology as well as Model based and Policy based condition correlation technology for comprehensive analysis of network faults e It should provide an intuitive User Interface for defining conditional correlation of the events e It should have a strong event correlation engine which can correlate the events on the basis of event pairing e The system must have a fault tolerance feature built into the primary management server to meet high availability requirements e The network database must be stored in a duplicated copy fully synchronized automatically between the primary and secondary system to ensure high level of readiness for the secondary server to assume management responsibility e The system must have intelligence and ability to understand impact of devices under maintenance an
505. wer Supplies Firewall Throughput 450 Mbps Total Sessions 250000 Connections Per Second 15000 Interface ports 4 x 10 100 1000 Ethernet Content Security Antispyware Anti adware Anti keylogger Instant message AV Antispam Antivirus Integrated URL filtering External URL filtering Features The Firewall should be an appliance based firewall Firewall should be on purpose built hardware platform and should not use any of the commercially available Operating system Integrated Hardware based encryption Firewall should support static NAT Policy based NAT and PAT Firewall should be capable minimum 1000 Concurrent VPN tunnels Firewall should be capable of Dynamic routing on VPN Firewall should support DES 56 bit 3DES 168 bit and AES encryption Firewall should support client based IPSec VPN Tunnels Firewall should be able to prevent against replay attacks Firewall should support IPSec NAT Traversal Support for Standard Access Lists and Extended Access Lists or similar feature to provide supervision and control Controlled SNMP Access Should support Data Voice amp Video Traffic Control SNMP access through the use of SNMP with MDS authentication Page no 126 Implement Access Lists on the router to ensure SNMP access only to the SNMP manager or the NMS workstation Support
506. wing activities as and when specified by the user Recalculate drawing power as per cycle based on input of market value of portfolio or on premature or part withdrawal In case of reduction in drawing power update the same in current account If amount due within new drawing power compute interest and generate interest intimation advice If not generate requisite deposit advice or additional securities requirement advice Update current account with amount deposited or record additional securities offered b Vehicle Loans Requirement w z S w T FERE amp E 3 FEIE Ole 1 Z Facility to capture Vehicle and Asset details Provision to record details on repossession and disposal if applicable Provision to record details on insurance claimed if applicable Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 207 c Syndicated Loan Requirement w a e z S i a a s j xo g Beles Fie io 2 S lIs 5 Ole jz System should be able to support workflow in Syndicated Loan processing and appraisal process System should be able to support sanction amp monitoring of Syndicated Loans to large corporate clients and perform proper reporting and accounting functions System should be able to support following types of Syndicated Loans a Syndication arranged by RBL RBL will be Lead arranger Bank as well as a participant b Syndication co arranged by RBL RBL will be the co arranger Bank as well a
507. with 1333 MHz FSB or higher Processor Series Please mention Main memory RAM amp Expandability Minimum 16GB expandable up to 64 GB ECC capability with 1333 MHz bus speed or more RAM type DDRIII with 1333MHz or higher Total no of RAM Slots Minimum 12 Slots with future Expandability Video Memory Integrated Minimum 08 MB or higher Cache Memory Per core Integrated 12 MB or more Disk Storage Storage Controller Internal PCIe SAS RAID Controller RAID Level support 0 1 1 0 5 6 Memory minimum 256 MB cache Internal HDD bus interface type Hot plug 2 5 3 5 inch SAS Serial Attached SCSI Internal HDD Capacity 8x 300 450 GB 10K 15K RPM SAS 2 5 inch Hot Plug able Hard Disk Drives or Higher No of Hot pluggable Media bays Minimum Eight 8 or higher RAID Controller Raid Controller with 512MB Battery Flash backed cache Should support Raid Level 0 1 5 6 10 50 Optical Drive DVD Writer Fiber Channel Adapter Minimum 2 Two 8 Gbps Fiber Channel HBA should be provided Ethernet Card Minimum 2x Gigabit NIC Remote management port Integrated remote management capability with dedicated network connection and License supporting GUI Power Supply 2x Redundant Hot Swappable Power Supply System Fan Hot Plug redundant fans N 1 Keyboard Please specify if required Mouse please specify if required VGA Keyboard mouse port Should be m
508. words as corrected and modified in accordance with the Instructions to Tenderers is hereby accepted by name of Procuring Entity You are requested to proceed with the supply of the goods and the related services and note that this Notification of Award shall constitute the formation of a Contract which shall only become binding upon you furnishing a Performance Security within 14 days in accordance with ITT Clause 50 and the signing of the Contract Agreement within 21 days in accordance with ITT Clause 51 We attach the Contract Agreement and Contract Documents for you perusal and signature Signed Duly authorised to sign for and on behalf of name of Procuring Entity Date Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 76 Contract Agreement Form G 8 THIS AGREEMENT made the day day of month year between name and address of Purchaser hereinafter called the Purchaser of the one part and name and address of Supplier hereinafter called the Supplier of the other part WHEREAS the Purchaser invited Tenders for certain goods and related services viz brief description of goods and related services and has accepted a Tender by the Supplier for the supply of those goods and related services in the sum of Taka Contract Price in figures and in words hereinafter called the Contract Price NOW THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSETH AS FOLLOWS l In this Agreement words and expressions shall have the same meani
509. xibility of entering cheques on Entered date either in batch mode at back office or entry of single cheques at the teller on a on line real time basis Clearing module should then be able to access these cheques For such cheques credit to be given to customers account and debit to the relevant clearing account Foreign Currency Services This can be a stand alone service or form an integral part of teller platform for deposit amp withdrawal All facilities available for domestic teller operations should also be available for Foreign Currency Teller transactions Transaction can be of the following types Currency tendered or asked for is same as the currency in customer s account e g deposit or withdrawal of dollar from a dollar denominated account Currency tendered or asked for is different from the currency in the account e g deposit of dollar in Taka savings account or deposit withdrawal of yen in dollar account The customer sells one currency and wants to purchase another currency In this case the system to support base currency transactions Accounts to be maintained in Taka and foreign currency for each transaction Printing of transaction advice deal slip after completion of transaction Facility to input whether the transaction is a buy or sell deal and the relevant currency code System to automatically display the relevant rate and calculate the details of the deal When deal is accepted by the teller system to print deal sl
510. y Unit price Total price Point of Delivery N Of Item Of units col 4 x 5 And Delivery Period Required Offered Note 1 Note 2 Note 3 and Note 4 05 1 04 0 LAN INFRASTRUCTURE OF HEAD OFFICE add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in Offered by the section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 tenderer Sub Total Name of Tenderer Signature of Tenderer Date Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 45 05 1 05 PRICE OF REQUIRED RELATED GOODS HARDWARE FOR CORE BANKING SOLUTION AT DATA CENTER DC TO BE SUPPLIED AND DELIVERY SCHEDULE Description Unit Name Qty Of units Unit price Total price Point of Delivery and Of Item Required col 4 x 5 Delivery Period Offered eee 1 Note 2 Note 3 eee Note 4 05 1 05 1 1 05 1 Development and Testing Environment Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 a as many rows Offered by the tenderer ae ee ee ee ell 05 1 05 02_ Live Production Environment Ed Doo add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07 ees Sub Total Yd 05 1 05 03 Storage Area Network SAN add as many rows Each Item Name and Specification as per Schedule of requirement in section 06 and technical Specification in section 07
511. y component of this assignment other than CBS the Tenderer may submit bills for payment with certification by RBL concerned department However RBL will make payment up to a maximum of 75 of the submitted bill Major component of the assignment are as per schedule of requirement e Design and Civil Work with Interior Decoration of DC amp DRC Point To Point Dark Fiber Network Between DC amp DRC Data Communication Infrastructure Solution of DC amp DRC LAN Infrastructure of Head Office Hardware for Core Banking Solution at Data Center DC Hardware for Core Banking Solution at Data Recovery Center DRC Hardware for Core Banking Solution at Pilot Branches and Control Office Capacity Building of Rupali Bank Ltd Email solution e IP Telephony and IP Video Telephony System The rest 25 bill of the above item will be paid on second phase acceptance test after CBS supply installation and customization at DC DRC Local Office Corporate Branches Control Offices and Division as define in Annexure 03 3 Payment of Core Banking Solution will be pid in the following way i 40 of CBS O S RDBMS and other software bill will be paid after completion of supply installation and customization at CAD ID GBD Control Zonal Office 55 Branches and 50 ATM Pilot Branches Control Offices and Division as define in Annexure 03 ii The rest amount of the bill for CBS banking system O S RDBMS and other software will be paid for each branch am
512. y generated by the system Each transaction should contain the Inter Branch Reconciliation IBR code for tracking the originating branch Cash In Cash Out Tellers Total and Reconciliation Printing amp Reports Printing of Cut Form Mini Statement and Draft The application software must be able to generate various types of reminders or notices with difference balance on different types of accounts The system must support cut form printing for account lodgments withdrawals showing details of tellers date time amount and total The system must support the use of passbook transactions Passbook layouts and transactions should be user definable The system must allow printing of a mini statement on demand e g the remaining transactions after the issue of a periodic statement The mini statement layouts and transactions should also be user definable Printing of teller log book cash book should be done separately for each teller and collectively for the entire bank Printing of cash analysis report for each teller and consolidated at branch level For every transaction relating to a customer a customer transaction confirmation advice should be printable Fast Pathing Direct access to a function screen without having to traverse all the menus Message Broadcasting facilities to all the online users Off line Support A facility is required to switch an on line branch teller to off line mode when problems develop on the telecommunications connections o
513. y of the system covering both hardware and software Please provide information System to provide security at data element level transaction level set of transactions level functional level within each application application level user level System level Branch level System Security Control System Access Control Logical controls on the application system software Control Access to system Utilities Log all accesses to system utilities with name of user date and time of access Log In Time and date of application System software used for Authorized access and Unauthorized access Forced Log outs of terminals for continued inactivity beyond user specified time Forced disabling of passwords on a certain number of unsuccessful log in attempts Warning to be generated for Unauthorized Log In attempts Prevention of unauthorized access to the system and the data in the system Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 186 Requirement Compliant Modification 3rd Party INon compliant Log off all Log in attempts Successful Unsuccessful User cannot simultaneously Login from two stations Access to the system commands is prevented by controlling the startup procedures for all the stations Access Control By Unique User Identifier By date amp time Ranges Access to Menu
514. y order or transfer to savings account or current account Compound Interest Interest is reinvested with the principal or applied to another designated account Flexibility to compound for any period e g daily monthly quarterly etc Pre mature encashment of deposits interest calculation adjustments Facility to apply different rates to special accounts e g staff deposits System should be able to calculate interest for any period defined by the end user e g daily quarterly etc and as and when required Support for crediting interest at any frequency monthly quarterly etc Tax deducted at source Calculate Tax Deduction at Source and automatically adjust account Interest calculation for TDS purpose should include all term deposit accounts held by the customer at the branch User should be able to define whether a type of deposit is to be considered for TDS calculation or not Time of credit of the account of the payee Time of payment or whichever is earlier System should first credit the interest account with the full interest and debit the TDS account with the tax amount rather than crediting the net amount to the interest account Facility to define standing orders on TDS payable account for payment Payment at Maturity System to trigger an alert if loan against FD is outstanding at the time of maturity premature closure of FD Loan amount to be adjusted against maturity proceeds before making payment Ru
515. y to amend disbursal schedule Checks to ensure funds are released only to the supplier s of the party Interest Calculation and installment collection Interest Calculation Different class of accounts can have different interest calculation methods flat tiered etc Interest rates can vary for different class of accounts or individual account Support for EMI computation on simple and compound interest Interest can be automatically calculated accrued and amortized at any frequency as specified by the end users Interest can be calculated and applied at different frequencies daily monthly quarterly etc System should support interest calculation at the following rates fixed variable prime variable bank rate or variable Rupali OnlineTenderSchedule Final doc Page no 205 Requirement Compliant Modification 3rd Party Non compliant Facility to define variable interest rates and minimum and maximum interest rates The rates typically will be Base Rate a percentage Rates can also be simple compound tiered etc Support for penal interest calculation for overdue amount Facility to maintain separate interest accrued account for NPAs Repayment and Monitoring Loan repayment can be by installments which are calculated automatically by the system Provision for interest only payments principal interest balloon payments etc System
516. zar Dhaka 181 Mokim Katra Dhaka 182 Midford Road Dhaka 183 Patuatully Dhaka 184 Rathkhola Dhaka 185 Hazari Bagh Dhaka 186 Johnson Road Dhaka 187 Chawk Bazar Dhaka 188 Gandaria Dhaka 189 Yousuf Market Dhaka 190 Imamgonj Dhaka 191 Urdu Road Dhaka 192 Badamtali Steamer Ghat Dhaka Annexure 05 193 Muksudpur Dhaka 194 Shikari Para Dhaka 195 Zinzira Dhaka 196 Sadarghat Dhaka 197 Totail Dhaka 198 Bandhura Dhaka Dinajpur Zone 199 NIMTALA Dinajpur 200 Daudpur Dinajpur 201 CHEHELGAZI Dinajpur 202 KABIRAJHAT Dinajpur 203 Ladies Br Dinajpur Dinajpur 204 Hazi Mohd Danesh Science amp Technology University Dinajpur 205 SHIKDERHAT Dinajpur 206 BIRGONJ Dinajpur 207 RANIRBANDAR Dinajpur 208 MALDAPATTY Dinajpur 209 BIROL Dinajpur 210 MAIDANDIGHI Panchagarh 211 PANCHAGARH Panchagarh 212 THAKURGAON Thakurgaon 213 BALIADANGI Thakurgaon 214 Bhully Thakurgaon Faridpur Zone 215 BADARPUR Faridpur 216 ALFADANGA Faridpur 217 FARIDPUR Faridpur 218 BAITUL MUKADDAM MOSQUE Faridpur 219 GUNABAHA Faridpur 220 Charhajigonj Bazar Faridpur 221 Ramdia College Gopalgonj 222 Gopalgonj Gopalgonj 223 JOYNAGAR Gopalgonj 224 Shibchar Pourashava Bhaban Madaripur 225 MADARIPUR Madaripur 226 GOALANDA TEXTILE MILL Rajbari 227 RATANDIA BAZAR
Download Pdf Manuals
Related Search
Related Contents
TP-Link TL-PB10400 Data Sheet hm004 訂正 User manual for credit control flow backend manual de servicio de proteccion de documentos ご使用前に、この取扱説明書を よくお読みのうえ、正しい方法 idas™ operation Samsung Guru 1310S User Manual AirConServiceCenter ASC5000 RPA Bedienungsanleitung Copyright © All rights reserved.